76 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA.,

West of North Iceland: 65° 00'N.L., 28° 10'W. L., young-fish trawl, 1000 m. wire out, depth of
the sea 1240 m.; 2 spec.

South of Iceland: 61° 34'N.L., 19°05’ W.L., young-fish trawl, 1800 m. wire out, depth of the sea
2160 m.; 4 spec.

South of Iceland: 61°30’N. L., 17°08'W.L,., young-fish trawl, 1800 m. wire out, depth of the sea
? m.; 8 small spec.

South of Iceland: 62°47'N.L., 15°03’ W.L., young-fish trawl, 1500 m. wire out, depth of the sea
1950 m.; I spec.

Distribution. On the European side of the Atlantic, this species has been taken in the
Bay of Gascony, 425 fm. (Caullery), off Portugal, 1378 fm. (A. Milne-Edwards), south-west of the Azores,
1675 fm., and at the Canary Isles, 1675 fm. (Sp. Bate), also south of the Cape Verde Isles at 2128 fm.
and in the vertical net from o to 213 fm. (Ortmann). In the Mediterranean it has been taken at Mes-
sina (Riggio) and near Monaco, at the last place in a large net sunk to a little over 1000 fm. (Lo
Bianco). It has also been taken northwest of the Bermudas, 2675 fm. (Sp. Bate) and at a number of
places off the east coast of America between 31°41'N.L. and 42°2'N.L,, the depths varying from 105
to 2949 fm. (S. I. Smith). But Smith writes further (Rep. Comm. Fish... for 1885, p. 63), that a single
specimen was taken “at the surface in a dip-net, and was kept alive for half an hour”. This and
another reason given induced Smith to write: “These facts lead me to suppose that this species is
not a habitual inhabitant of the bottom at great depths, but more probably a truly free-swimming
inhabitant of some part of the vast region intermediate between the surface and the bottom, such a
one as might occasionally stray to the surface or to considerable depths”. The observations mentioned
by Ortmann and Lo Bianco of specimens taken in the vertical net agree with this. To judge from
the structure of the animal and from the 4 catches made by the “Thor” in 1904, Smith’s supposition
seems quite justified.

Whether the specimens referred by Faxon (Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool. XVIII, p. 161) with a query
to A. Agassizit really belong to this species, I am unable to determine; they came from the Pacific
in the Gulf of Panama and somewhat further south.

Remarks. It is perhaps right to add that the specimens investigated by me certainly belong
to the A. Agassizii so well described and figured by Smith; in referring it as synonym to A. purpurea
I have only followed the authors. — At the time of capture of the specimens taken by the “Ingolf”
at St. 11 and St. 12 it was noted: “animals clear, blood-red all over, eyes black”.

72. Acanthephyra gracilis S. I. Smith.

! 1882. Miersia gracilis S.I. Smith, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Vol. X, p. 70, Pl. XI, figs. 4—4d; Pl. XII, fig. ro.
1886. — — §.L Smith, Rep. Comm. Fish and Fisher. for 1885, p. 672.
Occurrence. The “Ingolf’ has not taken this species but it was brought home in 1904 by
the “Thor” from the following locality.
South of Iceland: 62° 47'N.L,., 15°03’ W. L., 1950 m., young-fish trawl, 1500 m. wire out; 1 spec.
Distribution. The species was founded on a specimen taken off the east coast of America

CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. 77

at 34° 28’ 25" N.L., 75° 22'50” W.L., 1632 fm.; later, a specimen was taken somewhat more to the north,
namely, 36°05'5'N.L., of the same coast at 2512 fm. In 1905 a number of specimens were captured
by the “Thor” in the young-fish trawl at two stations respectively west of the Channel and west of
Brittany. The species is a bottom form certainly just as little as A. purpurea. The length of the
wire out was in five catches respectively 1800, 900, 300, 300 and 200 m.; with 200 m. out only quite
small specimens were taken, while the two largest specimens were taken with 1800 and goo m. and
with g00 m. both large and rather small specimens were taken.

Remarks. In his above mentioned paper Stanley Kemp refers 4. gracilis Smith as a synonym
to A. debilis A. M-~Edw. Not having seen the French author’s figure I have no opinion on the
question. My specimens agree well with the description and figure given by Smith, but not so well
with Kemp’s description and figures of A. dedilis. The lateral plates of the fifth abdominal segment
have their posterior margin less convex than in Kemp’s fig. 4 and possess nearly always the
marginal tooth pointed out by Smith. Further, the telson has several dorsal pairs of spines in front of
the large pair, and the terminal part beyond the last pair of spines is considerably longer than shown
by Kemp. Finally, I cannot see any vestige of the luminous organs described by Kemp. For these

reasons I must leave the question of synonymy to future investigators.

73. Acanthephyra Batei Faxon.
Pl. IV, fig. 2a (named A, brevirostris).

1888. Acanthephyra brevirostris Sp. Bate, Rep. Challenger, Vol. XXIV, p. 751, Pl. CXXVI, figs. 5—6.
1897. _ batei, Faxon, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., Vol. XVIII, p. 167.

Occurrence, The “Ingolf’ has not found this species but it was brought home in 1904 by
the “Thor” from the following locality.

South of Iceland: 61° 30'N.L,, 17°08’ W.L., young-fish trawl, 1800 m. wire out; I spec.

Distribution. The species was founded on two specimens taken in the Atlantic at 1° 22'N.L,,
26° 36' W. L., 1500 fm. No other specimens are mentioned in the literature. The species is certainly
not a bottom form; the specimen examined by me can scarcely have been in greater depths than
ca. 400 fm., so that it was living pelagically in the intermediate layers.

Remarks. The “Thor” specimen is 60 mm. long. The carapace is greenish, lighter or darker
chiefly according to the colour of the tissues underneath. The dorsal aspect of the first three ab-
dominal segments is gray-green, the lateral surfaces much lighter. The carapace is furnished with a
high, sharp keel along the whole length of the median line; the front part of this keel and the
rostrum together with 10 dorsal spines, the rostrum which is somewhat bent upwards with 1 spine, at
the middle of the lower margin; the rostrum is more strongly bent upwards that Bate’s fig. 5 shows. The
lateral keel of the carapace begins a little behind the orbital margin, continues right to the posterior
margin and is very obvious. The first and second abdominal segments have no dorsal keel, the four
following have a sharp dorsal ridge along their whole length and on the 4* to the 6" the ridge runs
out into a fairly small spine. The telson has 3 small spines on the sharp distal section of each of
the two ridges; the truncated end has 5 spines, of which the lateral pair are long, the three others

=

. a ee ha aa == _
: Ps ee

a 3
ye a

THE DANISH

[ee OLEF-EVPEDITION.

VOL. iI,, PART 2.

CONTENTS:

°

H. J. HANSEN: CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. (L.)

PUBLISHED AT THE COST OF THE GOVERNMENT
BY

THE DIRECTION OF THE ZOOLOGICAL MUSEUM OF THE UNIVERSITY.

NAY HE DY-2-- $$
Roo
UNIVERSITY
COPENHAGEN.

H. HAGERUP.

PRINTED BY BIANCO LUNO.

1908.

Battcect

THE DANISH INGOLF-EXPEDITION.

VOLUME IIL.
he

CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. |

BY

H. J. HANSEN.

WITH 5 PLATES AND 4 FIGURES IN THE TEXT, 1 CHART, AND A LIST OF THE STATIONS.

TRANSLATED BY DR. H. M. KYLE.

.%

COPENHAGEN.

PRINTED BY BIANCO LUNO.

1908.

CONTENTS.

Crustacea Malacostraca.

Page Page

RERUEOMCOOTY, \IRMINP Ree Sob, ees Ts 35. Nephropsis atlantica Norm.................... 43-
Eerie Order Wetsgoga tn. fice tie ie eS Pe 6. aoe. Nepnzops norvegicus ‘L. .) 22) 6 6c 43-
YR ns SIE ARCS a dR i aL Io. muon wicoimides’ f.)veri. 8 ae 44.
1. Stenorhynchus longirostris Fabr. ............. 10. 37. — Bromoaus: Nepales Or cs poeta 45.

2. Lispognathus Thompsoni Norm............... Il. Bor eranwon Auman Kite eos... . cdeee ees. 46.

3. Scyramathia Carpenteri Norm............ ..., 12. 39. Cheraphilus neglectus G. O. Sars.............. 47.

4. Chionoecetes Opilio O. Fabr................... 12. 40. Sclerocrangon boreas Phipps................. 47.
MraEMVORPOTaNeUN Ess ly ws eles oll eee cod 13. 41. _ RENO GU OES RIB cei a's: sn ei aeeaiale 49.
Gr— - .cGoarctatne Leach eee kk 15. aa, Nectoctangon lar’ Owen! 200. eee cue. 49.

Pa Rorunns hosatis Mabros i ess 8 eS 16. 43. Sabinea hystrix A. M.-Edw.................... 51.
Pancarcinus: Mesnas Tere ir ces ey I. at 17. 44. = Snkaise etal cers Se 51.

g. Geryon affinis A. M.-Edw. & Bouv. ........... 18. 45. _ septemcarinata Sab................... 52.
Io. fae ths 1 or AE he a Un A 19. 46. Pontophilus norvegicus M.Sars.............. 53-
11. Cymonomus Normani Lankester.............. 20. 47. — epinosus, Leah 86. AS Bak 55-
Bish MNT vi aio PG yk CUR TAS s Co hs wid vag a neues 21. 48. Glyphocrangon sculptus Smith ............... 55-
12. Neolithodes Grimaldii A. M.-Edw. & Bouv. .... 21. 49. Hippolyte varians Leach ..................... 55-
TS) A PACROURS MAIS ip ocdi7 34 Wot ope i eae ee 22. 50. Spirontocaris Fabricii Kr. .................... 56.
14. Paralomis spectabilis n. sp... .. RDA She ein oe aR 22. 51. — Gaimardii H. M.-Edw............ 56.
15. — Botiviert, S08 phere es 24. 52. = PPINS SOW ta pa bie ek. jes ewes ps 58.
16. Eupagurus Bernhardus L..................... 25. 53. _— Lilljeborgii Danielssen........... 59-
17. —_ pithesceis Kae) et ees 27. 54. _ SMBOROH Ud Mle. ws Sec ees eens 60.
18. — tricarinatus Nott 0 Gesoens 28. 55. -- PUSRIA Toe es ees ee teks 61.
19. Anapagurus levis Thomps.................... 29. 56. _ PUG nie oo ites et Vedi 62.
20. Parapagurus pilosimanus Smith .............. 29. 57. —_ POMP MAN. Clete co Hele wis 63.
21. Galathea intermedia Lilljb..................... 30. 58. — groenlandica J.C. Fabr. ......... 64.
en. — PURE LUMENS Gti iiats cco ials cae sled a 31. 59. — MICTOCETOS KTS ioc. eek eke 65.
aa Mania Damitnca Penn. oo. oes ca eo ce 32. 60. Bythocaris leucopis G. O. Sars................. 66.
24. - Penmimeta CeO Sate) oes SN cw ane 34. 61. — PAV EEI- PACU 2s iS sina Ses a cas mete © 67.
25. — microphthalma A. M.-Edw............ 35. 62. _ grencilie Gol. Sinith sso. hve secs 68.
26. Galacantha rostrata A, M.-Edw................ 35- 63. — simplicirostris G.O. Sars........... 69.
27. Munidopsis curvirostra Whiteaves............. 36. 642 Caridion, Gordoni ‘Bate... i. cee eo 70.
28. — Antonii A. M.-Edw................ 38. GGoranasing borealis Kr io)... os aoe ood. ves 70.
29. _ CATT E EA CUT 1 i ee es SES os 38. 66. — Montagui Leach............... Salat pan
30. Uroptychus nitidus A. M.-Edw. var. concolor 67. _ propinquus G. O. Sars..............- 72.
DEP SEMRME She Gise fig Sc SMe aces e's be we 39- 68. — Mouser: Caulk sise. cet ciie eacas 73.

31. Uroptychus rubro-vittatus A. M.-Edw.......... 40. 69. Pandalina brevirostris Rathke ................ 74.
Cy Mirra tered BO aac ce ak Seabee 41. 70. Nematocarcinus exilis Bate................... 74.
32. Calocaris Macandree Bell .................... 4I. 71. Acanthephyra purpurea A. M.-Edw............ 75-
33. Polycheles sculptus Smith.................... 41. 72: -- Gracuwss. J Smith =. 26% ore 76.
34. _ OTTO RS is a cg Um 42. 73: — Stes) BASOM ios ina; cece ee en roe

Page

74. Pasipnae tarda eee oo ies sa sk dete) ass tn 78.
75. Parapasiphaé sulcatifrons S$. I. Smith......... 79.
76. Hymenodora glacialis Buchh................. 79.
77. Gennadas elegans S.I. Smith................ 81.
78. Sergestes arcticus Kroyer............. ..... 82.
79. — robustus:S, JeSonte 25. es 83.
Tl. - Order: Buphansincea sere isnt Se ae 84.
1. Thysanopoda acutifrons Holt & Tatt......... 84.

2. Meganyctiphanes norvegica M.Sars.......... 85.

3. Rhode anernis Krpyerin cing cased ees 86.

4. Pe ORT A SARE Corie 68 fel SU ae Py EES bs 87.

5. Thysanoéssa longicaudata Kroyer............ 88.

6. — peglecta Kraversi ee ciiis.. ge. 89.

7. Nematoscelis megalops G. O.Sars............ go.

8. Nematobrachion boopis Calm. ............. 2098

g. Stylocheiron maximum n.sp................ 92.

10. — longicorne G. O. Sars ........... 92.
Til. Order: Miyswibseane swearede ne ksae ot iavieie cites + 93:
A. Suborder Lophogastrida.... 22.0.0. 00.0.0. ecco. 93-
1. Gnathophausia Zoéa Will.-Suhm ............. 93:

2. Eucopia unguiculata Will-Suhm............. 95:

3 — sculpticauda Faxon................. 95:

B.. Sub@rdes Miypide 2 Osa imei y oie ce ae 96.
4. Hansemysis Fylle H.J.H.................... 96.

5. Boreomysis scyphops G. O. Sars.............. 99.

( = distinguenda n.sp.).............. roo.

6. — Pidetia GO. Sarg 6 ies sis: 100.

ve —_ HORiNia Ga Oats eRe. IOI.

8. — BYCUOA MEMOVER. Rp aicidlicsisese eps: 102.

Page
g. Boreomysis microps G. O. Sars............... 103.
10. Longithorax fuscus n.sp.............600eae ee 103.
11. Erythrops serrata G. O. Sars................. 105.
12. — abyssorum G. O. Sars...... ....... 105.
13. == erythrophthalma Goés............. 106.
14. _ glacialis G. O. Sars................ 106.
15. Meterythrops robusta S.I.Smith.. .......... 106.
16, _— picta Holt-& Tatt. 552 eae 107.
17. Parerythrops obesa G. O. Sars................ 107.
18. _ spectabilis G. O. Sars............ 108,
19. Amblyops abbreviata M. Sars................ 108.
20. -- n.sp. = Crozetii Ohlin not Sars... 108.
21. Paramblyops rostrata Holt & Tatt. .......... 108.
22. Pseudomma roseum G. O. Sars............... 109.
23. — frigidui a. SPs eee 109.
24. ~ APNG Men Ooets suis ee. 110.
25. _ truncatum S.I.Smith........... pi
26. _ AMCCRONEN inl dec kcls 5252548. IIL.
27. — parvum Vanh6ffen.............. BI,
28. Mysidopsis didelphys Norm.................. 112.
29. Pseudomysis abyssi G. O. Sars................ 112.
30. Mysideis insignis G. O. Sars,................. 113.
31. Stilomysis grandis G. O. Sars................. 113.
32. Mysis (Praunus) inermis Rathke............. 114.
33. — (Schistomysis) ornata G.O.Sars....... II4.
34: —) oenlate:O. Fabsieccie nha ees 114.
35.0 =) mixta: Lillebis. is ieee ae eee II5.

Additions and Corrections
Explanation of the Plates... 2. 3.cco Miwa eels eee ee 117.

Crustacea Malacostraca.
By

H. J. Hansen.

Introductory Remarks.

t will be useful to introduce the treatment of this sub-class with a discussion of various points of
| importance.

The investigations of the «Ingolf» extended over the eastern part of the seas along the west
coast of Greenland from a point a little north of the polar circle to about 58° N. L., two degrees south
of Cape Farewell, from there in a north-easterly direction towards Iceland, the waters round this island
and between Iceland and the Feeroes, lastly eastwards to a line drawn almost due north from the
Feeroes to Jan Mayen. It goes without saying that all the material brought home by the «Ingolf»
is included in the following pages, but I have also thought it right to include all the material which
other Danish expeditions, special zoologists or others not experts (officers of the navy or officials in
our northern dependency) have collected at Greenland, Iceland and the Feeroes, and which is preserved
in the Copenhagen Museum; further, I have included the species given in the literature as having been
taken within the region mentioned and which are not represented in our Museum, at least from those
areas. The waters included are thus the Davis Straits, Baffins Bay and the narrower seas north of
this to as near the pole as the «Alert» and «Discovery» reached, the seas south of Greenland to ca.
58° N.L., those along the east coast of Greenland to ca. 75° N.L., the waters west of a line from the
Feeroes northwards to 68° N. L., 62/,° W.L. and from there to Jan Mayen (at ca. 71° N.L,, 8° W.L,),
the waters south and south-west of Iceland to ca.60° and the sea south and south-west of the Fzroes
likewise to about 60° N.L. This work contains all that is known concerning the Malacostraca in the
region thus circumscribed, both what our Museum and the literature can show.

Our Museum is rich in Crustacea — especially Malacostraca — from the Feeroes, Iceland and
especially Greenland, and it may be permitted to mention here the principal sources (apart from the
«Ingolf»). At the Feroes, Dr. phil. Th. Mortensen has made a very considerable number of dred-
gings from low water out to ca. 100 fm.; a number of forms has also been received from Dr. med. F.
Jorgensen. At Iceland, collections have been made especially by Dr. phil. A.C. Johansen and
Mag. sc. R. Horring both of whom have also made collections at the Feroes during short sojourns
there; Mag. sc. W. Lundbeck has also collected a by no means small material in the Icelandic
fjords, and Vice-Admiral C. Wandel has brought home a number of forms from the deep water round

Iceland (and from Davis Straits); several others, as Mag. sc.A. Ditlevsen, Cand. mag.B.Semundsson,
The Ingolf-Expedition. III. 2. I

2 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA.

Mag. sc. H. Jonsson, First Lieutenant in the navy E. Jensen have made smaller contributions.
In 1903 and following years Dr. J.Schmidt the leader on the investigation-steamer «Thor» collected a
large material of Crustacea, both pelagic and bottom forms, in the waters round the Feeroes and
Iceland, especially south of Iceland. Dr. Schmidt has brought home a number of Euphausiacea
and Mysidacea, as also some Decapoda, which have not previously been taken within the region
mentioned.

In my earlier work on the Malacostraca from West Greenland, I have given a complete list
of the Danish and Swedish sources from which the material then described was derived; I may there-
fore merely refer here to that report, published in 1887. Since then, Prof. D. Bergendal (of Lund)
and Mag. sc. M. P.A.Traustedt have made a number of dredgings at several places along the west
coast of Greenland and have each brought home forms of interest; smaller contributions are due to
Captain in the navy C. Ryder, Pastor H.Sorensen and others. Further, considerable tracts along the east of
Greenland from ca. 651/, N.L. to ca. 74'/, N.L. have been investigated by three Danish expeditions,
conducted respectively by Capt.in the navy C. Ryder in 1891—92 and by Capt. in the navy G. Amdrupin
1898—99 and 1900. On the first of these expeditions the collections were made by Cand. E. Bay and
Cand. med. H. Deichmann, on the last two by respectively Cand. med. K. Poulsen and Mag. sc.
Soren Jensen. Lastly, Mag. sc. C. Kruuse has brought home a number of forms from the region
about Angmagsalik.

In addition to the mentioned sources of the material dealt with here there is still another, but
it must be mentioned by itself. In 1902 Dr. J. Hjort carried out investigations with his steamer
«Michael Sars» in the waters between the Feroes and Shetland, also east, south and south-west of
the Feroes and to a small extent north-west of these islands. Cand. mag. Ad. Jensen was one of
the accompanying naturalists and brought home numerous Crustacea — especially the smaller forms
living on hydroids ete. — but the great majority of the class mentioned were collected by Dr. A.
Appelldéf and taken to the Bergen Museum. A part of this material, which came from the warm
area, was at my request kindly handed over to me for investigation and is included in the follow-
ing pages.

It is a relatively moderate number of species of Malacostraca which have been collected by one
or several of the Danish or foreign expeditions which have not likewise been taken by the «Ingolf».
On the other hand the «Ingolf» has taken hundreds of species which have not been found by any
other within the waters in question, and a large number of these species are also new to science.
This with the foregoing explanation is the reason why I have included and endeavoured to
collect in one place all that could be found in the Copenhagen Museum and in the
literature, in order to throw light on the Crustacean fauna of the waters round our
northern dependencies. — My paper on the Malacostraca of West Greenland, published in 1887,
was based almost to an equal extent on material belonging to the Copenhagen Museum and to the Riks-
museum in Stockholm; our Museum’s part of that material has again been examined along with the
material from the «Ingolf». Where many localities are noted in the work mentioned for any species
only a summary of these is given here, but if very few localities are mentioned these are again noted;

errors in determination are, it need hardly be said, distinctly pointed out.

CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. 3

Under «occurrence» are given the discoveries within the region definitely defined above for
the purpose of this investigation; under «distribution» the localities outside this region. Both and
especially the distribution have caused the author considerable practical difficulties and some remarks
on this subject will for several reasons be of service. All the «Ingolf» localities are mentioned under
each species. On the other hand, it would take up far too much space to give all the localities for
a number of common species living in shallow water, especially for a no small number of Decapoda;
in such cases I have contented myself with summaries for each main section of the coasts. In many
cases, however, it is a matter of opinion how much might be usefully included and the correctness of the
view adopted may indeed always be combated; some will undoubtedly think that I give too many
details, others perhaps that I give too few. While it is difficult enough sometimes to find a suitable
mean with regard to how many details based on our own investigations should be given, it becomes
still more difficult to determine how much should be noted of the data of other authors concerning
the occurrence of any species within the region mentioned. Sometimes the inclusion of such data is
superfluous as I myself have seen the species from the same and quite adjacent localities, yet the
exclusion of a citation may sometimes be considered as due to lack of knowledge or a slight. In
other cases these older data are of doubtful quality — sometimes even the supposed data prove
incorrect when the authors specimens are examined — so that the question of their inclusion or
omission becomes even more difficult. If I were to indicate all the earlier notices and in every little
case of doubt give a criticism, I should certainly succeed in securing myself against the complaint
mentioned, but it is very doubtful whether I should advance science by being so unnecessarily prolix.
What I include of the literature therefore depends upon personal opinion, but I have endeavoured to
give a correct and complete picture for each species.

The distribution both geographical and bathymetric is given for each species. We often meet
with a kind of list of the distribution of each species in the literature, but such a list’s contents are
too often defective, inexact or uncritical. It is defective when the author has passed over older and
probably correct data of localities of real interest, it is inexact when the author for example mentions
Greenland without distinguishing whether a form is known from one of the two so diverse seas as
those at West Greenland and North-East Greenland (from the more southerly East Greenland only a
little is known from Angmagsalik). And it is not rarely tangibly uncritical, which is the worst, when
one finds in a list statements of occurrence or distribution which depend upon incorrect determinations
on the part of the author or his predecessors. In the Decapoda, Mysidacea and two other smaller orders
there is fortunately slight possibility of difficulties of this kind, but it is very common in the Tana-
idacea for example and especially the Amphipoda. These shortcomings have obliged me, especially
for the Decapoda, to undertake a work which I found very great, possibly greater than the matter
was worth from the present standpoint of our knowledge, in order to give a somewhat complete and
at the same time as far as possible critical report on. the geographical distribution of many species
—so far as this is known at present. But it has to be added, that there are very few species of which
it may be said that our knowledge is complete, the boundaries either in America, or north of Asia, or
in the south of Europe or west of Africa being very imperfectly known. It is also the case, at least

for a number of species, that the depth at which a given form occurs in one sea is much less than

D had

4 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA.

that at which the same form occurs at least as a rule and often exclusively in another sea. Certain
species which are found in the Kara Sea at less depths than 100 fm. are only met with in the cold
area of the northern Ocean at several hundred fathoms; thus Zusirvus Holmit H. J. H. was founded
on specimens from g1 and 93!/, fm. in the Kara Sea; in the waters N.W. of Spitsbergen the Nor-
wegian North-Atlantic Expedition took it in 260 fm.; in the waters between Jan Mayen, Iceland and
Norway the same expedition found it at two stations, the «Ingolf» at seven, and these nine stations
were at depths from 293 to 780 fm. In the Kattegat some species occur in shallower water than
anywhere round our northern dependencies. It may thus be of importance to know, not only the
least and greatest depth at which a species occurs within its territory taken as a whole, but also the
limits of depth for its occurrence in different parts of the same territory. Unfortunately gaps probably
occur in my account of some species with regard to their occurrence on the Atlantic coast of the
Spanish peninsula and at the Canary Isles, the reason. being that the necessary literature is not avail-
able in Copenhagen.

Some remarks may perhaps be added here on faunistic catalogues. The literature on the
Malacostraca is rich in such lists, but unfortunately several and sometimes indeed not a few of the
determinations in the most of these works are not to be depended upon and sometimes even demon-
strably incorrect. This is just the great danger in using faunistic catalogues, namely, that one cannot
be sure in numerous cases that the determination is correct; by carefully using several systematic
papers or a single large paper of an author, one gets to know the extent of his carefulness and of
his observing and critical abilities, and from this knowledge one may judge of the trustworthiness of
his determinations of species, when he has not included in these any remarks on structural features
from which one can to a certain extent or with certainty conclude for oneself, whether the determina-
tions are correct. But even the most careful and keen-sighted author does not escape on occasion
from making an error in determination, which often cannot be detected at all in a faunistic list. The
best list known to me with numerous descriptions of new species are those in the excellent papers of
S. I. Smith on the Decapoda of the east coast of North America. Even the list prepared by G.O.Sars
on the Crustacea of the Norwegian North-Atlantic Expedition contains several errors, at least as
regards the Isopoda and Amphipoda, which he has corrected later in his splendid work, «An Account
of the Crustacea of Norway». But when a author so prominent and with such detailed knowledge of
Norwegian Crustacea could make several such errors of determinations in a large work like that on
the forms of this class taken by the expedition mentioned, confidence in the trustworthiness of faun-
istic catalogues must decline to a great degree. There are also various lists in which I can place no
confidence for a number of species, even though such lists may display many citations and thus show
knowledge of the literature, for the reason that this learning is not necessarily accompanied by exact
investigation or by critical judgment etc. My confidence in catalogues of species is constantly growing
less and less as the years go on, the more so as various journeys have given me the opportunity of
finding out very remarkable errors of determination in earlier works on examining the original speci-
mens. It is almost desirable that authors would be less industrious in publishing faunistic lists,
especially those on difficult groups and on the fauna of a small stretch of coast, or frequent small
additions to older lists.

CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. 5

Nevertheless, I am myself guilty here of publishing a faunistic list. It would, however, be
meaningless to give new descriptions of the species (with figures) of all the northern-arctic Decapoda,
most of which have been described several or even many times, and for example to describe and
figure the Cumacea, Isopoda and Amphipoda which have been so excellently dealt with in Sars’ standard
work mentioned above. But wherever on going through my large material I have met with a note-
worthy difference between my specimens and the work noted by me as the chief publication regarding
the species in question, I have displayed the differences discovered by notes and often likewise by
figures, so that a possible error of determination may be controlled by a successor, who in one or
other regard has better material or more critical ability. With this object in view I have marked
with ! the work or the two works for each species which contain the best description of the form;
also, under «remarks» I have sometimes briefly mentioned one or several of the principal specific
characteristics. I have thus done what I could to give the users of this work the greatest possible
control as regards my own determinations, and hope further that these measures of circumspection
may be a good example to others who in future wish to publish faunistic catalogues of Crustacea.

With regard to species which have been described several or many times it has seldom been
my intention to refer to all the previous descriptions and figures in the synonymy list. I only give
a greater or less selection which always contains the first description and the one or two best (marked
as mentioned above). In the synonymy list no reference is ever given to mere lists of names, and
reference is only made to a work if it contains either a description or a figure or at least remarks of
importance for the recognition of the species. I may add, that I have always used the works cited
under each species, except in the cases where these were not available and then I mention the source
of my citation. It is very common to find that authors give citations of descriptions of a species and
of localities, where these are only mentioned in the same way, so that one cannot see whether there
is in the work cited only a name and some localities or likewise a description; in this way the
synonymy list swells up to an unreasonable extent and at the same time becomes not nearly so
reliable or so useful as a list much shorter but carefully chosen. Another and not very rare bad
habit is that an author, in a synonymy list for example, cites a treatise he either does not know or
has not looked at in the case in question, but has copied it from another’s list; it happens that such
slackness can be detected, when the author in his citation includes the written or printed error found.
in the citation of his predecessor by a third person. Under «occurrence» and «distribution» I have
generally given for each locality or small group of localities the author or the authors as the source of
information but not mentioned the works; and except where the contrary is stated I have everywhere
examined the source myself. It is only when I have studied specimens from the same coast that I
omit frequently any reference to earlier notices; where therefore no author is named for a locality or
for several localities mentioned immediately after one another, that means that our Museum owns the
species in question from these localities.

For a large number of the earlier described species I have given the length — sometimes also
other measurements — of the largest specimen seen by me, as also the place where it was taken; in

several cases these sizes are greater than those hitherto known for the species in question. For some

6 . CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA,

forms there has been occasion to describe changes in the size of the species according to the localities
with a little more detail.

It is not possible at this place to give the more general results which may be deduced from
the following account of the data. When the Malacostraca (and in the end all Crustacea) are com-
pletely worked out, it will be possible to give a summary such as that mentioned and to base it
securely on references. A few introductory remarks will be given for the separate orders, but on the
other hand it has been considered unnecessary to give lists of the literature.

Lastly, the author wishes it to be distinctly understood that his beginning with the Decapoda
does not mean that he considers them higher than the other orders. ‘The arrangement of the orders
has nothing to do with this question, as it has been chosen out of regard for considerations which
have nothing to do with the systematic arrangement of the Crustacea, namely, such as were imposed
by the work itself and which tended only to make a convenient subdivision of the work for the author

and for publication.

I. The Order Decapoda.

Although the order Decapoda could very naturally in my opinion embrace the Euphausiacea
the distance between ELuphausia and Sergestes and Peneus not being greater than that between Peneus
and Homarus or between Homarus and Dromia, yet I have placed the Euphausiacea here as an order
by themselves.

It seems to be an insoluble task to divide this order in a perfectly natural manner into sub-
orders. Some authors hold to the old division of Brachyura, Anomura and Macrura (to which the
Euphausiacea might thus be added as a fourth suborder); the division is very practical but not of
great scientific value. Other authors accept the division made by J. E. V. Boas in 1880 into Reptantia
and Natantia. That these two names are in themselves badly chosen is naturally of minor importance
if the division otherwise were good. It should be noted, however, that the great majority of the
Natantia are bottom-animals, some even live in holes in coral blocks or in sponges; it is also inter-
esting to notice that the few genera, whose representatives really swim in the upper or deeper water-
layers, always so to speak possess peculiar characteristics; thus the two posterior pairs of thoracic
legs in Sergestes are modified to true swimmerets while Pasiphaé, Hymenodora and Acanthephyra
have retained in use the outer branches of the thoracic legs; lastly, Polybius Henslowi which belongs
to the Reptantia and lives a true pelagic life has all four pairs of its walking legs transformed to
swimmerets. But, for the rest, I may spare myself the trouble of giving further proof of the bad
quality of the two diagnoses, each with ca. 30 characters, which Boas sets up for his two suborders
mentioned. In «Germanisering af Dansk Videnskab”, Copenhagen, 1895, I have reviewed each of the
characters in question one by one and showed that of all the 30 characters there is only one (or per-
haps 1!/,) which really holds good — and in the same year the quality of the character left was criticised
by Th. List.

In my opinion it will prove impossible to divide the order Decapoda into 2, 3 or 4 suborders

CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. 7

in a completely satisfactory manner, but on the other hand one can set up a long series of excellent
groups with one to several families in each group. Meanwhile, for the sake of a general view, the
old division into Brachyura, Anomura and Macrura is retained.

The “Ingolf’s catch of Decapoda was relatively not large; the northerly seas, as is well-known,
are tolerably poor in species of this order. Nevertheless, the following account will give an important
addition to the geographical distribution towards the north of a number of the deep-water forms
known from somewhat more southerly regions of the Atlantic. Especially interesting in this regard is
a comparison with the fauna known, as the result of the American deep-water investigations and
S. I. Smith’s excellent descriptions, from the tract between ca. 35° and 45° N. L. off the east coast of
America. It appears that most of the deep-water species collected by the “Ingolf” outside of the cold
area are noted by Smith from the region mentioned, but this author has certainly three to four times
as many species as the “Ingolf’. The Danish ship has not made nearly so many hauls in deep water
on bottom with positive temperatures as the Americans; if we had had several times more dredgings
from the waters south of southerly Greenland, we should quite certainly have obtained many more of
the species known from about 40° N. L., but I doubt whether we should have got much more than
the half of Smith’s species. Although the investigations are thus far from sufficient to show the true
extent of the decapod deep-water fauna of the most northerly parts of the Atlantic in comparison with
that of more southerly latitudes, yet the following account will give very interesting and new information
regarding the distribution of a number of more southerly species far to the north in deep-water areas,
the coastal fauna of which has a somewhat arctic character. On the other hand, it can be said that
of the Decapoda living from the beach down to ca. 200fm. in the waters round Greenland and Iceland
as also on the north and west sides of the Fzroes extremely few species will be discovered in future
which are not dealt with in this work. More exact knowledge however may naturally be gradually
obtained of the geographical and bathymetric distribution of the various species within the region
mentioned, and especially a much more complete knowledge than the present concerning’ the tempera-
ture occurring at the coldest and in the warmest periods of the year in the depths in which the

species live at their different localities.

After these remarks this may perhaps be a suitable place to insert some critical notes on an
apparently somewhat variable yet very wide-spread view regarding what is meant by arctic and
boreal or subarctic, that is, on the zoogeographical question concerning the fauna, both coastal
and deep-water fauna, in the more northerly seas of the globe. It is in other words the marine
Arthropoda in the great, as yet incomplete, work Fauna Arctica published by F. R6mer and F. Schau-
dinn — which requires a closer investigation. Most of the contributions published hitherto (1906) are almost
entirely compilations, as the material the various contributors have had from the “Helgoland” Ex-
pedition is comparatively speaking extremely small. One of the carcinological papers in this work is
almost quite useless, and of others it may be said that their plan and execution are so unfortunate
that they will certainly contribute more to confuse than to clear up the ideas on arctic and boreal
fauna in the minds of the majority of the Zoologists who may -use them. I was led into this literary

investigation by becoming acquainted with Dr. F. Doflein’s treatment of the Decapoda in “Fauna Arc-

8 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA.

tica” (B. I, p. 313—62), and it will not be denied that I have the most valid reasons possible fot
making a very detailed reference to this work, which deals with all the Decapoda taken north of
60° N. L. and likewise includes a number of forms only taken much farther south. Further, in an
extensive foot-note I shall make some remarks on one of the other papers so far published on the
Arthropoda in “Fauna Arctica”, namely, the work on the Pantopoda; this latter work is in one way
excellently suited to serve as a type and there are also special reasons for mentioning it more parti-
cularly, as the work on the “Ingolf’s Pantopoda is referred to in it.

As an introduction to my remarks on the part of “Fauna Arctica” which concerns me most,
the following may be mentioned. A destructive criticism of the principle underlying the choice of
the boundary between arctic and boreal fauna, which is followed by H. Ludwig in his treatment of
the Holothurida (and Asterida) in the work mentioned, has come from Dr. Hj. Ostergren (Bergens Mu-
seums Aarbog 1902, No.9). Ostergren states, that Ludwig has simply taken the polar circle (i. e. 667/;°
N. L.) as this boundary-line, whereas it has long been known, that on the American coast Cape Cod
at 42° N. L. forms the boundary between the arctic and the boreal coastal fauna, and on the other
hand the west coast of Norway and its fjords right up to the North Cape, 71° 10' N. L., has an
essentially boreal fauna both as regards even the more littoral (o—5o0 fm.) and especially the areas in
deeper water (100—400 to 500 fm.). He does not enter into details regarding the more littoral fauna from
the North Cape to Nova Zembla. The geographical boundaries for the true deep-water fauna are
entirely different, as the cold area of the Northern Ocean with bottom-temperatures under o° C.
extends between the ridge off Norway on the one side and Iceland and the Feeroes on the other,
then in between the Feeroes and Scotland almost to 60° N. L. (the boundaries of the cold area can
be seen in the work on the Norwegian North-Atlantic Expedition), and with Ostergren one may
suitably choose 0° C. as the boundary for the arctic deep-water fauna. It may be recalled here that
we find positive bottom-temperatures to the west of the cold area, and the deep water of the Atlantic
with a part of its fauna pushes up into Denmark Straits and Davis Straits.

Ludwig’s work is chiefly a compilation, and Ostergren shows a number of errors of different
kinds and origin. But Ludwig in the opinion of Zoologists expert in his subject has published ex-
tremely valuable systematic papers on Holothurida etc, whilst several of the other contributors to
“Fauna Arctica” have certainly known comparatively little of the groups on which they wrote, a fact
which now and then is not without some influence on the compilation.

We may turn now to the consideration of Doflein’s work on the Decapoda. On p. 316 the
author writes: “Ich habe mich -- — — zu einem Kompromiss entschlossen, indem ich diejenigen de-
kapoden Krebse auffiihre, welche die Meere nérdlich von 60° n. Br. regelmassig beherbergen; dabei
habe ich aber die Angehérigen arktischer Familien, welche sich infolge von besonderen Verhaltnissen
weiter nach Siideri ausbreiten, mitberiicksichtigt, so besonders die Bewohner der Kaltwassergebiete an
der Ost- und Westkiiste von Nordamerika. Haben doch die Erfahrungen der letzten Jahrzehnte be-
wiesen, dass Tiefseeformen siidlicher Gebiete nicht selten das Flachwasser der kalten Zonen bewoh-
nen; — — —”. If the “siidliche Gebiete” mean the Gulf of Gascogue or the region explored by the

“Travailleur” and “Talisman”, it will be extremely difficult and probably impossible, to show a single

CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. 9

species of Malacostraca which occurs as a deep-water form within these parts of the Atlantic and at
the same time in “das Flachwasser der kalten Zonen”. Using the statement cited as basis Doflein has
included a number of species of Lithodinz, even two which are only known from San Francisco in
California. It is thus unfortunate for him that no species of the group Lithodine is arctic, not even
Lithodes maa, which is not littoral, nor so far as I know found anywhere in negative bottom-
temperatures. It is a typically boreal species which extends into the Murman Sea and has been
taken west of Bear Island, in nearly 100 fm. and at West Spitzbergen. This being the case, Doflein’s
long list of Lithodinz can only serve to confuse the view. His “Uebersicht der horizontalen und verti-
kalen Verbreitung der arktischen Decapoden” (p. 359) in which there should only be “die sicheren und
im arktischen Gebiet nachgewiesenen Arten” contains for example several typical Atlantic forms,
which are neither arctic nor taken in arctic waters, as will be shown later in dealing with the sep-
arate: species.

We read on p. 360: “Die Schriften von Hansen waren mir leider unzuginglich”; at the same
place however he gives the titles of the two largest of my (3) papers, which are of special importance
here, namely, the paper in the “Djimphna” Expedition and that on the Malacostraca of West Green-
land. These two papers are however sometimes found to be on sale in German second-hand book-
sellers’ shops (according to their catalogues) and in any case they are still the principal works on all
the Malacostraca from the waters along West Greenland (60°—73° N. L.) and the Kara Sea, which two
seas ought to have had some interest for the author. Had he obtained these papers he would have
been able to escape for example so patent an error as is contained in almost all his statements on
Sclerocrangon salebrosus. He has also been unfortunate however with a fourth of my papers. He has,
namely, two species of Sergestes and refers in the synonymy list under S. A/eyeri Metzg. to my work
in the Proc. Zool. Soc. 1896, but, as he does not mention what I have stated about .S. A/eyeri nor the
page, he has obviously not seen my paper, and I must suppose that the Proceedings Zoolog. Society
of London have also not been available to him. His lack of knowledge of my paper has however
brought misfortune to him, as I show in it that the two species he constantly gives as distinct are
identical and should have the name of the second, .S. avcticus Kr. Again, in 1858 M. Sars wrote
concerning Stenorhynchus rostratus I, that “in the north it does not reach to Greenland”, and con-
cerning Carcinus menas that it “is lacking at Greenland”. Under both species Doflein (p. 351 and 355)
cites this very work of M. Sars (“Oversigt over de i den norsk-arctiske Region forekommende
Krebsdyr”, Videnskabsselsk. Forhandl. for 1858) as the source for the statement that they were taken
at Greenland. One might here indeed blame M. Sars for causing a future eager compilator in his
haste to read wrongly, because the word “Greenland” was named under these species. Dr. Doflein says
in his “Kinleitung” concerning the literature: “Wenn ich trotzdem keine absolute Vollstandigkeit er-
reichen konnte, wovon ich iiberzeugt bin — — —”, this his conviction has been in great degree cor-
rect — but one is then tempted to wonder whether, when such an extremely voluminous work of
compilation is found in place after place to be uncritical, inaccurate or defective, there is not a great
probability of its doing more harm than good. In the following pages it will be necessary for me to
show various other inaccuracies in Doflein’s work so as to contribute to their eradication. His remarks
on Sabinea septemcarinata Sab. and S. Sarsii Smith (p. 328), on Hippolyte spinus Sow. H. Phippsit Kr.

The Ingolf-Expedition. III. 2. ’ =

Io CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA.

and Hf. macilenta Kr, show that his investigation of nature is not any deeper or more trustworthy
than of the literature?. ,

A. Brachyura.
1. Stenorhynchus longirostris Fabr.

1775. Cancer longirostris J. C. Fabricius, Syst. Entom. p. 408.
! 1863. Stenorhynchus longirostris Heller, Crust. stidl. Eur. p. 23, Taf. I, Fig. 1-2.
1900. _ a A. M.-Edwards & E. L. Bouvier, Exped. Scient. du Travailleur et du
Talisman, Crust. Dec. I, p. 156, Pl. XXII, fig. 6.
Occurrence. The “Ingolf” has not taken this species, but it is to hand from two other sources.
Feroe Bank (Dr. Jorgensen); 1 specimen.
— — 60°55'N.L., 8° 56' W. L., 69 fm., temp. 9°3° (“Michael Sars”, 1902); 1 spec.
The first-named bank is most probably the same as the second; it lies south-west of the Feeroes.
Distribution. The locality just mentioned is the most northerly hitherto observed for the
distribution of this somewhat southerly species. It was known previously however from 59° 12’ N. L.,
5° 57'E.L. (Norman), from the Shetland Isles (Norman), the Hebrides (Norman), further south in the
Irish Sea (Walker), Cornwall and Devon (Norman), and places on the east coast of England, North-

t In “Fauna Arctica” B. 11 (p. 35—94) is found “Arktische und subarktische Pantopoden. Zusammengestellt
von K, Mobius”. In the “Allgemeiner Teil” (p. 38) we read: “— — — Michael Sars und G. Ossian Sars, sowie nach ihnen
viele andere Faunisten des nordéstlichen Atlantischen Oceans betrachten den nérdlichen Polarkreis als Grenzlinie zwischen
dem Wohngebiet der arktischen und subarktischen Seetiere’; the number after G. O. Sars’ name refers to a footnote which
gives the title of Mollusca Reg. arct. Norveg. 1878. But in the cited work of Sars of 1878 this excellent author does nothing
of the kind; on the contrary, he states (p. 2) that “the whole of the deep region along our southern and northern coast to
North Cape thus belongs undoubtedly to the warm area, and the ice-cold water which fills the great basin below 300 fm. in
the ocean lying beyond right to the level of Stadt (ca. 62° N. L.) is everywhere marked off from the coast by the long ex-
tended barrier — — —”. This citation alone is surely sufficient to prove that Sars in 1878 already did not set the boundary
“gwischen dem Wohngebiet” of the arctic and boreal maritie animals at the Polar Circle. Sars did something quite different;
he investigated the character of the fauna at the different places and then determined where it was arctic and where not.
He brought into his work the forms found on the Norwegian coast north of the Polar Circle, but he showed that the fauna
in deeper water along the west coast of Norway right to the North Cape was indeed not arctic. It is possible — though cer-
tainly extremely doubtful — that “viele andere Faunisten des nordéstlichen Atlantischen Oceans” have in the period from
1878 to 1900 considered the northern Polar Circle as the boundary between “dem Wohngebiet” of the arctic and boreal
marine forms; if so, then these “Faunisten” have shown almost as little acquaintance with what they were writing about as
a number of the authors in ‘Fauna Arctica’. — Even if G. O. Sars had written in 1878 what K. Mobius ascribes to him, it
would still never be permitted to retain such a view in our time after the publication of the Norwegian North-Atlantic Ex-
pedition Report and of the Hydrography in the ‘Ingolf’ Expedition Report. In spite of some speculation I have not
succeeded in understanding how any one could formulate the principle which the author employs in the elaboration of the
lists given p. 41, on “rein arktische Pantopoden” and on those that are “Arktisch und subarktisch”. The species which the
‘“Ingolf’ has taken in deep to very deep water with positive bottom-temperatures round the southern part of Greenland are
noted as “arktische”, if they are not known from more southern regions, otherwise as “arktische und subarktische’ — and
in both cases the procedure is perfectly incorrect. Thus, for example, Padlene acus Mein., Padlene hastata Mein. and Pallenopsis
plumipes Mein, are made “rein arktische”, but Paranymphon spinosum Caull., Colossendeis colossea Wils. and C. macerrima Wils.
arctic and subarctic — in both cases quite incorrectly, as all 6 species are deep-water species in the Atlantic. Some of them
were taken earlier much more to the south than by the “Ingolf’, and all 6 might be expected to be distributed in the
greater part of the Atlantic, a few even perhaps in the Pacific, but such species could not easily be considered either arctic
or subarctic, just as little as the deep-water Decapoda taken at South Greenland mentioned in this work, for example, the two
species of Polycheles, Galacantha rostrata, etc. That Mébius should make such references is all the more strange as, following
Meinert, he gives both depth and bottom-temperature for the 6 species named. Such references can only do harm. — For
the rest the work seems to be a careful summary of the literature and localities; the original contributions — in the form of
remarks on some species — are, in agreement with the title of the treatise, extremely few; the whole might best be consid-
ered as almost superfluous literature of rather less use than the reverse.

CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. II

umberland (Norman), S. E. from Yarmouth (Metzger), Belgium (v. Beneden), on the English-Normandy
Islands (Koehler), Concarneau (Bonnier), Gulf of Gascogne and further south to the Canary and Cape
Verde Islands to 17° N. L. (A. M.-Edwards and Bouvier). It also occurs in the Mediterranean
(Heller, Gourret, Adensamer etc.) and is said to occur in the Black Sea (Czerniavsky, teste Ortmann).

Concerning its bathymetric distribution the following may be said. Bonnier states that it
occurs in depths from ca. 5 to 30 fm. on the coast of Britany; Heller gives 25 to 4o fm. for the
Mediterranean, Gourret ca. 10 to 33 for Marseilles Bay, Adensamer 54 to 62 fm. for the Adriatic Sea,
Caullery 96 to 212 im. for the Gulf of Gascogne, A. M-Edwards & Bouvier 41 to 223 fm. for several
places in the Atlantic (Cadiz to Cape Verde Islands), lastly 870 fm. for a single specimen taken
off Morocco. The last I consider as improbable until further information is forthcoming, and believe
that it has arisen from some error or another (e. g. that the specimen has been in the trawl from an
earlier station). Apart from this it appears that the species occurs uniformly at all depths from ca.

5 fm. to a little over 200 fm. but that it is more rarely found in shallower water than 10 to 20 fm.

2. Lispognathus Thomsoni Norm.

1873. Dorynchus Thomsoni Norman, in Wyv. Thomson, Depths of the Sea, p. 174, fig. 34.

1886. Lispognathus — Miers, Challenger Brachyura, p. 28, Pl. V, fig. 2.
= —- — S. I. Smith, Rep. Comm. Fish and Fisher. f. 1885, p. 18, Pl. I, figs. r—ra.
! 1900. — _ A. M.-Edwards & E. L. Bouvier, Exped. Scient. du Travailleur et du Talis-

man, Crust. Dec., I, p. 146, Pl. III, figs. 8, Pl. XXI, fig. 8—14.
Occurrence. The “Ingolf” has taken this species at the following ro stations.
West of Iceland: St.97: 65° 28’N. L., 27° 39’ W. L., 450 fm., temp. 5°5°; 4 spec.

Uae’ eee "GG. Od AS a OO SOS EG
is eae - 89: 64° 45° — 27°20 — 310 — — 84°93 I —
eas ao - 9g: 64°18 — 27°00°' — 295 — — 58°; 2 —
South-West ofIceland: - 81: 61°44’ — 27°00! — 485 — — 61°; 12 —
= a - 84: 62°58’ — 25°24 — 633 — — 48; 3 —

ay a ge 93: 62° Ss eee GS 55°34 —
South of Iceland: - 7: 63°13' — 15°4r' — 600 — — 45°; 1 —
Brad — - 54: 63°08’ — 15°40 — 691 —- — 39°; 2 —
pe - 57: 63°37, — 13°02) — 350 — — 34°95 2 —

It has also been taken at: 64° 42’ N. L., 27° 43' W. L., 426 fm., temp. 6°, 2 spec. (Wandel); 62° 57’ N. L.,
19° 58’ W.L,., ca. 500 fm., “Thor” 1903.

Distribution. All the localities of the “Ingolf’, Wandel and “Thor” lie west and south of Iceland;
the depth is between 265 and 691 fm., the temperature from 3:4° to 84°. The species was originally
taken in the warm area in the Feroe Channel (Wyv. Thomson), later S. W. of Ireland, 250 fm. (Pocock),
in the Gulf of Gascogne, 346—750 fm. (Caullery), also in the Atlantic from the Bay of Biscay, Portugal,
Morocco, the Azores, the Canary and Cape Verde Islands in 120 to 1106 fm. (A. M-Edw. & Bouvier);
in the Mediterranean at the level of Marseilles (A. M-~Edwards) and a number of places in the Adriatic

2*

I2 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA.

in 330—670 fm, (Adensamer). It has been taken off the east coast of America at a little below 40° N. L,,
225—318 fm. (Smith), if Smith’s determination is correct; A. M.~Edwards & E. L. Bouvier (op. cit. p. 151)
namely considered a form taken by the “Blake” at Grenada as belonging to an independent species,
L. furcillatus A. M.-E., and the specimens mentioned by Smith belong to Z. furcillatus A. M.-E., so that
the question arises whether Z. furciliatus is only a variety or an independent species. In the “Chal-
lenger” Z. Zhomsoni is given from the Agulhas Bank, South Africa, 35° 4’ S. L., 18° 37' E. L., 150 fm.
Doflein states that it has been taken several times in the waters off Cape Colony in so small depths,
as 56, 82 and 168 fm. further in the Indian Ocean at St. Paul, Sumatra and East Africa in depths
from 357 to 459 fm. Miers did not venture to separate a specimen taken near Sydney in 410 fm. as
specifically distinct from Z. Thomson, but this statement of its occurrence at New Holland requires
further confirmation.

If it should be confirmed by the investigations of a Zoologist who is an excellent judge of
species that the determinations from all the localities mentioned are correct, this species must have
an extremely wide distribution. It occurs as a rule in depths between ca. 250 and 700 fm., though
met with at a little less than 60 fm. and down to ca. 1130 fm.

3. Scyramathia Carpenteri Norm.

1873. Amathia Carpenteri Norman, in Wyv. Thomson, The Depths of the Sea, p. 175, fig. 35.

! 1885. Scyramathia — G. O. Sars, Norske Nordhavs Exped., Crust. I, p.6, Pl. I, figs. 1—7.
1894. _ a A. M.-Edwards & Bouvier, Rés. des Camp. sc. de l’Hirondelle, fase. VII, p. 13.
! Ig00. a _ A. M-Edwards & Bouvier, Exped. Scient. du Travailleur et du Talisman,

Crust. Dec. I, p. 133, Pl. XX, figs. 1—10.
Occurrence. The species has not been taken by the “Ingolf”, but by later expeditions:
South of Iceland: 62°57’ N. L., 19° 58’ W. L., 500 fm., (“Thor” 1903); 1 spec.
South-West of the Feeroes: 61° 15’ N. L., 9° 35’ W. L., 500 fm., (“Thor” 1904); 2 spec.

. a 61° 7" 9° 33 — 425—460 fm., (“Michael Sars” 1902); 1 spec.
_ - - 61° 08! — 9°28’ — 450 fim. (“Thor” 1903); 1 spec.
— - _ 59° 28’ — 8° 1' — 580—687 fm., (“Michael Sars” 1902); 8 spec.

Distribution. This species was originally taken on the so-called “Holtenia ground” in the
warm part of the Fzeroe Channel (Wyv. Thomson). Later it was taken between Norway and the Shet-
lands at 61° 41'N. L,, 3° 19 E. L., 220 fm. (G.O. Sars); S. W. of Ireland in 110—250 fm. (Pocock); the Gulf of
Gascogne in 345 and 511 fm. (Caullery); at the Azores in 450 to 620 fm. (A. M.Edwards & Bouvier);
at various places along the south-west coast of Europe and the north-west coast of Africa, from the
Gulf of Gascogne to the Canary Isles and even more southerly to 25° 39’ N. L., 18° 22’ E. L., in depths
from 186 to 724 fm. (A. M.-Edwards & Bouvier).

4. Chionoecetes Opilio O. Fabr.

1780. Cancer Phalangium O. Fabricius, Fauna Groenlandica, no. 214, p. 234.
1788. — Opilio O. Fabricius, Nye Saml. af Kgl. D. Vid. Selsk. Skr., 3. Deel, p. 181, med 1 Tavle.

CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. 13

1838. Chionoecetes Opilio Kroyer, Nat. Tidsskr., B. II, p. 249.

1849. _ — _ Voy. en Scand. etc., Crust. Pl. I.

1856. Peloplastus Pallasii Gerstaecker, Arch. f. Naturgesch., 22. Jahrg., B.I, p. 105, PII, fig. 1.

1893. Chionoecetes Opilio M. Rathbun, Proc. US, Nat. Mus, Vol. XVI, p. 74, PL IV, figs. 5—7 (gives
the synonymy, but incompletely).

1894. — — A.M.-Edwards & Bouvier, Res. des Camp. sc. de l'Hirondelle, fase. VII, p. 16.

Occurrence. This species has been taken by the “Ingolf” at the following locality.

Davis Straits: St. 31: 66° 35’ N. L., 55° 54' W. L., 88 fm., temp. 16°; 1 spec.

In Malac. Groenl. (p. 28) I have enumerated some localities on the west coast of Greenland;
since then I have seen specimens from Ritenbenk, Jakobshavn, Godhavn, Akudlek 30—60 fm. and
Holsteenborg. A summary of our knowledge of its occurrence at West Greenland would read: it is
known between 66° 56’ N. L. and 70° 42' N. L. from the beach to 350 fm. (the last-mentioned depth,
which is very unusual, according to information from Dr. Forsstrand).

Distribution. This species hat not been found east of Cape Farewell. It is thus not known
from East Greenland nor from the seas north of Europe and Asia; it is only on the north-eastern
part of Asia near Behring Straits that it begins at ca. 173° 24' W. L. (Stuxberg). Off the east coast of
America it is common at Newfoundland (A. M..-Edw. & Bouvier) and goes down to Nova Scotia and
further to Casco Bay, Maine (S. I. Smith). Miss M. Rathbun gives a large number of localities for it
from the waters on the north-western part of North America and summarises its occurrence there as
follows: “from the Arctic coast of Alaska southward through Bering Strait and along the eastern and
western shores of Bering Sea to the Aleutian Islands, where it is found in abundance, and thence east-
ward and southward along the Alaskan coast to British Columbia”. Further: “It ranges in depth from
shallow water to 206 fathoms on the Atlantic coast and 121 fathoms on the Pacific.”

It may not be useless to point out distinctly here, that when A. M-Edwards & Bouvier (1. c. p. 17)
begin a summary of the distribution of this species with “Cette espéce n’est pas rare dans les mers
froides de l’Europe...”, this statement is quite incorrect.

Remarks. The largest specimen I have seen is from Jakobshavn; the carapace is 138'5 mm.

long and 141'5 mm. broad, the second leg from the margin of the carapace to the tip 338 mm.

5. Hyas araneus L.

1758. Cancer araneus Linné, Syst. Nat. Ed. X,I, p. 628.
1780, — — O. Fabricius, Fauna Groenl. n. 213, p. 233.
1838. Hyas araneus Kroyer, Kgl. D. Vid. Selsk. naturv. math. Afh. Syvende Deel, p. 314.
11851. — — Brandt, Krebse, in Middendorffs Sibir. Reise, B. II, 1, p. 79—8o.
! — — — coarctatus Hoek, Crust. “Willem Barents”, Nied. Arch. f. Zool. Supplb. I, p. 3, Taf. I, Fig. 1.
Occurrence. The “Ingolf” has taken this species at the following localities. :
Baffins Bay: St. 33: 67° 57’N. L., 55° 30’ W. L., 35 fm., temp. 08°; 1 spec.
Davis Straits: Holsteenborg Havn, in fishing net; 1 spec.
=_ St. 31: 66° 35'N. L., 55° 54’ W. L., 88 fm., temp. 16°; 1 spec.

14 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA.

Davis Straits: St. 29: 65° 34’ N. L., 54° 31’ W. L., 68 fm., temp. 02°; 1 spec.

Dyre Fjord, Iceland; many spec.

North-West of Iceland: St. 129: 66° 35° N. L., 23° 47’ W. L., 117 fm., temp. 6°5°; 1 spec.

North of Iceland: St. 127: 66° 33'N. L., 20° 05’ W. L., 44 fm., temp. 5°6°; 1 spec.

Reykjavik, in the harbour; 3 large spec.

North-West of the Feeroes: St. 1: 62° 30’ N. L., 8° 21’ W. L., 132 fm., temp. 7:2°; 1 spec.

In Malacostr. Groenl. (p.30) I have brought together a number of localities from the west coast
of Greenland, and the most northerly of these is Godhavn, at 69'/,° N. L., the most southerly is Godt-
haab, at 64° 11’N.L.; the species was taken in 5 to 100 fm. Later investigations have not brought
any new data of interest so far as West Greenland is concerned; at East Greenland and Jan Mayen
it has not been found. I have seen a large number of specimens from numerous places on the
western, northern, eastern and south-eastern coasts of Iceland; the species is there extremely common,
as a rule at ca. 5 to 4o fm.; it is likewise common at the Feeroes.

Distribution. From the Feroes the species extends southwards to the Shetlands (Norman)
and the coasts of Scotland, England and Ireland (Bell, Walker, etc.); it does not seem to have been
observed on the west coast of France, but on the other hand it occurs at the Channel Islands (Koehler)
and as it is given by H. Milne-Edwards from France it must certainly occur on its north coast;
further at Belgium (v. Beneden), Heligoland and several other places in the southern half of the
North Sea (Metzger, Meinert), in the Kattegat and northern part of the Sound (Meinert), along
the coasts of Norway (M. Sars), at Bear Island and Spitzbergen (G. O. Sars, Doflein, Birula), in
the White Sea, along the whole north coast of Europe, in the northern part of the Murman Sea
(Knipowitsch); at the eastern end of Jugor Schar (Hansen), at the east coast of Nova Zembla (Stux-
berg) and even in the Kara Sea at ca. 60°E.L. Beyond the last-named locality and along the north
coast of Asia as far as 177°41'E.L., that is, a distance of -over 100 degrees of longitude, it is not
known. On the other hand it occurs along the most easterly part of the north coast of Asia from
1777/;° E. L. to East Cape (Stuxberg)' and in the Sea of Ochotsk (Brandt); but again it is not known
from the north-west coast of America. On the north-eastern side of America it has been taken at
Labrador, Newfoundland, Gulf of St. Lawrence, Nova Scotia and in the Gulf of Maine south to
Cape Cod (Smith, M. Rathbun), and the greatest known depth here is 137 fm., while at Spitzbergen it
has been taken once in nearly 170 fm.

The species is not known from East Greenland or Jan Mayen; nor according to the above
account is it known from the roo degrees of longitude along the north coast of Asia nor from the
northern or western coasts of America. Much is wanting therefore to prove it circumpolar; it may be
so but there is just as much probability at least for its not being so. The fact, that it has not been
taken north of 691/,°N.L. at West Greenland, is not known from arctic America north or north-west
of Labrador, nor from East Greenland, is rare in the Kara Sea, while on the other side it goes down
to the Channel, shows that the species is not typically arctic but that in its occurrence it has just as
much the appearance of being boreal as arctic.

Of its bathymetric distribution may be said, that it occurs as a rule in depths of 15 to 70 fm.,

1 In 1907 A. Birula casts doubt on Stuxberg’s determination of the specimens from these localities.

CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. 15

but that it is sometimes met with in quite shallow water, while nearly 170 fm. is the greatest depth
I have found ascribed to it.

Remarks. The largest specimens I have seen were taken in Breidals Vig on the east coast
of Iceland in 9—14 fm. (A. C. Johansen), The»largest of these is a male which has the following
dimensions: length of cephalothorax 110 mm., breadth of this 86 mm., length of the first pair of legs
152 mm., distance between the tips of the second pair of legs 392 mm.

6. Hyas coarctatus Leach.

1815. Hyas coarctatus Leach, Transact. Linn. Soc. Lond., Vol. XI, p. 329.

? — — Cuvier, Le Régne animal, Edit. ace. de Planches grav., Pl. 32, fig. 3.
!1851. — — Brandt, Krebse, in Middendorffs Sibir. Rejse, B. II, 1, p. 81.
1893. — - M. Rathbun, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XVI, p. 60.

Occurrence. This species has been taken by the “Ingolf” at the following stations.
Davis Straits: St. 31: 66° 35’ N. L., 55° 54’ W. L., 88 fm., temp. 1°6°; 9 spec.

Be Bel sh Aes due AY ca. ne ae ore

— - 26: 63°57) — 52a°4r — 34 — — o6 5 1 —

— Mouth of Ameralik Fjord by Godthaab, 5—70 fm, 1 —

West of Iceland: St. 98: 65° 38’ N. L., 26° 27' W. L., 138 fm., temp. 5°9°; 1 spec.

North-West of Iceland: St. 129: 66° 35’N. L., 23° 47’ W.L., 117 tm., temp. 6'5°; 3 spec.

North of Iceland: St. 127: 66° 33'N. L., 20° 5’ W. L., 44 fm., temp. 5°6°; 7 spec.

West of Iceland in Brede Fjord: St. 87; 65° 2'N. L., 23° 56’ W. L., 110 fm., temp. ?; 36 spec.

o sai eee et ee og 48 76 Qs

South South-East of Iceland: St. 6: 63° 43'N. L., 14° 34’ W. L., 90 fm., temp. 7; 4 spec.

In Malac. Groenl. I have mentioned a number of localities for this species between 70° 25’ N. L.
and 60° 43'N.L. along the west coast of Greenland, depths from 5 to 100 fm.; later discoveries have
not extended our knowledge. It has also been taken on all four coasts of Iceland at numerous
localities; it is common at the Feroes and it has twice been taken in 150 fm. It has not been found
at East Greenland or Jan Mayen.

Distribution. From the Feeroes it extends southwards over the Shetlands and the Hebrides
to the east and west coasts of Scotland and England (Norman, etc.); it has been taken on the south
coast of England (Bell), in the Irish Sea (Walker), S. W. of Ireland in 250 fm. (Pocock), at the Channel
Islands in 1o—20 meters (Koehler) and at Roscoff on the north coast of France (Delage); also at Belgium
(v. Beneden), eastern part of the North Sea andSkager Rak (Metzger), Kattegatand northern part of theSound
(Meinert), from the last-named northwards along the whole of the west coast of Scandinavia and at
East Finmark (M. Sars), Magdalene Bay on the west side of Spitzbergen (G. O. Sars) and along the
north coast of Europe in the Murman Sea to 49° E. L. (Birula), but not in the White Sea (Birula);
further east, it is not known with certainty and neither on the west or east coast of Nova Zembla
nor in the Kara Sea. (I think that Stuxberg’s statement in 1886 of its occurrence in the Kara Sea is

incorrect, undoubtedly due to the example of Hoek (see synonymy list to H. avaneus), as Stuxberg in

16 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA.

his first work of 1882 had also stated that it was H. arvaneus which occurred in the Kara Sea and he
does not mention 7. coarctatus at that place). It is also very common in Bering Straits to 71° 02‘ N. L.
(M. Rathbun); on the east coast of Asia it ‘has been taken at East Cape and Plover Bay (M. Rathbun),
on the Corean coast at 37° 2'N. L., 129° 31’ E. L. (Suenson, in Copenhagen Museum), and a small
specimen in the Copenhagen Museum is stated by the collector (Capt. Suenson) to have been taken
15 miles off Amoy, but this locality which lies at 241/.°N.L. seems to me for this reason uncertain
and perhaps comes from some error. Lastly, on the east coast of America, it has been taken at La-
brador, Newfoundland, Gulf of St. Lawrence, Nova Scotia, along the coast of the United States to
New Yersey at ca. 40° N. L.; and somewhat out from the coast even to 36° 41’ N.L., 74° 39’ W. L. (M. Rath-
bun and S. I. Smith).

The literature contains a very large number of single notices as to the depths at which. this
species has been taken, and the great majority of these give between 10 and 100 fm, seldom 5 to
10 fm. and sometimes 100o—200 fm. I have found only three statements of greater depths, namely,
S.W. of Ireland in 250 fm. (Pocock), 36° 41' N.L., 74° 39’ W. L. in 373 fm. (Smith, 1884) and 41°13'N.L.,
66° 1’ W. L. in 906 fm. (Smith, 1884). All these and especially the last are extremely surprising, as the
species thus appears to be a true deep-sea form in the Atlantic, but it should be remarked that there
is also a further remarkable anomaly, namely, that a little further south at four stations from 41° 10' N. L.
to 40° 20'N. off the east coast of America it has been taken in depths of only 41 to 62fm. S. I. Smith
is so trustworthy an observer that we cannot doubt his determinations, but so long as there is only
this one notice one is inclined until further information is forthcoming to fear greatly that it has
arisen through some error or another.

According to this distribution, yas coarctatus is essentially a boreal form, which extends to a
certain extent into arctic waters but is absent at such purely arctic localities as East Greenland
(north of 66° N. B. at least), Jan Mayen, East Spitzbergen and the Kara Sea. It is thus more typically
boreal than 4. avaneus, which is also in agreement with the fact that on the east coast of North
America it goes much further south than the latter and considerably to the south of Cape Cod; some-
times it goes down into greater depths than A araneus. It is very probably not circumpolar; that
its circumpolarity is far from being proved needs scarcely be stated. That the “Fauna Arctica” here
as so often is defective and misleading may likewise just be mentioned.

Remarks. WH. coarctatus is much smaller than the previous species. The largest specimen is
a male from West Greenland, locality unknown; the carapace is 99 mm. long, 74 mm. broad, the first
pair of legs 156 mm. from the lateral margin of the carapace to the tip (on the underside 171 mm. to

the sternum), the second leg 174 mm. from the lateral margin of the carapace to the tip.

7. Portunus holsatus Fabr.

1798. Portunus holsatus J. C. Fabricius, Suppl. Entom. Syst., p. 366.

1844. — — Bell, Brit. Crustacea, p. 109, with fig.

1861. _ — A. Milne-Edwards, Archives du Museum, T. X, 1, p. 393.
! 1863. — — Heller, Crust. siidl. Europa, p. 85.

CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. 17

Occurrence. The “Ingolf? has not taken this species, but it is to hand from other sources.

West coast of Iceland: Reykjavik, 1 specimen (taken by Hallgrimsson), and it has been secured
a number of times at the Vestmanna Islands and from there eastwards along the south coast of Iceland
to ca. 15!/.°W.L. in depths from ro to ca. 60 fm. (A. C. Johansen, “Thor” 1903 and 1904, and “Beskyt-
teren”). At the Feeroes it has hitherto been taken only three times, namely, in Kalbaks Fjord, 16—40 fm.
(Th. Mortensen); 4 miles east from Naalso, 80 fm. (Th. Mortensen), and 61° 56’ N. L., 7° 04’ W.L., 30 fm.
(“Thor” 1903).

Distribution. This species is known from the Shetlands and the Hebrides (Norman), further
south from the east and west coasts of England and east coasts of Ireland (various authors), north and west
coasts of France (Bonnier). It is said also to have been taken in the Mediterranean (Costa, test. Heller) and in
the Black Sea (Czerniavsky, test. Ortmann). To this it may be added, that Heller wrote concerning
P. marmoreus Yeach: “ist vielleicht bloss eine Varietat” of P. holsatus; A. Milne-Edwards & E. L.
Bouvier wrote in 1899: “Si, comme il y a lieu de le croire, le P. marmoreus doit étre identifié avec le
P. holsatus Fabricius”, and they show that P. marmoreus is taken at the Azores and state that it “habite
depuis le voisinage du littoral jusqu’a 60 m.—1oo m. profondeur”. I am unable to settle the question
whether P. marmoreus Leach is only a variety of P. kolsatus Fabr., but mention the statements cited
so as to show so far as possible the present state of our knowledge, with special regard to the distri-
bution of this species to the south.

P. holsatus has also been taken at the coasts of Belgium (v. Beneden), Holland (Herklots, test.
Ortmann), off and at the west coast of Jutland (Meinert, Metzger), in the Skager Rak and “northern
part of the Kattegat as far as Varberg” (Meinert), at the south coast of Norway (G. O. ‘Sars), lastly
Vesteraalen in Lofoten (Nordgaard). The greatest depth I have found given is 70 fm, stated by
Meinert (1890).

The most northerly place from which the species was formerly taken was the Shetland Isles,
between 60 and 61°N.L,.; the statements given above of its occurrence not only at the Feroes but
also at the southern coast and the south part of the western coast of Iceland to ca. 64° 10' N. L. mean a not
unimportant increase to its distribution, and we have at the same time a new example of how southern
forms reach up to these places at Iceland.

Remarks. The largest of the above-mentioned specimens came from the south coast of
Iceland; its carapace is 34 mm. long and 44'/, mm. broad, which shows that it is indeed adult but
not a specially large specimen, as A. Milne-Edwards (1861) gives respectively 40 and 53 mm. as the
two dimensions of the carapace.

8. Carcinus Menas L.

1758. Cancer Maenas Linné, Syst. Nature, Ed. X, p. 627.

1844. Carcinus — _ Bell, Brit. Crust, p. 76, with fig.
! 1861. -- — A, Milne-Edwards, Archives du Museum, T. X, p. 391.
1866. — — Heller, Crust. siidl. Europa, p.g1, Taf. II, Fig. 14, 15.

Occurrence. This species, which was not taken by the “Ingolf’, is present from the following

localities.
The Ingolf-Expedition. III. 2. S

18 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA.

West coast of Iceland: Reykjavik, the shore at ebb-tide; 4 spec. (A. C. Johansen).
= - — 2 miles S. E. of Reykjavik, 6 fm. sand and stone; 2 very large spec.
(A. C. Johansen).
South of Iceland: Vestmanna Islands, in sandeel-net; 1 spec. (A. C. Johansen).
Feeroes: two old specimens identified by Kroyer (taken by Nees).
— Aadna Fjord, o—r15 fm., (R. Horring).
_ Head of Trangisvaag Fjord, o—1 fm.; 1 good-sized spec. (Otterstrom).

Distribution. The species is known from the Shetlands and Norman writes that it is
“remarkably large” there. A. Milne-Edwards writes in his Monograph (1. c, p. 392): “Cette espéce vit
en grand nombre sur les cétes de France et d’Angleterre. On la rencontre sur tout le littoral de la
Méditerranée, peut-étre méme jusque dans la mer Rouge. Les Carcins Ménades se trouvent sur les
cétes des Etats-Unis d’Amerique. Au nord, ils remontent jusqu’éa la mer Glaciale’. The last two
statements however require correction, but I have thought it right to cite what stands in the Mono-
graph. According to Gourret’s “Tableaux comparatifs” (p. 44) the species is also found in the Black
Sea, at the coast of Portugal and at the Canary Isles, but I do not know the sources from which he
takes these data, of which especially the last is of interest. On the east coast of North America the
species according to Smith and M. Rathbun is distributed from ca. 43?/,°N.L. to 39'/.° N.L. It occurs
on all coasts of the North Sea, goes through the Sound and the Belts into the western Baltic (Meinert,
Mobius); on the west coast of Norway it goes to the North Cape (M. Sars, Appelléf), but statements on
its occurrence at East Finmark and in the Murman Sea seem to be erroneous (Appelldf).

Kingsley (1878) writes: “This species is almost cosmopolitan in its range. It is found on the
Eastern Coast of the U. S., from Cape Cod to New Jersey (in 1879 he gives a still more southerly
locality, namely, Northampton Co. in Virginia), at Panama, in the Hawaiian Islands, France and Eng-
land, in the Baltic and Mediterranean, the Red Sea, Brazil, and, doubtfully, in Australia”. In his work
on the Indian Crustacea Alcock states that he has seen a specimen from Ceylon; in 1902 it is noted
from Port Phillip, Victoria (teste Calman).

This distribution of a coastal form such as Carcinus Menas is extremely interesting; we know
indeed some few species of crabs and Stomatopoda which have just as great a distribution in the
tropical belts, but none that go so far north.

Remarks. In the largest of the above-mentioned specimens from Iceland the carapace is

79 mm. broad and 62 mm. long; the distance between the tips of the second pair of legs is 234 mm.

g. Geryon affinis A. M-Edw. & Bouv.
Pl. I, figs. ra—1b.
1894. Geryon affinis A. Milne-Edwards & E. L. Bouvier, Rés. des Camp. sc. de I’Hirondelle, fase. VII,
p. 41, Pl. I, fig. x.
1904. — — F. Doflein, Brachyura, in Wiss. Ergebn. Deutschen Tiefsee-Exp., B. 6, p. 106,
Taf. III, IV, XXXIII, XXXIV, Taf. XXXVIII, Fig. 1-6, Taf XLI, Fig. 3—7,
Taf. XLII, Fig. 2 & 8.

CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. 19

Occurrence. The “Ingolf” took this species at the following two stations.
S. of Iceland: St. 67: 61° 30’ N. L., 22° 30’ W. L., 975 fm., temp. 3°; 1 female.
— — - 65: 61°33’ — 19° of — 1089 — — 3°; 1 male.

Distribution. This species was first. taken by the Prince of Monaco at ten stations near
the Azores and in depths from 330 to 733fm. These islands lie between 37° and a little below 40°N. L.;
the occurrence of G. affinis at 61'/,°N.L. and at much greater depths as indicated above has there-
fore considerable interest. Further, it has been taken in the South Atlantic at ca. 25!/,S.L. in a vertical
net at 1064 fm. and 498 fm. (Doflein), at the coast of East Africa a little below 3°N.L. in 724 fm.
(Doflein) and in the Indian Ocean off the Travancore coast (Alcock).

Remarks. A. Milne-Edwards and Bouvier have given a detailed and careful description of
this species and remarked on the differences between it and the nearly allied G. guinguedens Smith.
The “Ingolf” specimens certainly belong to G. affinis, which is evident amongst other things from the
form of the last joint of the walking legs, a character specially noted by the French authors with
good reason. These authors have only figured an extremely large specimen; my specimens are rather
small, the carapace in the male being only 40 mm., in the female 42 mm. in length, and I have thought it
useful to give the outline of the carapace of both specimens so as to show the variation in form and
number of processes between these two specimens and between these and the specimen figured by M.-Ed-
wards & Bouvier.

The female bears thousands of very small eggs, the diameter of which is o5—o6 mm. The
Zoéz of a number of eggs were just breaking out or had just broken out. This is of interest as it

shows that there is here a normal swimming stage in this deep-water form.

to. Geryon tridens Kr.

! 1837. Geryon tridens Kroyer, Naturh. Tidsskr. B.I, p. 10, Tab. 1.

1881. — _ longipes A. Milne-Edwards, Compt. Rend. Acad. Sc. Paris, T. XCIII, p. 879 (teste A. M.-Edw.
& Bouvier).
!1900., — _ A. Milne-Edwards & E. L. Bouvier, Exp. Scient. du Travailleur et du Talisman,
Crust. Déc. I, p. 103, Pl. I, Pl. XVII, figs. 13—21.
1903, — _ Senna, Bull. d. Soc. Entom. Ital, Anno XXXIV, 1902, p. 354.

Occurrence. Between the Feroes and Scotland: 59° 28’ N. L., 8° 1’ W. L., 687—580 fm.; 1 spec.
(72/3 1902, “Michael Sars”).

Distribution. The species was originally founded on a specimen from the south-eastern
part of the Kattegat; later, it has been taken in the Skager Rak near the Skaw (Joh. Petersen). In
Norway it is not rare in the inner part of Christiania Fjord and has also been taken in one of the
fjords at Bergen (G. O. Sars). It is noted from 48° 31’ N. L,, 10° 3'W. L., 690 fm. (Norman), near Valentia,
Ireland, in dredging from “85 to 808 fathoms”, lastly from 59° 37'N.L., 7° 19’ W. L., 530 fm., temp. 8°.
As G. longipfes has been included as a synonym, the distribution of the species is extended to the
following regions: Gulf of Gascogne, at a number of localities with depths from 346 to 617 fm. (Caullery,

A. Milne-Edwards & Bouvier), the western Mediterranean near the south coast of France, at Sardinia,
3*

20 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA.

Naples, between Stromboli and Messina, the Adriatic, from 266—372 fm. to 800 fm. (several authors). —
We may summarise the data on its bathymetric distribution by saying, that it occurs in depths
between 250 and 800 fm.; in the Danish waters isolated specimens are met with at intervals of many
years in much smaller depths, certainly even as low as between 20 and 30 fm.

Remarks. The specimen taken by the “Michael Sars” is a small female, with carapace 25 mm.
long. Comparing this with a female (and a male) of the same size of G. dongifes A. M-Edw. from
the Gulf of Gascogne, I have come to the conclusion that there is absolutely no difference between
the specimens; then I compared all three with a specimen of G. ¢ridens Kr. from Norway: a male with
carapace 53 mm. long, and found that the differences noted by Milne-Edwards & Bouvier between
G. tridens and G. longifes do not hold good. Senna came to a somewhat similar result, but the
differences in the mouth-parts mentioned by him are also not maintainable and quite worthless as
specific characters. I consider it quite certain that G. longipes A. M.-Edw. is only a synonym of the
old species of Kroyer.

uz. Cymonomus Normani Lankester.
Pl. I, figs. 2a—2i.

1904. Cymonomus Normani E. Ray Lankester, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sc. Vol. 47, New. Ser. p. 456, Pl. 33, fig. 1,
Pl. 34, figs. 8, 10, 11.

Occurrence, There is only one specimen from the “Ingolf” expedition, but later the “Thor”
has twice taken this remarkable form.

South-West of Iceland: St. 73: 62° 58’ N. L., 23° 28’ W. L., 486 fm., temp. 5°5°; I spec.

South of Iceland: 62° 57'N. L., 19° 58’ W. L., 509 fm., “Thor” 14. VII. 1903; 1 spec.

South-West of the Feeroes: 61° 15’ N. L., 9° 35’ W. L., 516 fm., “Thor” 22. V. 1904; 1 spec.

Distribution. The species was only known previously from two places south-west of the
last-named locality, namely, in the warm area south of the “Wyville Thomson Ridge” at ca. 59'/,°N. L.
in 542 and 705 fm.

Remarks. The species has been described and richly illustrated in the paper mentioned of
Lankester. Before this was prepared I had drawn some figures of the single and very defective
specimen of the “Ingolf”; a copy, in outline, of one of these figures is introduced in Lankester’s
paper (fig. 12 on p. 459) with some remarks. I have thought it of no use to give a detailed de-
scription of the species, as the differences between it and the C. granulatus Norm. fully described by
A. Milne-Edwards & E. L. Bouvier have been indicated by Lankester. I have however drawn the
anterior margin of the carapace and the eye-stalks of all my three specimens in order to show, that
there is some variation between them in the reduction of the rostrum, in the form of the eye-stalks
and in the size of the lateral corner-processes. In all my specimens the eye-stalks diverge a little
from one another at the anterior margin of the head — they are not, as Lankester states, “ammovably
united to the margin of the carapace”, as the anterior margin of the carapace is quite free above the
skeleton of the head; figs. ro and 11 on Pl. 34 of Lankester’s paper likewise show that there is some
distance between the roots of the two eye-stalks, and fig.8 (Pl. 34) must undoubtedly be incorrect in

CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. 21

this regard. My figures show the slight variation in the curvature, thickness etc. of the eye-stalks,
which are all of course without any trace of a cornea; they further show the granular structure
correctly, as I have given the granule according to the right number and relative size. The differences
in these regards between Lankester’s figures and, mine I ascribe unhesitatively to imperfections in the
former, as there is not the least doubt that Lankester’s specimens of C. Normani and mine belong to
the same species. On the other hand, Doflein is quite wrong in considering C. Normanz a sub-species
of C. granulatus.

B. Anomura.
12. Neolithodes Grimaldii A. M.-Edw. & Bouv.

! 1894. Lithodes Grimaldii A. Milne-Edwards & E. L. Bouvier, Rés. Campagnes sc. Hirondelle, fasc. VII,
p. 62, Pl. III, figs. 1—6.
1894. _ Goodei Benedict, Proc. U.S. Nat. Museum, Vol. XVII, p. 479.
1896. Neolithodes Grimaldii Bouvier, Ann. Sc. Nat. Zool. Sér. 8, T. I, p. 22 (with complete synonymy).
Occurrence. The “Ingolf” has taken this species at 3 stations. :
Davis Straits: St. 25: 63° 30’ N. L., 54° 25’ W. L., 582 fm., temp. 3°3°; I gigantic specimen.
South of West Iceland: St. 68: 62° 06’ N.L., 22° 30’ W. L., 843 fm., temp. 34°; 1 very small spec.
- - _ - 40: 62°00" — 21°36 — 845 — — 33°51 eters tl
Distribution. The type specimens of the French authors were taken near Newfoundland
in 674 fm. The species has several times been found off the east coast of America, but being con-
fused by Smith with Z. Agassizit I am unable to see everywhere which species he had from any given
locality, and will therefore restrict myself to saying, that it was taken at any rate at 39'/.° N. L., 411/,°
N.L. and at intermediate places off the east coast mentioned in depths from 410 to 1230 fm.
Remarks. In the largest specimen from St.25 the carapace, excluding the spine- or process-
like rostrum, is 104 mm. long and 91 mm. broad; the fourth thoracic leg 308 mm. from the base of
the coxa to the tip. The spines on the thorax must have been for the most part extremely long, but
the long ones are all broken; the longest fragment is however 26 mm.; the number and position of
the spines agree with the figures in the literature by S. I. Smith and A. Milne-Edwards & E. L. Bouvier,
but it should be remarked that there are several short, conical tubercles or small processes more
or less close to the margin of the carapace and on the upper surface some low tubercles which
must be regarded as rudimentary spines. — In the two small specimens the carapace is respectively
ca. 7 and 8 mm., apart from the long process of the rostrum; they are typically developed specimens
of NV. Grimaldii, but it should be remarked that in the larger specimen, the carapace has some fairly
short to quite short spines chiefly on its posterior half between the long spines and at the margin
(almost as Smith’s fig. 2 in Rep. U.S.Comm. Fish and Fisheries for 1885, Pl. III), while in the smaller
specimen only the posterior margin and a small part of the lateral margin of the carapace — but not

the upper surface — have some short spines between the long.

22 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA.

13. Lithodes Maja L.

1758. Cancer Maja Linné, Systema Nature, Ed. X,I, p. 629.
! 1853. Lithodes Maja Bell, Brit. Stalk-eyed Crust. p. 165, with fig.
! 1894. — arctica E. L. Bouvier, Ann. Sc. Nat. Zool., Sér. 7, T. XVIII, p. 181, Pl X, fig. 7, Pl. XII,

figs. 5a—5b.
1896. _— Maja E. L. Bouvier, Ann. Sc. Nat. Zool., Sér. 8, T. I, p. 24.

Occurrence. The “Ingolf’ has not brought home this species, but it is to hand from several
other sources.

Davis Straits: 65° 30’ N. L., 55° 26’ W. L., 289 fm., sand and stones, Wandel 1889; 1 spec.

Denmark Straits: off Angmagsalik, at ca. 65° N. L., 140 fm., stones, 2"? Amdrup Exp. 1900; 1 spec.

South of Iceland: Vestmanna Islands, District-physician Thorstein Jénsson; 1 large spec.

Feeroes: Agent Miiller; 1 spec.

Distribution. The species extends from the Shetlands (Norman) and the Orkneys (Bell)
southwards, on the west side of Great Britain to the Isle of Man (Bell), in the North Sea to the coasts
of Belgium (v. Beneden) and Holland (Hoek). At Denmark it is only found in the more northerly
half of the Sound and has been noted by the fishermen from Anholt (Meinert); it is also known from
Bohuslan (Goés), along the Norwegian coast to Vadso at Varanger Fjord (M. Sars), lastly on the most
western part of the south coast of the Murman Sea, but not in the White Sea (Birula). A single
specimen is recorded from 74° 25’ N. L., 17° 36’ E. L., nearly 1oo fm. (Hartlaub, teste Birula); another from
West Spitzbergen (Doflein). On the east coast of America it has been taken at Nova Scotia, in the
Gulf of Maine and southward to 40°3' N.L. (S. I. Smith); the depths are given as “52 to go” and down
to 291 fm. — The species is thus boreal and not arctic (as Doflein states); it has not been taken at

any place with temperature below zero.

14. Paralomis spectabilis n. sp.
Pl. I, figs 3a—3d; Pl II, figs. ra—1b.
Occurrence. The “Ingolf’ has taken this large new species at four stations.
Between South Greenland and Iceland: St. 92: 64° 44'N. L., 32° 52°W.L., 976fm., temp.1°4°; 2small spec.
— — - — - 95:65°14’ — 30°39' — 752 — — 21°;1 good-sized J.
-- = - = - 96:65°24' — 29°00! — 735 — — 12°52 — dé and 9.
South of Iceland: St. 64: 62° 06’ N. L., 19° oo’ W. L., 1041 fm., temp. 31°; 1 small c
Description. In appearance this species shows considerable resemblance to JVeolithodes
Agassizii Smith as figured in Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Vol. X, Pl. I, but it is easily distinguished by the
development of the antennal squama and the abdomen. Within the genus Paralomis the new species
belongs to the division which lacks the protuberance on the under side of the rostrum (see Bouvier’s
classification).
The carapace, excluding the rostrum, is almost as long as broad; its posterior margin is con-
siderably incised in the centre, and an obvious curve is seen on each lateral margin at a distance from
the anterior corner of a little less than one-third of its length; the carapace is further provided with

ca. 30 long to fairly long spines (including the marginal spines), some smaller spines and numerous

CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. 23

small tubercles. The rostrum is short and has the usual three smooth processes, the form and direction
of which offer nothing of interest. The gastric area is greatly arched, marked posteriorly by a deep
cervical furrow from the cardiac area; on the gastric area are 7 very apparent spines, namely, one
unpaired long and strong spine in front of the central portion and 3 pairs somewhat shorter but yet
good-sized spines out towards the lateral margins, and also some small spines and a number of very
small tubercles. Each hepatic region has two long marginal spines, the first of which is on the an-
terior corner, as also some small tubercles; the considerably arched cardiac area has 4 good-sized
spines. The lateral margin has 4 to 5 good-sized and several smaller spines behind the cervical furrow;
along the posterior margin are 4 to 6 somewhat low and also some minute spines.

The eye-stalks touch one another at the base; they bear some small tubercles or spines on the
upper side. The stalk of the antennz reaches almost to the middle of the last joint of the peduncle
of the antennula; its first joint (fig. 3 b) has a short spine on its outer anterior corner; the spine on the
front corner of the second joint reaches forward in front of the middle of the squama and at its base
the outer margin sometimes has a tubercle. The squama (figs. 3 b, 3c, 3d) has as a rule two processes
on the proximal 2/,-ths of its outer margin, the distal one being as a rule fairly long, much longer
than the proximal which is short usually but may also at times be longer than the distal or lacking
altogether; above on the inner margin, the squama has as a rule a tubercle or short spine near its
base and in one of the specimens further a rather long distal spine on the left squama. The flagellum
is as long as or even a little longer than the distance from the tip of the longest process of the
rostrum to the posterior margin of the cephalothorax. Between the last pair of maxillipeds the sternum
has two tufts of bristles but no spines.

The first leg on the right is a little longer and considerably thicker than that on the left, the
chela especially is much heavier; the meropodite has a single, very long spine on the inner side at
the anterior end; the carpus has a similar very long spine on the inner side and on the upper side
out towards the lateral margin several fairly long and some shorter spines. The three pairs of walking
legs are long with the larger spines placed in rows; the front upper margin of the carpus has 3 long
and 3 short or very short spines.

The second segment of the abdomen (figs. 1a and rb) has only short or even fairly short,
setigerous spines and several small spines or protuberances. No row of protuberances between the
median plates of the 3"1—6'* segments. In the large male (fig. 1a) the right lateral plate of the 34
segment has a single, lateral, movable plate, the left none at all; in the small male the right lateral
plate of the same segment has two movable lateral plates, the left lateral plate one; in the females
(fig. 1 b), there is no movable lateral plate on the right lateral plate of either the third or fourth segment.

Measurements. The largest specimen, a female with 1 pair of legs broken off, has the

following dimensions.

Length of cephalothorax to tip of longest process of rostrum.... 54°5 mm.

=_ - _ ~ base :Of, roStruiiinisiuaes <aistiae- pte ei 455 —
Breadth - wee oa | a ky aya Beles e Ugatle os a2 Oe RRS ROE CS ses <2 46 —
Length of second right walking leg, on under side............. 119g —

ab < cs = = — is» Cpperiiett cigs aes 14 —

24 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA.

In a second female the cephalothorax with rostrum is 488mm., the 1 right leg below 69 mm.,

the 2' right leg below 106 mm.

15. Paralomis Bouvieri n. sp.

Pl. II, figs. 2a—2f.

Occurrence. The “Ingolf” has taken this interesting form at 2 localities.

Between South Greenland and Iceland: St. 96: 65° 24'N. L., 29° 00’ W. L., 735 fm., temp. 1°2°; 1 spec. (3).

South of Iceland: St. 53: 63° 15’ N. L., 15°07’ W. L., 795 fm., temp. 3°1°; 1 spec. (9).

Description. One of the two specimens is a good-sized female with eggs, the other a some-
what small male. To judge from the general body-form, spine-equipment of cephalothorax, form and
armature of rostrum, length and spination of the legs etc. it is quite certain that the two specimens
belong to the same species, but they differ greatly nevertheless in the spination of the antennal squama,
in the spiny equipment of the abdomen and above all in that the marginal plates on the 3™ abdominal
segment are quite free in the male, but quite fused with the lateral plates in the female. As this
feature in the marginal plates of the third segment is generally considered an important generic
character, the male should be referred to Acantholithus Stimps., the female to Paralomis; I have pre-
ferred to place the species with the latter as it shows some resemblance to P. aculeatus Hend.

The carapace, excluding the rostrum, is but little longer than broad; the posterior margin in
the female is obviously incised in the centre, in the male only slightly, and on each lateral margin
there is a conspicuous curve at a distance of a little more than one-third of its length from the fore
corner. The upper surface in the female is densely covered with spines, many of which are long, some
moderate and some fairly short, but most of them are slender and end with a little tuft of bristles;
in the male the spines are even slightly more numerous and the longest relatively longer than in the
female, while the short are relatively shorter and less slender than in the latter. The rostrum (fig. 2b)
is short and ends with the ordinary three processes which have a small number of extremely small
tubercles; there is no projection or spine on the under side, but on the upper side close behind the
distal processes the rostrum has two fairly long, slender spines. The gastric area is somewhat highly
arched; the cervical furrow is deep and very sharply marked between the gastric and the cardiac
areas, but opposite the anterior corners of the latter it has really disappeared.

The eye-stalks (fig.2b) are apposed at the base; each has a pair of spines and some granulations
on the upper surface, as also a fairly long, slender spine from the distal end over the black eye. The
stalk of the antennze is almost as in the previous species, but the spiny equipment of the outer margin
is more developed; the outer, anterior corner of the first joint bears a spine in the female but none
in the male; in both specimens a moderate spine springs from the base of the terminal long process,
and behind this there is in the female another very short spine. As mentioned the squama is very
different in the two specimens; in the female (fig. 2c) it may be said to be short, fairly thick, ending
with two spines, the outer of which is long and the inner very long; behind the inner above there is a
fairly long spine and behind this again on the left squama a pointed tubercle. In the male the squama
may be described as thorn-like, on the inner side of the right squama.(fig.2d) there is a moderately

CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. 25

short spine and on the outer side a short spine near the base; the left squama (fig.2e) has no spine
on the outer side, but two short ones on the inner side, one near the base, the other about opposite the
centre. The sternum has two groups of bristles between the posterior pair of maxillipeds but no spines.

The first pair of legs in the female are. almost equally long, but the carpus and hand are
considerably thicker on the right leg than on the left (the right leg is wanting in the male); the
spiny equipment is well-developed, a distal spine on the inner side of the meropodite and a spine on
the centre of the inner side of the carpus being especially very long; the others are easily seen from
the figure. The walking legs are relatively a little shorter than in the previous species; the spine-
equipment is well-developed, but while some of the spines, especially the long, are in rows, others
are scattered.

The second segment of the abdomen is provided with numerous spines in both sexes, but
while in the female these are almost as long as on the posterior part of the carapace, they are obviously
shorter in the male; the rest of the abdomen is, as already mentioned, so different in the two speci-
mens that these must be described separately. In the male (fig. 2f) the upper surface of the 3™ to
the 7% segment is provided with many setigerous tubercles, some of which are almost like short
spines; on each side of the 34 to the 5‘" segments are fastened movable, marginal plates ro in all,
some of them very small but each drawn out into a spine and sometimes also provided with a tubercle;
the lateral plate of the 3™ segment has on each side three of these movable, marginal plates, and
there is a fourth plate between the 34 and 4tt segments. There does not seem to be any spinous
tubercles between the middle plates of the segments. In the female (fig.2g) the upper surface of the
3°! to the 7'* segments is covered by numerous, moderately long spines; the marginal plates of the
3™1 segment are completely fused with the lateral plate, so that the line of junction cannot be seen; on
the 4 segment the second marginal plate is completely fused with the lateral plate, while the two
others are very movable and large; the marginal plates of the 5" segment are all very movable.
Between the central plates of the 3'— 4tt and 4"—5s‘" segments in the female there is a cross-row of
tubercles with spines but only a single tubercle of this kind between the central plates of the 5 and
6 segments.

Measurements. — Female. The length of the carapace to the tip of the longest process of
the rostrum is 435 mm., without the rostrum 348 mm.; breadth of carapace 34 mm., first right leg
(chela) on the upper side 61°5 mm., on the under side 66°5 mm.; the sécond right leg on the upper
side 80 mm., on the under side 85'5 mm.

Male: Length of carapace to tip of longest process of rostrum 28:7 mm., without rostrum 23 mm.;
breadth of carapace 21 mm.; the first and second legs on the right side are wanting, the third measures
on the upper side 52 mm., on the under side 57 mm.

Remarks. I have called this species after Professor E. L. Bouvier, who has done such good
work in connection with the Decapoda and amongst these not least with the family Lithodide.

16. Eupagurus Bernhardus L.

1758. Cancer Bernhardus Linné, Syst. Nature, Ed. X, p. 631.
11844. Pagurus = — Bell, Brit. Crust. p.171, with fig.

The Ingolf-Expedition. Il. 2. 4

JOEBBARS

OF THE "
ev ererry
“eel oe eS Lasts Ps

26 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA.

! 1896. Eupagurus Bernhardus Bouvier, Feuille d. Jeunes Natur., III Sér. 26° Ann. p. 151, fig. 21.

1900. _ _ A. Milne-Edwards & E. L. Bouvier, Exp. Scient. du Travailleur et du Talis-
man, Crust. Déc., I, p. 239.
! 1901. _ — Benedict, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XIII, p. 452, with fig.
— — acadianus, -- —- — — — XII, p.454-—- —

Occurrence. This species has only once been taken by the “Ingolf”.

West side of Iceland: Dyre Fjord, in plaice-net, 2 large spec.

I have also seen specimens from several points along the west coast of Iceland, right from its
northernmost part, namely Hofn Bugt, also Adelvig, Skutils Fjord, Onundar Fjord, Brede Bugt,
Faxe Fjord, Reykjavik; it has been taken on the western part of the south coast of Iceland at Grinda-
vik, Vestmanna Islands, off Eyjafjallaj6kul and at 17° 34'W.L., but not from any more easterly locality,
and it has never been taken on the north or east coast of Iceland. At Iceland it has been taken on
the beach at ebb-tide and from there out to ca. 60 fm. At the Feroes it is common and goes down
to roo fm. ,

Distribution. It occurs at the Shetlands (Norman), is common at Scotland, England and
Ireland, also on the north coast of France and on its west coast in the Gulf of Gascogne (several
authors). It is noted from the coast of Portugal (Capello, test. A. M-~Edw. & Bouvier); in the Mediter-
ranean it has been taken at Marseilles (Gourret) and is noted (by Guérin, test. A. M.-Edw. & Bouvier)
from Morea, but this seems to me somewhat doubtful. It is also distributed on the southern and
eastern coasts of the North Sea (Metzger, etc.), through the Kattegat and somewhat into the Danish
Belts (Meinert); it is known further from Kiel and Eckernférde (M6bius). It occurs on the southern
and western coasts of Norway, on the west and east coasts of Finmark (M. Sars, Norman, Nordgaard)
and on the coast of the short, western part to ca. 35° E. L. of the Murman Sea (Birula). On the east
coast of North America the species occurs “from the Grand Bank of Newfoundland to the mouth of
Chesapeake Bay, 7 to 265 fathoms” (Benedict; he speaks here of his [both from his own descriptions
and figures and from my own investigation of an American specimen] quite stillborn P. acadianus); this
means from ca. 45° to 37° N. L. — On the other hand I believe that Benedict is right in referring the
specimens described by Brandt as P. Bernhardus var. granulato-denticulata from Unalaska and , by
Owen as P. streblonyx from Kamtschatka to some other species than P. Bernhardus, in other words
Eup. Bernhardus does not occur in the Bering Sea or adjacent regions.

In the “Travailleur” and “Talisman” report A. Milne-Edwards & E. Bouvier introduce their account of
the distribution of Eup. Bernhardus with the following sentence: “L’£. Bernhardus est une espéce
arctique dont les représentants se répandent dans les régions septentrionales des deux continents...”.
According to the above this is incorrect; the species is boreal on the coasts of both sides of the
Atlantic; it extends somewhat but not far into the regions where arctic forms are as numerous as or
a little more numerous than non-arctic species, but not only is it not found in purely arctic waters, it
has never been met with at West Greenland nor on the northern or eastern coasts of Iceland.

Remarks. The largest specimen I have seen is from Dyre Fjord on the northern part of the

west coast of Iceland; the right chela is 35:5 mm. long and 20 mm. broad.

CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. 27

17. Eupagurus pubescens Kr.
1838. Pagurus pubescens Kroyer, Kgl. D. Vid. Selsk. naturv.-mathem. Afhandl. Syvende Deel, p. 314.

! 1838. — — Kroyer, Naturh. Tidsskr. B. II, p. 251.
!1846(?) — = Kroyer, Gaimard’s Voy. in Scand., Crust. Pl. II, figs. 1 a—u.
1879. Eupagurus pubescens and Kroyeri, S.I.Smith, Trans. Conn. Acad. Vol. V, p.47 and 48—5o.
1894. -- pubescens A. Milne-Edwards & E. L. Bouvier, Rés. des Camp. sc. de lHirondelle,

fasc. VII, p. 74.
Occurrence. The “Ingolf” has taken this species at the following stations.
Baffins Bay: St. 33: 67°57'N. L., 55° 30’ W. L., 35 fm., temp. 08°; 2 spec.
— Holsteenborg harbour, 20—30 fm.; I spec.
Davis Straits: St. 31: 66° 35’ N. L., 55° 54’ W. L., 88 fm., temp. 1°6°; 2 spec.

~ S35 OS? 26" 6 557 OF <ceegGarse 1 38°F I
West of Iceland: St. 97: 65° 28’ N. L., 27° 39 W. L., 450 fm., temp. 5°5°; I spec.
— 2 = - 89: 64°45 — 27°20' — 310 — — 84°51 —
—_- - a - 87: 65°02’ — 23°56’ — 110 — — 33 —
—- - _ - 9: 64°18’ — 27°00! — 295 — — 58°54 —

North-West Iceland: Dyre Fjord; 8 spec.
North of Iceland: St. 129: 66° 35’ N. L., 23° 47'W. L., 117 fm., temp. 6°5°; 5 spec.

ee puss - 127: 669333 — 20°05 — 44 — — 56°53 13 —
South-West of Iceland: St. 81: 61° 44’ N. L., 27° oo’ W. L., 485 fm., temp. 61°; 1 spec.
— - = - 73: 62°58’ — 23°28 — 486 — — 55°32 —

In Malac. Groenl. I have mentioned a large number of localities on the west coast of Green-
land, from 72° 37'N.L. to 60?/,°N.L. and in depths from fairly shallow water to 290 fm.; numerous
later discoveries have not brought any addition of importance. At East Greenland it is extremely
rare; for myself I have only seen a single small specimen from Hekla Harbour in Scoresby Sound
(70° 27'N. L., 26° 12' W. L.) and no foreign expedition mentions it. — I have also seen specimens from
a large number of localities on the western, northern and eastern coasts of Iceland, depths from 2 fm.
and down to 60—g0 fm. It is likewise common at the Feeroes, both in shallow water near the coast
and out in 100 to 150 fm.; to the S. W. of the Feroes it has been taken in 425—460 fm. and down
to 500 fm. (“Michael Sars” and “Thor”).

Distribution. The species spreads over the Shetlands and Hebrides (Norman) southward
along the English coasts at least to Durham (Norman), and in the Irish Sea (Walker); it is also noted
from a point S. W. of Ireland, 200 fm. (Pocock), and this is the most southerly locality for the species
on the coasts of Europe known to me. It is also found in the northern part of the Kattegat (Meinert),
in the Skager Rak, on the whole coast of Norway (M. Sars), on the north coast of Europe to Nova
Zembla, in the White Sea and northern part of the Murman Sea (Birula), at Jugor Schar, 12 fm.
(Hansen) and Matotschkin Schar in depths from 4—6 fm. to 60—7o fm. (Stuxberg). It has not been
taken in the Kara Sea nor along the north coast of Asia. On the other hand it occurs round Spitz-
bergen (Doflein and Ohlin) and at Bear Island (G. O. Sars and other authors). On the east coast of

America it is found at Labrador (Smith), Gulf of St. Lawrence (Smith), Newfoundland (A. M.-Edwards
4*

28 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA.

& Bouvier), Nova Scotia and southwards along the United States to 37°8'N.L.; between ca. 42° and
39° N. L. it has several times been taken at considerable depths, from 300 to 640 fm. — On the north-
west and west coast of Alaska: Point Barrow, Franklin Point and Norton Sound, a form has been
taken which was determined by Murdoch as £. ¢rigonochetrus Stimps.; the differences this author
mentions between this species and “Z. pubescens and E. Kréyert” are very small, but as I have not
seen specimens I am unable to prove that £. ¢rigonochetrus should be included, though for myself I
feel sure of it. Similarly, I think that Zup. capillatus Ben. Eup. Brandti Ben. and Eup. Dalli Ben.
could only be called species on a modern, American idea of species and that they will all prove to
belong to Eup. pubescens. The three species named and Z£. ¢trigonocheirus were all taken at Alaska,
the Aleutians, Unalaska and in the Bering Sea; with this is in agreement that Brandt notes Hu. pubes-
cens from Kamtschatka.

The species is boreal-arctic, not pronouncedly arctic, as (1) it seems to be lacking in the Kara
Sea, at Franz Joseph’s Land and Jan Mayen, (2) it is very rare at East Greenland, from which only
a single, small specimen has been brought, (3) it appears so far south as in the Irish Sea and south-
west of Ireland, (4) it has several times been taken by the “Ingolf’ in depths from 300 to 486 fm. but
always in the warm area only, and this applies also to its occurrence in the Faroe Channel and on
the east coast of the United States, where it goes down to 640 fm.

Remarks. I have twice endeavoured to separate £. pubescens Kr. from £ Kréyeri Smith in
my large material, but without success, and though it is easy enough to refer some specimens to one
or other of the two forms other specimens show so many transitional stages, that I must follow G. O.
Sars and A. Milne-Edwards & Bouvier in putting them together. Concerning the 4 “species” found at
Alaska and the Aleutians, see above. —- The largest specimen I have seen is from Onundar Fjord on
the north-west side of Iceland; it was taken in 1o—12 fm. and its right chela is 31 mm. long and

16 mm. broad.

18, Eupagurus tricarinatus Norm.

1869. Pagurus tricarinatus Norman, Rep. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Science for 1868, p. 264.

11885. Eupagurus — G. O. Sars, Den Norske Nordh.-Exped. Zool. Crust. I, p. 11, Pl. Il, figs. 8—ro.
1892. - variabilis A. Milne-Edwards & Bouvier, Ann. d. Sc. Nat. Zool., 7 Sér. T. XIII, p. 217.
1896. _ oo E. L. Bouvier, Feuille d. Jeunes Natur., III Ser., 26° Ann., p. 149, figs. 17 & 18.

! 1g00. -- — A.Milne-Edwards & Bouvier, Expéd. Scient. du Travailleur et du Talisman,

Crust. Déc., I, p. 230, Pl. XXVI, figs. 4—12.

Occurrence. 61° 14’N.L,, 2° 13' E. L, 82 fm., temp. 68°, “Michael Sars” 1902 (Ad. Jensen); 2 spec.

Distribution. “In deep water” at the Shetland Isles (Norman); the great ridge W. of Norway
(63° 10'N. L., 5° 25' E. L.) in 98 fm. (G. O. Sars); south-west of Ireland (Calman); it has also been taken
at numerous localities in the Atlantic off the coasts of France, Spain, Portugal and northern Africa
southwards to 21° 51'N.L. and in depths from 62—76 fm. down to 740 fm.; lastly, it is known from
the Mediterranean at Sardinia and west end of Sicily (Senna).

Remarks. The two specimens seen by me certainly belong to Au. variadilis A. Milne-Edw.

& Bouv. Lup. tricarinatus Norm. was taken in deep water near the locality from which my specimens

CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. 29

come; this fact together with Norman’s description (as also the account given by G. O. Sars) leads me
to consider Lup. tricarinatus as identical with Z. variabilis A. Milne-Edw. & Bouv. instead of referring

with the last-named authors £. ¢ricarinatus Norm. (and G. O. Sars) as synonym to Zug. excavatus Herbst.

Ig. Anapagurus levis Thomps.

1843. Pagurus levis W. Thompson, Rep. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Science, p. 267 (without description).
! 1894. Anapagurus levis A. Milne-Edwards & Bouvier, Rés. des Camp. Sc. de l’Hirondelle, fasc. VII,
p- 72, Pl. XI, figs. 16—28.
1896. — — EL. Bouvier, Feuille d. Jeunes Natur. III Sér., 26° Ann. p. 152, figs. 31—32.
1900. — — A. Milne-Edwards & Bouvier, Exp. Scient. du Travailleur et du Talisman,
Crust. Déc., I, p. 217, Pl. XXVIII, figs. g—10.

Occurrence. This species has not been taken by the “Ingolf’. I have seen 6 specimens in
all from the waters round the Feeroes, the first from the Faroe Bank, the second 9 miles east of
Bispen (on the most northerly of the islands), 70 fm., the third 12 miles east of the most southerly is-
lands, 150 fm., the fourth from Vestmannahavn, 2!/,—5 fm. (R. Horring 1901), lastly, 2 specimens from
60° 06’ N. L., 8° 30’ W. L., 62 fm. (“Thor” 1904).

Distribution. It is known at the Shetlands and Hebrides (Norman), spreads from there southward
along Great Britain (various authors) and the northern part of the west coast of France (Bonnier), where it
was even taken once in so shallow water as 8 fm.; French expeditions have taken it in the Gulf of
Gascogne, off the coasts of the Spanish peninsula, at the Azores and off northern Africa right down to
17°02'N.L,.; lastly, in the Mediterranean at Toulon and Corsica (A. Milne-Edwards & Bouvier), Sar-
dinia and western end of Sicily (Senna), and the greatest depth mentioned is 292 fm. It has also been
taken in the Skager Rak and the eastern part of the Kattegat (Metzger, Meinert) in depths from 22
to 80 fm.; on the west coast of Norway northwards to at least ca. 62'/.°N.L. and at this latitude it

is “very common and the specimens are unusually large” in 50—6o0 fm.

20. Parapagurus pilosimanus Smith.

1879. Parapagurus pilosimanus S. I. Smith, Trans. Conn. Acad. Vol. V, p. 51.

! 1883. — _ S.I. Smith, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. Vol. VI, p. 33, Pl. V, figs. 3—5, Pl. VI,
figs. I—4a.
! 1894. — _ A. Milne-Edwards & Bouvier, Rés. des Camp. Sc. de l’Hirondelle, fase. VII,

p. 64, Pl IX, figs. 1—17.
1900. — —_ A. Milne-Edwards & Bouvier, Exp. Scient. du Travailleur et du Talisman,
Crust. Déc., I, p. 187, Pl. VI, fig. 2, Pl. XXIV, figs. 1-3.
Occurrence. The “Ingolf’ has taken this species at the following stations.
South-West of Iceland: St. 73: 62° 58’ N. L,., 23° 28’ W. L., 486 fm., temp. 55°; I spec.
es er PA OA ae: Ab Or Oa ee gay ts
It has also been taken in the waters south-west of the Feeroes, 61° 7’ N. L,, 9° 33’ W. L., 425—460 fm.

30 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA.

(“Michael Sars”, Ad. Jensen), several specimens, and 61° 15’ N. L., 9° 35’ W. L., ca. 500 fm., several speci-
mens (“Thor” 1904).

Distribution. The geographical and bathymetric distribution of this species and of its “var.
abyssorum A. Milne-Edw.” are fully dealt with in the above-mentioned work on the Decapoda of the
“Travailleur” and “Talisman”. It will be sufficient to give here a short extract from this as also a few
critical remarks etc.

The most northerly point in the eastern part of the Atlantic from which the species had previ-
ously been taken is south-west of Ireland, 315—1000 fm. (Pocock), and in the western part of the same
ocean “off Nova Scotia”, 42° 41'N.L. South of these points the species has been taken by different
expeditions at various places in the Atlantic, thus off Portugal, at the Azores, Canary Islands, off
Sierra Leone, in the Sargasso Sea, at the Antilles, at Tristan d’Acunha and at Patagonia at 47° 48'/,'S. L.
In the Arabian Sea and Bay of Bengal it has often been taken (Alcock); in the Pacific it has been
found at Papua, Banda, Yokohama, Valparaiso (Henderson), off the northern part of South America,
Galapagos Islands and the Gulf of California (Faxon). It has twice been taken in 250 fm. (Smith)
and downwards at the most different depths to 2221 fm. (Smith). A. Milne-Edwards & Bouvier write
(“Travailleur” and “Talisman”, p. 192): “Cette espéce, qui s’accommode également des mers tropicales,
des mers tempérées et des mers froides...”. But this observation is not correct. When the French
authors wrote this account, its southern limit was a little below 48°S.L., its northern about 51° N. L.;
the northern limit has been moved by the “Ingolf” almost to 63° N.L., nevertheless it is incorrect to
speak of its being an inhabitant of tropical, temperate and cold seas. It is really a deep-water species,
which seldom occurs in shallower water than 300 fm. and even at this depth the differences between
the temperatures of the different parts of its area of distribution are much less than in depths between
o and 100 fm.; for example, the lowest temperature at which it was taken by the “Ingolf” was 4:2°.

Remarks. A comparison of my specimens with some of P. pilosimanus and of its variety
abyssorum A, M.-Edw. received by the Museum has shown that the “Ingolf’s” specimens belong to the
main species and not to the variety; a study of the descriptions given by the French authors led to

the same result.

21. Galathea intermedia Lilljb.

1852. Galathea intermedia Lilljeborg, Ofv. K. Sv. Vet.-Akad. forhandl. for 1851, Poet:

! 1888. _ — Bonnier, Bull. Sc. de la France et de la Belgique, 3. Ser. T. 1, p. 44, Pl. X,
figs. 1—2, Pl. XI, figs. 1—14.

1894. _ _ A. Milne-Edwards & Bouvier, Ann. d. Sc. Natur., Zool., Sér. 7, T. XVI, p. 252.

1900. _ _ A. Milne-Edwards & Bouvier, Exp. Scient. du Travailleur et du Talisman,

Crust. Déc., I, p. 277.
Occurrence. This species has not been brought home by the “Ingolf” but is present from
two places at the Feroes, namely:
Thorshavn (A. Benzon); 2 specimens.
North End of Naalso, 100 fm. (Th. Mortensen); 1 specimen.
Distribution. The two works cited of 1888 and 1900 give together an almost complete -

CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. 31

picture of the distribution of the species. It occurs at the Shetlands (Norman), from there southwards
along Great Britain and Ireland, on the Channel coasts, west coast of France and the Spanish penin-
sula, at the Azores, Canary Islands and Cape Verde Islands to 17° N. L.; it has also been taken in the
Mediterranean at Marseilles (Gourret), at Syracuse (author) and Algiers (Lucas). It is also found at
Holland (Hoek), in the Skager Rak, northern and the whole eastern part of the Kattegat down into
the Sound (Meinert); at Norway if goes up to Lofoten (G. O. Sars), thus somewhat north of the Polar Circle.

A. Milne-Edwards & Bouvier write that it is specially common between 8 and 43 fm., but can go
much deeper to 120 fm.; concerning its occurrence at Denmark Meinert says: “the depth as a rule is

15—6 fm.” .... “once it was taken in so shallow water as 2 fm.”

22. Galathea nexa Embl.

? Galathea nexa Embleton, Proc. Berwickshire Nat. Field Club*.

1853. — — Bell, Brit. Stalk-eyed Crust. p. 204, with fig.
1850. a dispersa Bell, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., Vol. III, p. 3.
! 1888. — nexa Bonnier, Bull. Sc. de la France et de la Belgique, Sér. 3, T. 1, p. 63, Pl. XII, figs. 6—8.
! — — dispersa Bonnier, l.c. p. 68, Pl. XIII, figs. 1—3.
1889. — — A.Milne-Edwards & Bouvier, Rés. Sc. de ’Hirondelle (Suppl.) et de la “Prin-
cesse Alice”, fasc. XIII, p. 72.
1900. — — A. Milne-Edwards & Bouvier, Exp. Scient. du Travailleur et du Talisman,

Crust. Déc., I, p. 278, Pl. XXIX, figs. 2 —3.

Occurrence. It has only once been taken by the “Ingolf”.

North-West of the Feroes: St. 1: 62° 30'N. L,, 8° 21’ W. L., 132 {m., temp. 7:2°; I spec.

I have seen some specimens from the southern half of the west coast of Iceland, namely, Faxe
Fjord, Reykjavik and Grindavik, as also from the Vestmanna Islands on the south coast. It has been
taken a number of times at the Faroes, sometimes in the bays, sometimes further off the coast, once
in o—4fm., otherwise from 8—g'/, fm. down to 100 fm.

Distribution. Like the previous species it goes (cf. the French authors cited) southward
along Great Britain, France, the Spanish peninsula to the Azores and the Canary Islands (A. Milne-
Edwards & Bouvier). It has been taken at several places in the Mediterranean: the AYgean Sea,
Adriatic, Marseilles, Villafranca and has been found by the author at Syracuse. I have seen specimens
from various places in the North Sea; it has also been taken in the Kattegat and northern part of
the Sound; on the west coast of Norway it goes up to West Finmark (Nordgaard). In Dijmphna-Togtet
I mentioned having seen a specimen from the Kara Sea; my determination was correct, but as the
species neither before nor since has been taken in an arctic sea I must suppose that an error from the
expedition in the statement of locality occurred in one way or another.

Remarks. It appears from the synonymy list that like Adensamer? I unite the two species

G.nexa and G. dispersa under one. Bonnier has described a specimen of G. disfersa in which the third

1 I have not been able to complete this reference with data and page.
2 Long after this text was written I see that Appelléf (Nov. 1906) likewise unites them.

32 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA.

maxilliped, to judge from his figure, differs considerably from any of my numerous specimens, which
came from many localities, and I entertain grave doubts as to whether Bonnier’s figure mentioned is
at all correct in the differences it is intended to show from the figure of the same maxilliped in his
G.nexa. The third maxilliped of some of my specimens agree tolerably well with his figure of G. nexa,
while in the other specimens it is more or less halfway between his figures of zexa and dispersa. A. Milne-.
Edwards & Bouvier (1899) give an account of the differences between G. zexa and G. dispersa; but a
study of my material has given the result that all my smaller specimens belong to G. disfersa,
whereas some of the largest — in the spines and hairs on the chele and also in other respects —
approach more or less near to G. mexa, without ever having however the form of rostrum de-
scribed by the French authors. The two largest specimens I have seen are males (from the Feroes);
in the one the scutum is 20°2 mm. in the other only 163 mm. long. A. Milne-Edwards & Bouvier have
only seen a single specimen (¢) of G.exa, Bonnier likewise only one (#) and both were large. Judging
from my material and a comparison of it with descriptions given by these authors I must conclude
that G. mexa was based on age-characters in single, large and well-marked males of G. dispersa. But

as this name is much younger than zexa, the latter must be used for the species as now understood.

23. Munida bamffica Penn.
PL II, fig. 3a.
1777. Astacus bamffius Pennant, Brit. Zool, Vol. IV, p.17, Pl. XIII, fig. 25.

1882 Munida rugosa G. O. Sars, Vid. Selsk. Forh. Christ. for 1882, no. 18, Tab. I, Fig. 5.
— — Rondeletii G. O. Sars, Vid. Selsk. Forh. Christ. for 1882, p. 43, Tab. 1, Fig. 4.

!1894. — bamffica A. Milne-Edwards & Bouvier, Rés. des Comp. Sc. de Hirondelle, fasc. VII, p. 83,
Pl. VII, figs. 1—7.

1899. — — A. Milne-Edwards & Bouvier, Rés. Sc. de ’Hirondelle (Suppl.) et de la “Princesse

Alice”, fasc. XIII, p. 75, PI. IV, figs. 6—16.

1900. — — A. Milne-Edwards & Bouvier, Exp. Scient. du Travailleur et du Talisman, Crust.

Déc., I, p. 299, Pl. XXIX, fig. 17.
Occurrence. The “Ingolf” has taken this species at 5 stations.
West of Iceland: St. 98: 65° 38’ N. L., 26° 27’ W. L., 138 fm., temp. 5'9°; 3 spec.

— te - 87: 65°02) — 23°56 — Wo— — *?3;2 —
pitted s _ - 9: 64°18 — 27°00! — 295 — 4 = 5852, —
— - — - 85: 63°21" — a5°2r) — 170 — — ?%? 34 —
South of Iceland: - 54: 63°08’ — 15° 401, ORE er eer So

Further, it has been taken at 63° 15'N.L,., 22° 23’ W.L., 115—173 fm. (“Thor” 1903) and three
times near the Fzeroes, namely: 8—10 miles N. of the Feroes, 5 specimens; 12 miles east of the most
southerly island, 150 fm., 3 specimens; and 61° 9’ N. L., 7°54’ W. L., 180 fm., temp. 84°, 1 specimen.

Distribution. It is impossible at present to treat this subject fully at all points, as the
French authors cited above have wrongly included JZ tenuimana G. O. Sars as a synonym under J/.
bamffica, and it is very probable that several of their localities, as also of the following authors (Caullery, |

CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. 33

Adensamer, Senna), for the last-named species really refer to the former, though it should be added
that we can by no means conclude that the specimens referred by A. Milne-Edwards & Bouvier to
M. bamffica var. tenuimana really belong even to AZ. tenuimana Sars (see below).

M. bamffica is known from the Shetlands *and from there along the coasts of Great Britain and
Ireland (various authors), on the west coast of France and according to A. Milne-Edwards & Bouvier
it goes further south to Madeira and past Cape Boyador to 25°41'N.L. It is widely distributed in
the Mediterranean: the Cyclades (Adensamer), and common in the Adriatic and further west. In North.
Europe, it has been taken at Bohuslain (Goés), also along the whole west coast of Norway, on the east
coast at Vadso in Varanger Fjord (G. O. Sars), in the west part of the Murman Sea, finally at 73° 34'
N.L., 17° 20’ E. L. (Birula).

The species has been found rarely in so shallow water as 13 fm. at England (Bate, teste
A. M.-Edw. & Bouv.) and in the Mediterranean; in the Mediterranean it has been taken several times
in 30 to 4o fm. but both to the north and south it is most common in depths between 100 and 300 fm.;
the greatest depth I can mention with certainty for it is 691 fm. (“Ingolf”), as it cannot be determined
whether the depth 750fm. from the Gulf of Gascogne (Caullery) applies to this or the following species.

Remarks". In 1882 Sars gave three species for Norway. Of these JZ Rondeletit Bell is
certainly identical with JZ damffica Penn. (= JZ rugosa Fabr.; Sars). Sars states of MZ Rondeletii that
he has seen “three specimens all of relatively very considerable size”; I have also seen two very large
males from Norway which agree well with Sars’ descriptions and figures of this “species”, but I think
nevertheless that the species is only based on characters which are found in very large males or are
untrustworthy for other reasons. The eyes are strikingly small, but I cannot say with Sars that the
circle of setze at the eye is wanting, as my specimens show at places a row of short bristles which
seem to have been torn or broken. The lack of a pair of spines on the 4t* abdominal segment (not
3"7, as Sars states) is too unimportant and also, according to A. Milne-Edwards & Bouvier, not main-
tainable as a character even within JZ. damffica and the reduced dimension of the eyes seems to me
an age-character. My view is also strengthened by the fact that Sars seems to have only 3 very large,
but no smaller, specimens of the “species”. —- JZ tenuimana G. O. Sars is on the other hand a well-
founded species, and on describing it later the chief differences between it and JZ dam/ffica will be
mentioned. It is therefore incorrect of A. Milne-Edwards & Bouvier — followed by several others —
in their various publications to include AZ ¢enuimana Sars as a variety connected with the principal
form by transitional stages, and it cannot be determined whether they have seen the real JZ tenuzmana
or not. The specimen figured by these authors in rg00 (Pl. XXIX, fig. 18) must certainly be a true
M. bamffica, to judge from the lack of submedian spines on the hind margin of the scutum and the
form of this.

All the specimens from the “Ingolf” are small to almost medium-sized; the largest, from St. 54,
is a male 53 mm. long, and there is a female 40 mm. long from the same station which had numerous

eggs and a number of newly hatched zoée attached to the abdominal legs.

t Years after I had written the text here I received Dr. Appelléfs work (in Nov. 1906). This author rightly main-
tains JZ tenuimana G. O. S. without having observed its best character however; on the other hand he retains JZ rugosa
G. O. S. as distinct from JL bamffica (= M. Rondeleti’ Bell). Without being able to follow him in this I may refer to his
account; I may add that I have thought it best to make no changes whatsoever in my own account.

The Ingolf-Expedition. III. 2. 5

34 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA.

24. Munida tenuimana G. O. Sars
(Pl. II, fig. 4a; Pl. III, fig. 1a).

1872. Munida tenuimana, G. O. Sars, Vid. Selsk. Forh. Christiania, £ 1871, p. 257.
11882. — _ a - — ~ _ f. 1882, no. 18, p. 44, Tab. 1, Fig. 6.
Occurrence. The “Ingolf’ has taken this species at a number of localities.

Davis Straits: St. 35: 65° 16'N. L., 55° 05’ W. L., 362 fm., temp. 3°6°; 1 spec.

= yy RT? 84? SA. 55°10! BOR eee aR

a Tee hy 4 ASH OS 30’. —. 54.95: tee a8

West of Iceland: St. 16: 65° 43’ N. L., 26°58’ W. L., 250 fm., temp. 61°; 1 spec.

Sy tdeigtR i Se DVO 28. 197539) cone Gare 38.

_- - — - 89: 64°45' — 27°20 — 310 — — 84°; 11 —

Seals cepeeesicks Se GORDA... 99°00) peer Re eer eee EA

Rieter bee {SEO AS 2... 27° Ogre RO Ce ee ee a

South-West of Iceland: St. 73: 62° 58’ N. L., 23° 28’ W. L., 486 fm., temp. 5°5°; II spec.
— - - 84: 62°58 — 25°24 — 633 — — 48°; 13 —
se Shae jah © 692.62" 40! BRI are EIR aire ene At yo
= Fey, NY Mel 8 er ig ee eS ras Oe
- — - 81: 61°44" — 27°00' — 485 — — 61°; 7 —
es rane tard +78: 60° 37’. —) . 875, Ga are FOO eS IO

South-East of Iceland: - 52: 63°57' — 13°32) — 420 — — _ 79°; 1 chela.

I have also seen specimens from 64° 42'N. L., 27° 43' W. L., 426 fm., temp.6° (Wandel); 62° 125’ N. L.,
20° 06' W.L,., 271 fm. (“Thor” 1903); 62°57’N. L., 19°58’ W. L., 509 fm. (“Thor” 1903); from the two following
localities lying south-west of the Fzeroes (“Michael Sars” 1902): 61°8' N. L., 9°33'—9° 46’ W. L., 425—460 fm.,
I specimen, and 59°28'N.L., 8°1'W.L., 580—687 fm., 5 specimens; lastly, it has been twice taken in
1904 (“Thor”) near the first-named of the “Michael Sars” stations.

Distribution. The species was taken by Sars in the deep Norwegian fjords lying between
about 60° and 68°12’N.L., in depths between 300 fm. and 672 fm. In the Skager Rak it has been
taken by Joh. Petersen in 210, 265 and 300 fathoms. From these data with those of the “Ingolf” etc.
we see that the species is commonest in depths between 300 and 600 fm., the extreme limits being
210 fm. and 800 fm.; the bottom-temperatures were between 3°3° and 84°. It certainly goes tolerably
far southwards in the deeper water of the Atlantic off southern Europe and perhaps northern Africa,

but future investigations must determine more precisely how far it has been confused with JZ damffica.

Remarks. The largest specimen, a female from the Skager Rak, is 87 mm. long to the tip
of the rostrum; the largest “Ingolf” specimen is an egg-bearing female from St. 27; if the rostrum
were complete it would measure ca. 74 mm.; the largest of the more than a hundred specimens from
St. 78 is a male 64 mm. long. As can be seen, my material is very large and I have found it very
easy to separate every single specimen that was at least about 20 mm. long from the previous species
with perfect certainty. The best character is given by the sternum of the thorax, which has hitherto

been overlooked. In both species the sternum is divided into 4 segments by raised cross-lines furnished

-

CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA, 35

_ with marginal hairs. In JZ dam/ffica it is further as if covered with scales almost everywhere, which
is due to the presence of numerous large and small, slightly arched tubercles, the convex
anterior or outer margin of which is well marked off and provided with hairs (fig. 3 a); in
a specimen of only 13 mm. total length, rostrum included, this sculpture is weakly developed. In
M. tenuimana the sternum is very shiny and without the scale-formation as in JZ, bamffica; there are
some rows of bristles on a part of the first sternal segment but the scale-like tubercles are rudimentary,
and as a rule the second, third and fourth segments are smooth, with altogether extremely few
short rows of hairs chiefly out towards the lateral margins; sometimes also we meet
with a small number of such rows scattered over the surface of the segments, but the
scale-formation, i. e. the raised seemingly imbricate areas, are never developed (fig. 4a).
In AZ. tenuimana the submedian spines on the hind margin of the scutum are not only always present,
they are large and directed strongly outwards; the spines on the 2"‘—4‘ abdominal segments are
large, very prominent and, especially the submedian, considerably larger and more prominent than in
any specimen of JZ bamffica. In MZ. tenuimana the bristles on the base of the upper margins of the
eyes are short to very short, but cannot ever be said to be quite wanting. The lateral margins of the
scutum are less convex than in JZ. damffica, the more slender chela are laid stress on by Sars in the
choice of the specific name. — After examining my large material I am quite certain of the inde-
pendence of the species JZ. tenwimana.

25. Munida microphthalma A. M.-Edw.
1880. Munida microphthalma A. Milne-Edwards, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Vol. VIII, no 1, p. 51.

11897. — — A. Milne-Edwards & Bouvier, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool. Vol. XIX, p. 32.
Pl. II, figs. 9—13.
190. — -- A. Milne-Edwards & Bouvier, Exp. Scient. du Travailleur et du Talisman,

Crust. Déc., I, p. 292.

Occurrence. This species has not been brought home by the “Ingolf’, but it was taken by
the “Thor” in 1903 at the following locality.

South of Iceland: 62° 10°8’ N. L., 19° 36’ W. L., ro80—1144 fm., 2 spec.

Distribution. The most northerly place in the Atlantic at which this species had previously
been taken was 45° 39’ N.L. in the Bay of Biscay (“Talisman”). It was founded on specimens taken in
the West Indies by the “Blake”; the “Challenger” took it near Ascension and north of Kermadec Islands
in the Pacific. With some uncertainty a specimen taken by the “Albatross” at Cocos Islands in 134 fm.
is ascribed to it, and the French authors cited consider it most probable that JZ microps Alcock of the
Indian Ocean is a variety of the same species, but in rgor Alcock maintains his JZ mzcrops as an
independent species “very closely related to JZ microphthalma A. M-Edw.” The greatest depth at
which even the main form is known to have been taken is 804 fm. so that the depth given by the
“Thor” is not a little larger.

26. Galacantha rostrata A. M.-Edw.
1880. Galacantha rostrata A. Milne-Edwards, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Vol. VIII, no 1, p. 52.
1884. oo — §.I. Smith, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Vol. X, p.21, Pl. IX, figs. 2-2 a.
Li

36 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA.

! 1897. Galacantha rostrata A. Milne-Edwards & Bouvier, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool. Vol. XTX, p. 60, Pl. IV,
figs. 2I—24.

Ig00. —— — A. Milne-Edwards & Bouvier, Exp. Scient. du Travailleur et du Talisman,
Crust. Déc., I, p. 308, Pl. VI, fig. 9.

Occurrence. The “Ingolf” has been so fortunate as to take this beautiful species at one station.

West of Iceland (halfway between Iceland and Greenland): St. 11: 64° 34’N.L., 31° 12' W. L.,
1300 fm., temp. 16°, 2 specimens.

Distribution. On the American side of the Atlantic this species has been taken at Bequia,
Antilles (1591 fm.) and from there northwards to 40° 17'N.L. It was also taken by the “Talisman”
off northern Africa at about 30° N. L.; these specimens were described by A. Milne-Edwards as G. Talis-
mant, under which name a specimen from Banda (ca. 130° E.L.) was included by Henderson in the
“Challenger” Anomura, p. 167, Pl. XX, fig. 1; later, Milne-Edwards & Bouvier included G. Zalismani as
a synonym and also considered the Banda specimen as belonging to G. rostrata. Henderson (1. c. p. 167,
Pl. XIX, fig.6) also describes a G. belizs and considers it different from G. vostra/a, but it is taken as
a variety by the French authors. Faxon (Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool. Vol. XVIII, p. 78, Pl. B, figs. 1, 1a)
had however in 1895 already both disputed the correctness of considering G. de/lis as a species and
had referred seven specimens taken at three stations west of Columbia or north of the Galapagos Is-
lands to G. rostrata. He adds, it is true, that his specimens “differ constantly from the typical West
Indian form in the following particulars”, but these seem to be small. In tgor1, Alcock (Descrip. Catal.
p. 274) gives G. rostrata as having been taken in the Arabian Sea and Bengai Bay in depths from
1022 to 1520 fm. To sum up, during the last ten years authors have come more and more to the
conclusion, that the specimens taken in the different seas belong to G. rostrata and that this shows
some variation in the length of the spines and in the sculpture. I think that A. Milne-Edwards &
Bouvier are quite right when they say (1900), that “G. rostrata est une espéce cosmopolite répandue
vraisemblablement dans les profondeurs de toutes les mers chaudes ou tempérées”. The “Ingolf’ has
now also shown that the species occurs at ca. 641/,° N. L. between Iceland and Greenland; the surface-
water here belongs to purely arctic regions, but in deep water at 1300 fm. where the species was
taken, the temperature and other conditions of the sea are certainly nearly identical with those found
in similar depths between the tropics. G. rostrata has only been taken in depths between 1022 fm.
(Arabian Sea) and 1591 fm. (Antilles). .

Remarks. Both my specimens are males; the larger is 58mm. long to the tip of the rostrum.
When they had just come from the water I noticed that they were reddish yellow in colour with pale

red eyes.

27. Munidopsis curvirostra Whiteaves.
(Pl. III, figs. 2 a—2e).
1874. Munidopsis curvirostra Whiteaves, Ann. Journ. Science 3 Ser. Vol. VIII, p. 212.
1884. — — S.I.Smith, Bull.Mus.Comp. Zool. Vol. X, p.21 (sine descript.) Pl. VIII, figs. 2, 3, 3 a.
! 1900. _ longirostris A. Milne-Edwards & Bouvier, Exp. Scient. du Travailleur et du Talisman,
Crust. Déc., I, p. 314, Pl. IV, fig. 1, Pl. XXX, figs.6—10.

CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. 37

Occurrence. The “Ingolf” has taken this form at six stations.
Davis Straits: St. 35: 65° 16’ N. L., 55° 05’ W. L., 362 fm., temp. 36°; 20 spec.

a Bote BGS? TQ! 859 4a ae GRO re 85°75

a ern ae: OEP 54S SS IOS ggg a 38S 3
South-West of Iceland: St. 76: 60° 50’ N. L., 26° 50’ W. L., 806 fm., temp. 4:1°; 1 spec.
South of Iceland: St. 67: 61° 30’ N. L., 22° 30’ W. L., 975 fm., temp. 3°0°; 1 spec.

—- - a - 63: 62°40’ — 19°05) — 800 — — 40°31 —

It has also been takeu even further north in Davis Straits than any of the localities just
mentioned, namely: 65° 36’ N.L,., 56° 24’ W. L., 349 fm., temp. 3'2°, 5 specimens, (Wandel, 1889).

Distribution. The species was first observed in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, 180—220 fm.
(Whiteaves); later, at a number of places off the east coast of the United States, between 39° and
40° N. L. in depths from 384 to 1230 fm. and at 33° 351/;'N. L., 647 fm. Under the name JZ longirostris
A. M-Edw. & Bouvy. it is noted from the Newfoundland waters, 46°05'N.L., 49° 02'/.' W. L., 674 fm.,
also from off the Sudan at about 30° N. L. in 1104 and 1175 fm. (A. Milne-Edwards & Bouvier). — The
occurrence of this deep-water species right up to 65° 36'N. L. in the Davis Straits is one of the many
indications that the bottom of the deep part of that sea belongs in zoogeographical regards to the
Atlantic. It is not improbable further, that this species will prove to have a much greater distribution
than is known at present. |

Remarks. The spiny armature on the gastric area is extremely variable: as a rule there are
three spines, namely, one on each side of the middle line and one unpaired somewhat further back
(fig. 2a). Sometimes not one but two unpaired spines occur (fig. 2c), one behind the other; in one
specimen the number of spines mounted to nine (fig. 2d), namely, three in the median line and three
on each side all well-developed except the posterior set of paired spines which were small. In contrast
to this I have met with an adult specimen in which the spines, four altogether, the most .posterior
spine excepted were reduced to fairly low, transverse tubercles (fig. 2e). One of the largest specimens
(from Stat. 28) is a male, in which the carapace measures 25!/, mm. to the tip of the rostrum (the
rostrum however is in reality 12 mm. and the carapace itself without the rostrum 15 mm. long), while
the greatest breadth is r1'/, mm.

I have compared a small “Talisman” specimen of JM. longirostris taken off the Sudan with one
of similar size from the “Ingolf” St. 28 and found the most perfect agreement between them; this
specimen agrees fairly well also with the description of JZ longirostris by the French authors, but it
should be remarked, that I have not seen either in their co-type or in my smaller “Ingolf” specimens
anything similar to the carapace as figured by them, in which the breadth is considerably greater in
front than near to the posterior margin and the process from the front outer angle is long and broad.

The species stands fairly near to JZ. simplex A. M-Edw. as was already noted by the French
authors, who indicate a number of differences in the “Travailleur’ and “Talisman” reports. I have
examined one of their co-types of JZ simplex from St. Vincent, West Indies and consider it a good
species, which in addition to the differences summarised by A. Milne-Edwards & Bouvier is distinguished

from JZ curvirostris by its longer and more slender chela.

38 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA.

ce ee ee en re at Pewir se SES | - a —— ——

28. Munidopsis Antonii A. M.-Edw.
Pl. III, figs. 3 a—3 b.

1884. Galathodes Antonii A. Milne-Edwards, in Filhol, La Nature Vol. XII, p. 231, fig. 2 (teste A. M.-Edw.

& Bouvier).
1888. Munidopsis Antonii Henderson, Challenger Anomura, T. XXVII, p.151, Pl. XVIII, fig. 1.
! 1g00. — — A. Milne-Edwards & Bouvier, Exp. Scient. du Travailleur et du Talisman,

Crust. Déc., I, p. 321, PI. IV, fig. 2, Pl. XXX, figs. 21—25.

Occurrence. This species was taken by the “Ingolf” at a single station.

Southern Part of Davis Straits: St. 36, 61° 50’ N. L., 56° 21’ W. L., 1435 fm., temp. 1°5°; I spec.

Distribution, A. Milne-Edwards & Bouvier note the species from two points north of the
Azores at 42°15'N.L. and 42° 19'N.L. where the depth was 2114 and 2133 fm. In the “Challenger”
the species is noted from west of Valparaiso, 1375 fathoms and S. W. of Australia, 1800 fm.

Remarks. My single specimen, a female, has been compared both with the descriptions of
A. Milne-Edwards & Bouvier and with a co-type from the Paris Museum. My specimen differs only
in that the rostrum is somewhat longer, the spine on the outer corner of the second antennal segment
longer and more pointed, reaching out a little past the centre of the outer margin of the following
joint, and lastly in that it has four pairs of spines on the gastric area. In all other respects, viz.
antennules, eyes, granulation on the thorax, spines aud granulation on the legs, it agrees with the
description and the Paris specimen. Concerning the rostrum it may be remarked that, according to
the measurements of the French authors, this was 14°5 mm. long in a female in which the cephalothorax
with rostrum was 45 mm., that is, scarcely a third of the latter length; in my specimen the cephalo-
thorax with rostrum is 26 mm., the much upward curved rostrum 88 mm., thus a little over a third
of the whole length. For the rest, my figures of the cephalothorax will show the details in the spiny

armature.

29. Munidopsis similis Smith.
Pl. III, figs. 4a—4q b.

1885. Munidopsis similis S. I. Smith, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., VII, p. 496.
! 1887. _ — o Rep. U.S. Comm. Fish and Fisheries for 1885, p.647, Pl. V, figs. 1—re,
Pl. VI, figs. 2—2 a.
Occurrence. This species has been taken once by the “Ingolf”.
West of Iceland (halfway between Iceland and Greenland): St. rz: 64° 34'N.L,, 31° 12’ W. L,,
1300 fm., temp. 16°; I spec.
Distribution. JZ similis was founded on a specimen taken off the east coast of America at
39° 46'/.'N. L. in 1060 fm.; JZ crassa Smith, to which JZ similis appears to belong as a variety, was
founded on a specimen taken off the east coast of America at 36° 16'/,’N.L., in 2574 fm. There is also
considerable probability that Mumnidopsis subsguamosa var. aculeata Hend. belongs to M. crassa +
M. similis and this form was taken by the “Challenger” west of Patagonia, 1450 fm. and “between

Marion Island and the Crozets”, 1375 fm.

CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. 39

Remarks. §S. I. Smith founded JZ similis on a single female, in which the carapace (with
rostrum) was 24°2 mm. long; he states that it “is very closely allied to IZ crassa, and will possibly
prove to be a variety of it”, but of JZ crassa he had only seen his type-specimen, a very large female,
in which the carapace with rostrum measured=65 mm. My single specimen, a female with eggs,
stands nearer to MZ similis than to MZ crassa, but is somewhat larger than the former, as the cara-
pace with rostrum is 4o mm., the rostrum itself 12:4 mm., and it differs from both and especially from
M. crassa in that the rostrum is longer, narrower and more curved upwards and in that the spiny
armature along the anterior margin of the carapace is reduced to but a single process outside the
basis of the antennae. The gastric area has two larger and five smaller spines as also a number of
granules and on the posterior half a number of smaller, flat tubercles; the hepatic area has some
smaller, round tubercles; on the posterior half of the carapace there are numerous raised portions
which have a certain resemblance to transverse keels and are from three to more times as long as
broad. The rostrum is strongly recurved, narrow in its distal two-thirds, upper margin keeled, under
side flat and lateral margins with three to four serrations at the middle. The antero-lateral process
on the carapace is of good size, another but smaller process is present about halfway between this
and the basis of the antenna and between this and the rostrum the anterior margin is smooth; the
lateral margin has some smaller spines, one or two of which are situated on the anterior angle of the
posterior branchial area. The furrows between the different areas of the carapace are well-marked
and smooth. The eyes, antennules and the limbs on the cephalothorax agree with the corresponding
parts of JZ sémilts in the features in which S. Smith finds differences between this form and JZ crassa.
The abdomen is essentially intermediate between those in JZ szmilis and MW. crassa. For the rest, my
figures show all these features in my specimen.

The eggs are ca. 3 mm. in diameter. — Just after the specimen came up in the trawl, I noted
that it was uniformly white with yellowish red eyes, while the eggs were bright scarlet red.

As a result of the above I have considered myself justified in referring my specimen to
M. similis Smith; so long as it cannot be determined with certainty that this species should be in-
cluded under JZ crassa as a variety or only as a synonym, I have thought it best to keep the first
name. Under “distribution” I have further expressed my views concerning JZ crassa, M. similis and

M. subsquamosa var. aculeata Hend.

30. Uroptychus nitidus A. M-Edw. var. concolor A. M.-E.

1888. Diptychus nitidus A. Milne-Edwards, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Vol. VIII, p. 62.
1894. — — , var. concolor, A. Milne-Edwards & Bouvier, Ann. Sc. nat. Zool. Sér. 7, T. 16,
p. 225, fig. 16, fig. ar.
! rg00. — a — A, Milne-Edwards & Bouvier, Exp. Scient. du Travailleur et du
Talisman, Crust. Déc., I, p. 360, PL IV, fig. 4, Pl. XXXII, figs. 15—109.
Occurrence. The “Ingolf”? has brought home a single specimen.
South-West of Iceland: St. 84: 62° 58’ N. L., 25° 24’ W. L., 633 fm., temp. 4°8°; 1 spec.
Distribution. The species was first taken by the “Blake”, later by the “Challenger” at the

40 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA.

Antilles; A. M-Edwards & Bouvier (Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., XIX, p. 139) state: “L’espéce typique parait
étre localisée dans la mer des Antilles..... , elle ne remonte pas au-dessus de 80 brasses et descend
jusqu’a 573”, and they continue: “Elle est représentée dans les eaux orientales de l’Atlantique par la
variété concolor A. Milne-Edwards et E. L. Bouvier du Talisman (495 4 1600 métres), et dans le Paci-
fique oriental par la variété occzdentalis Faxon de l Albatross (495 brasses)”. I think that “var. concolor”
really belongs to U. mztidus as a variety; “var. concolor” has been taken by the “Caudan”, “Travailleur”
and “Talisman” in the Gulf of Gascogne and from there southwards to the Cape Verde Islands, in
495—1710 meters, also in the Indian Ocean off Cape Natal, 440 fm. (Stebbing). Alcock (1899) gives
U. nitidus — presumably not the typical form but var. concolor — from the Laccadives, 636 fm. and
from the Bay of Bengal, 320—296 fm. It appears to me somewhat more doubtful whether var. occé-
dentalis Faxon is a variety of U. nitidus or an independent species, as Faxon (Mem. Mus. Comp.
Zool. XVIII, p. ror) gives several differences between the two, but naturally I can contribute nothing
to the solution of the question. Faxon has only had four specimens of his U. mztidus var. occidentalis
from a station in the Gulf of Panama, 458 fm. (the 495 cited above from the French authors must
have been an error in printing).

Remarks. I have compared the “Ingolf? specimen with two specimens of U. w7étidus var.

concolor taken by the “Talisman” and found complete agreement.

gi. Uroptychus rubro-vittatus A. M.-Edw.

1881. Diptychus rubro-vittatus A. Milne-Edwards, C. R. Acad. Sc. 5. déc. 1881 (teste A. M.-Edw. & Bouvier).

! 1894. — — A. Milne-Edwards & Bouvier, Rés. des Camp. Sc. de l’Hirondelle, Fasc. VI,
p. 88, Pl. VI, figs. r—12.
1900. _ — A. Milne-Edwards & Bouvier, Exp. Scient. du Travailleur et du Talisman,

Crust. Déc., I, p. 356, Pl. XXXII, figs. 6—14.

Occurrence. This species was not brought home by the “Ingolf’; on the other hand it was

‘taken by the “Thor” in 1903 at the following locality.

South of Iceland: 63° 12,5’ N. L., 20°06’ W. L., 300 fm.; 13 spec.

Distribution. The species has been taken several times in the eastern Atlantic, namely, off
northern Africa and southern Europe between 26° 20'N.L. and 46° 40’'N.L. as also at the Azores
(A. Milne-Edwards & Bouvier, Bonnier, Caullery). The depth was from 160 to 744 fm. Its occurrence
south of Iceland is interesting.

Remarks. Some of the specimens taken are remarkable for their quite unusual size; they are
much larger than those whose measurements are given in the literature and I may therefore give
some details concerning them. The largest male has the following dimensions: length from tip of
rostrum to end of abdomen 33 mm., thorax with rostrum 18 mm.,, left first leg 63 mm.; in the
largest female with eggs the length of the body when stretched was 40 mm., of thorax with rostrum
17°7 mm., left first leg 56 mm.

CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. 4t

C. Macrura.
32. Calocaris Macandrez Bell.

1853. Calocaris Macandrez Bell, Brit. Stalk-eyed Crust. p. 233, with fig.
1892. _ Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb., Syst. B. VI, p. 50, Taf. I, Fig. 5.
Igol. — — Alcock, Descr. Cat. Indian Deep-Sea Crust. Dec. Macr. and Anomala, p. 189.
Occurrence, The “Ingolf” has taken only one specimen of this species.
South of West Iceland: St. 69: 62° 40’ N. L., 22° 17' W. L., 589 fm., temp. 3'9°; 1 spec.
Distribution. According to the literature the distribution of this species is as wide as it is
remarkable. It was first observed on the west coast of Scotland at ca. 56°N.1L,., and also in Irish
waters. On the south and west coasts of Norway it has been taken at a number of localities in deep
water, down to 217 fm. at least; the most northerly of these places was Trondhjem Fjord (Storm,
1878); it was also taken at Bohuslaén (Goés) and in the north-easterly part of the Kattegat, in 49 to
25 im. (Meinert). It has been taken in the deep part of the western Mediterranean by the “Travailleur”
(A. Milne-Edwards), also in the Adriatic in depths from 70 to 630 fm. On the east coast of
America it has been taken in the Gulf of St. Lawrence in 190 fm. (Whiteaves, test. Smith). While
there is no reason for doubt that all these indications refer to this species, the following two appear
to me very remarkable. Kirk (test. Alcock & Anderson) states that he has found two dead specimens
at New Zealand; Alcock also (I. c.) mentions some specimens from the Arabian Sea, 636 fm., and from
the Bay of Bengal, off Ceylon, 800—637 fm. Unfortunately, Alcock says nothing as to how far he
has made a direct comparison between European and Indian specimens, but he describes his Indian
specimens and is so careful an observer on Decapoda that his determination should presumably be
accepted.
Remarks. The single specimen lacked the first pair of thoracic legs and several other parts.
It differs a little in the form of the rostrum from Danish specimens; in other details I found no

difference.

33. Polycheles sculptus Smith.

1880, April. Polycheles sculptus S. I. Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 5. Ser., Vol. V, p. 270.
1880, December. Pentacheles spinosus A. Milne-Edwards, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Vol. VIII, p. 66.
! 1882. Pentacheles sculptus S. I. Smith, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool, Vol. X, p. 23, Pls. III & IV.
tgor. Polycheles — Alcock, Descr. Cat. of Ind. Deep-Sea Crust. Dec. Macr. and Anomola, p. 170.
Occurrence. The “Ingolf? has taken this beautiful species at a single station. -
South of West Iceland: St. 69: 62°40’ N. L., 22° 17’ W. L., 589 fm., temp. 3°9°; I spec.
Distribution. Smith gives it from various stations off the east coast of America between
35° 49'/2, N. L. and 43° 10'N. L, 250 to 843 fm. A. Milne-Edwards has had it from six stations in the
West Indies, depths from 611 fm. to “1568—1400” fm. It is also known from the Gulf of Gascogne,
depths from 346 to 638 fm. (Caullery), from the Mediterranean north-west of Sardinia, 1140 fm.
and lower to 1494—1508 fm. (Senna), from the Indian Ocean off Cape Natal, 440 fm. (Stebbing)

and from the Arabian Sea, 738, 824 and 836 fm. (Alcock), Faxon mentions a. form, which he with
The Ingolf-Expedition. III. 2. 6

42 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA.

good reason considers a local variety and calls P. sculptus pacificus Fax., from the Pacific off the west
coast of America between Ecquador and the northern tropics, depths from 511 to 1270 fm.
Remarks. The single specimen is a male 84 mm.long; it agrees excellently with Smith’s description.

34. Polycheles nanus Smith.
1884. Pentacheles nanus S.I. Smith, Rep. Comm. Fish & Fisher. f. 1882, X, p. 359.
! 1886. ea agi Smith oo) Le See OTT ‘p. 6gr, PL VE Spe ae
1895. Polycheles — Faxon, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool. Vol. XVIII, p. 121, Pl. XXXIII, figs. 1, 1a, 1b.
Occurrence. The “Ingolf? has taken this species at the following 12 stations.
Davis Straits: St. 36: 61° 50’ N. L., 56° 21’ W. L., 1435 fm., temp. 1°5°; 2 spec.
West of Iceland: St. 10: 64° 24'N. L., 28° 50’ W. L., 788 fm., temp. 3°5°; 2 spec.
South-West of Iceland: St. 18: 61° 44’ N. L., 30° 29' W. L., 1135 fm., temp. 3:0°; 6 spec.

— - = - 83: 62°25’ — 28°30' — 912 — — 3'5°; IO spec.
— - — - 76: 60° 50' — 26°50’ — 806 — — 41°; 3 —
_ WN meth ie 7g a2 17h kL 8 age RPS EGGS Sey ergata
South of Iceland: St. 68: 62° 06'N. L., 22°30’ W.L., 843 fm., temp. 34°; I spec.
— - — - 67: 61°30' — 22°30' — 975 —- — 30°32 —
— - —~ - 40: 62°00° — 21°36 — 845 — — 33°33 —
—_ - - 66: 61° 33) — 20°43) — 1128 — — 33°35 —
—_- - _— - 64: 62°06! — I9°00' — 1041 — — 31°93 2 —
— - -- - 41: 61°39) — 17°10 — 1245 — — 20°31 —

Distribution. S. I. Smith mentions the species from a large number of stations off the east
coast of America between ca. 35° and 41° N. L.. in depths from 707 to 1917 fm.; Caullery notes it from
a station in the Gulf of Gascogne in the relatively small depth of 355 fm., and Stebbing from South
Africa, not far from Cape Point, 750—800 fm. Faxon notes it from the Pacific off the west coast of
America between 0° 36'S. L. and 7!/,°N.L. in depths between 899 and 1522 fm. The species has thus
been taken once in ca. 355 fm. but otherwise in the most different depths between 695 and 1917 fm.

Remarks. The largest “Ingolf” specimen, a female with eggs, is 74 mm. long and came from
St. 40; two other females with eggs measure 55 and 59'5 mm. in length and are from St. 18 and St. 41.

When Smith founded the species and gave good characters for it, he remarked at the same
time that it “will possibly prove to be only a dwarf deep-water variety of P. scalptus’? — but with
this I cannot agree. My “Ingolf’ material is very considerable and gives no indication of P. xanus
being a variety. Further, Smith himself says: “the distinctive characters are well-marked and very
constant in all the large number of specimens seen”. Faxon states that his sixteen specimens from
the Pacific differ from Atlantic specimens in that the keels and tubercles on the 6" and 7 abdominal
segments are lower than in the latter, and he adds: “In these regards the Pacific form resembles
P. sculptus, adding weight to Professor Smith’s suggestion that P. manus may be only a dwarf deep-
water variety of P. scu/ptus”. The characters indicated by Faxon appear to me however so unim-
portant in comparison with the remaining characters that P. manus must remain an independent

species well-marked off from P. scaulptus.

CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. 43

I have observed a little variation in the spiny armature on the scutum. The general rule is
as described by Smith: “on the middle line of the gastric region back of the two rostral spines there
are, at nearly equal distances, first two single spines, one behind the other, than a pair close together,
and lastly a single one”. In a specimen from St. 18 there is in the middle line three unpaired spines
between the frontal and the set of paired spines -further back; in a specimen from St. 36 there were on
the same line four unpaired spines, the first two closely behind one another; lastly, in a specimen
from St. 40 five unpaired spines were present on this line, the three anterior being smaller than the

two others and so close together that they are joined at the basal ends.

35- Nephropsis atlantica Norm.
! 1882. Nephropsis atlantica Norman, Proceed. Roy. Soc. Edinb., Vol. XI, p. 684.
1896, aa — Caullery, Ann. de Univer. de Lyon, 1896, p. 384.
IgOl. — — Alcock, Descr. Cat. of Ind. Deep-Sea Crust. Macr. & Anomura, 1901, p. 161.
Occurrence. This form was not taken by the “Ingolf”.
South-West of the Feeroes: 61°08’ N.L.,9°46' W.L.,450fm.,(“Mich. Sars” 1902); 1 large male(Bergen Mus.).
—_ - — 59°28’ — 8°or' — 687-580fm., — — tsmallspec. _

Distribution. This species was first discovered in the Feroe Channel, 555 fm., temp. 55°
(Norman) and the specimens just mentioned also come from the same region. Later, it was taken by
the “Thor” at 49° 25’ N. L., 12° 20' W. L., 678—628 fm., and in the Gulf of Gascogne in 350 fm. (Caullery);
Stebbing notes it from a spot ca. 5 miles north east of Cape Natal and Alcock from the Arabian Gulf
near the Laccadives and further north, 636—740 fm.

Remarks. The large specimen is 103 mm. long, right chela 27 mm., the best preserved
flagellum on the antennz measures 237 mm. though its distal end is broken off. Norman gives five
spines on the carpus of the first pair of thoracic legs, but my large specimen has six; Smith gives
three spines in his NV. aculeatus, which to judge from the description (Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. Vol. III
f. 1880, p. 431) must be a different species from J. atlanticus.

; 36. Nephrops norvegicus L.
1758. Cancer norvegicus Linné, Syst. Nat. Ed. X, p. 632.
!1853. Nephrops — Bell, Brit. Stalk-eyed Crust. p. 251, with fig.
1863. -- — Heller, Crust. siidl. Europa, p. 220.

Occurrence. The “Ingolf” has not taken this species, but it was brought home by the “Thor”
both in 1903 and 1904. Adult specimens came from the two localities.

South of Iceland: 63° 16’ N. L., 19° 57' W. L., 138—207 fm.

— - _ 63°29) — 21°25) — 50—69 fm.

Dr. Schmidt tells me that this species was taken by the “Thor” in quantities in this district
south of western Iceland and it was so common that it formed the chief food of the cod. The “Thor”
took the small pelagic specimens and larve in and near the area indicated by the latitude and
longitude of the two stations; a young specimen was also taken near Skagi (a little north of Reykja-

nzes, south-west corner of Iceland).
6*

44 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA.

Distribution. It is remarkable that this species is not known from the Feroes, the Shet-
lands or the Hebrides. It occurs at Scotland, England and Ireland (Bell), on the Belgian coast
(v. Beneden), at Concarneau (Bonnier) and in the Gulf of Gascogne, 136 fm. (Caullery); in the Mediter-
ranean it is known from several points along the Italian west coast and in the Adriatic. It is met
with in the Skager Rak, northern Kattegat and a considerable distance down into the Sound (Meinert);
it is found at Bohuslan (Goés) and along the whole west coast of Norway (M. Sars). Finally its occur-
rence in Varanger Fjord and in the western part of the Murman Sea has been stated by Birula, but
Appellof doubts that the species has been taken east of North Cape.

Spongicoloides n. gen.!

Body smooth, with exception of about half of the carapace which is adorned with a number
of small spines. Rostrum short, compressed. Telson has the posterior end broad and flatly rounded;
it is a little longer than the uropods, and with two longitudinal rows of teeth on the upper surface.
The exopod of the uropods has no transverse fissure.

Eye-stalks short; eyes of moderate size, with whitish pigment. The antennular peduncle short;
its basal point not concave dorsally. The antennal squama of considerable size, with its distal end
broadly rounded inside the marginal spine.

First maxillipeds have the exopod well developed; second and third maxillipeds completely
without exopod. The three anterior pairs of trunk-legs increase in length in posterior succession so
much that the third pair are nearly twice as long as the first. Third pair have the carpus oblong,
not triangular, the chela long, very slender, formed essentially as in the two preceding pairs. —
Fourth aud fifth pairs of legs have their distal joints undivided; seventh joint terminates in a claw
and behind this a somewhat smaller claw-shaped spine is seen.

The abdominal appendages behind the first are biramous.

Eggs very large.

The branchial formula is as follows:

Epipods and

Appendages Batweeanchios Arthrobranchize Pleurobranchize

5s a Oe a EPICA Srey rh 1 (rudimentary)...

ici bg ea opin aaa aera ep + podobr. (rudimentary). I (rudimentary)... fe)
1s bg Ub Rae ear e tah CD coche cg ao ot ere diehtnetyr ite ais vous © I
ADA aie io Ooo nt cs ns oi ene x Rrra ace GATE DONS I
od bee eter HERS On idede a ot ea sc oe ere me Mic eosceta aeetes Pas dia es t
Aid Ege ire epee Ones ty SECA ee eee \ Dictate ha eee ea I
Gi t depciacih ae R e Ons aa vie so eceene emerene PRAT loses is ss I
AMIS eo es Oe ae 5 ba 618 i en eae “Be I Su Seer ign lg I

t The descriptions of the genus and the species are written tolerably in accordance with those given by Prof. A. Al-
cock of forms of the same family in his valuable work: A descriptive Catalogue of the Indian Deep-Sea Crustacea Decapoda
and Anomala, in the Indian Museum. got,

CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. 45

Remarks. According to Alcock an exopod is well developed on the external maxillipeds of
Engystenopus and Richardina, while it is quite rudimentary in Sfongicola (in S. Koehleri Caullery I
have been unable to find even a rudiment); in Stexopus the third maxillipeds possess an exopod. The
new genus Sfongicoloides is more allied to Spongicola than to the three other genera in having no
exopod on the third maxillipeds, but it differs sharply from all in having no exopod on the second maxilli-
peds (according to my own observation Spongicola has a well developed exopod on mx’). In Sponge-
coloides the shape of the carpus and the chela of the third pair of trunk-legs is nearly similar to that
in Richardina — consequently very different from Spongicola and Engystenopus — but in Richardina
the distal joints in the two posterior pairs of trunk-legs are again divided into joints, while they are
undivided in Spongicoloides. But the branchial formula differs extremely from what is found in the
other genera named. These possess two arthrobranchiz and an epipod on mxp3 and fr/* to ér/4, but
in Spongicoloides the same five pairs of appendages have only a single arthrobranchia (the anterior
being absent), and besides ¢v/' to ér/4 have no epipod. Finally, in Spongicolotdes the branchize of the
trunk-legs are less developed, with their branches much shorter (Pl. IV, fig. 1i) than for instance in
Spongicola. — In general aspect this interesting new genus shows more resemblance to Aichardina

according to Alcock’s figure of that form) than to any of the other genera.
( g g g

37. Spongicoloides profundus, n. sp.
Pl. Ill, figs. 5a—5k; Pl. IV, figs. ra—1l.

Description. The carapace, which is of very thin texture, is moderately short, slightly com-
pressed and dorsally vaulted, with a number of small spines scattered on the anterior two thirds of
the dorsal surface and on the anterior third of the lower part of the sides. The rostrum, which reaches
only to the end of the basal antennular joint, is irregularly serrated above (figs.5b, 5c, 5d), in two
specimens with respectively three and two, in a third specimen with no spines on the lower edge
behind the acute tip. The eyes are of moderate size, with whitish pigment; the short eye-stalks have
no spines.

The antennal squama (fig. 5 f) is slightly more than twice as long as broad; the distal half or
- two fifths of its outer margin has 4—6 teeth, and the arched front margin overreaches the apical
marginal spine. Third maxillipeds somewhat shorter than ¢7/'; their ischium and merus distinctly
broadened.

The first three pairs of trunk-legs are truly chelate. First pair (figs. 1d and 1 e) slender,
shorter, slightly more than half as long as the third pair; second pair only a little shorter than the
third, reaching about to the base of its movable finger, but its distal half is much more slender than
that of the third pair. Third pair (fig.1f) with the carpus somewhat more than twice as long as
broad; the chela is nearly as long as the sum of ischium, merus and carpus, besides extremely slender,
being 5"/, times as long as broad. Fourth and fifth pairs of legs (fig. 1g) have the carpus even a
little more than twice as long as the propodus, and both joints show no vestige of subdivision; the
terminal part of these legs is shown in fig. rh.

The abdomen is smooth, only the telson has two considerably diverging longitudinal rows of

46 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA.

teeth on the surface (fig. 11), and the surface between these rows is concave. First pleopods in the
female uniramous. The uropods have the outer margin of the exopod serrated almost to the base (fig. 11).

The eggs are few and very large.

Length of the largest specimen, an ovigerous female, 24 mm.

Occurrence. The specimens seen have been taken by the “Ingolf”.

South-West of Iceland: St. 78: 60° 37’ N. L., 27° 52' W. L., 799 tm., temp. 4°5°; 4 spec.

Among the specimens two are ovigerous females; the third specimen is scarcely adult, and the
fourth only half-grown. The station is very interesting: the trawl came up filled with enormous
quantities of various sponges, and the number of species of Malacostraca (especially belonging to the
orders Tanaidacea, Isopoda and Amphipoda) is really astonishing, probably larger than in any other

single haul secured during any expedition.

38. Crangon Allmani Kin.

1857. Crangon Allmani Kinahan, Nat. Hist. Review, Vol. IV, p. 81 (teste Kinahan).
! 1864. — _— — Proc. Roy. Irish. Acad., Vol. VIII, p. 71, PI IV.

Occurrence. This species has not been brought home by the “Ingolf’, but it has been
taken a number of times by different zoologists especially of recent years.

West coast of Iceland: 65° 52’ N. L., 23° 58’ W. L., 32 fm., “Thor” 1904.

-- - _ Faxe Fjord, soft mud and Laminaria. R. Horring; 1 spec.
—_ - _ Skagi, 21 fm., “Thor” 1904.
South-West of Iceland: 63° 46’ N.L., 22° 56’ W. L., 80 fm., “Thor” 1904; many spec.
South of Iceland: West of Geirfugleskjer, Young-fish trawl, 100 m. wire out, “Thor” 1904; 6 spec.
—- - — 63° 30' N. L., 17° 31’ W. L., 92 fm., mud, temp. 4°7°; Wandel 1891, 1 spec.
— - — 63°50! — 16°31’ — 31 fm, “Thor” 1904; 3 spec.
South-East coast of Iceland: Lomsvig, 21 fm., A. C. Johansen; 1 spec.
Feroes: 6 miles N. W. of Kals6, 60 fm., Th. Mortensen; 2 spec.
— Trangisvaag, 1—3 fm. and 8—o!/, fm., Dr. Jorgensen; 4 spec.

Distribution, The species has previously been taken at Reykjavik in 20—30 fm. (G. O. Sars),
the Shetland Isles in deep water (Norman), the Hebrides (Norman), from there southwards on the
coasts of Great Britain and Ireland (various authors); further, at Holland (Hoek), various places in the
North Sea (Metzger); Skager Rak, Kattegat, within the northern part of the Sound in depths from
6!/, to so fm. (Meinert); also, Bohuslan (Goés), south and west coast of Norway to Lofoten (G. O. Sars),
western Finmark (Birula, Appelldf), western part of the Murman south coast to the entrance to the
White Sea, 61—67 fm. (Birula) and 35 fm. (Doflein); lastly, in the western half of the White Sea
especially in Onega Bay in 4—g9 fm. (Birula). — It is thus a markedly boreal species which lives in
depths from but a few fathoms down to alinost 100 fm.

Remarks. I agree with the view accepted by Norman, G. O. Sars and some other authors
that C. Al/mani is an independent species. The largest specimen I have seen is 63 mm. long; it has
come either from Iceland or the Feeroes,

CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. 47

39. Cheraphilus neglectus G. O. Sars.
1882. Cheraphilus neglectus G.O. Sars, Overs. Vid. Selsk. Forh. Christiania f. 1882, Nr. 18, p.45, Tab. I, Fig.6.

Occurrence. The “Ingolf” has not taken this species, but it has been several times found
of recent years at Iceland and the Feeroes.

South coast of Iceland: West of Geirfugleskjzr, Young-fish trawl, 100 m. wire out, “Thor” 1904;
great quantity, very small spec.

South coast of Iceland: 63° 27’ N. L., 19° 37' W. L., 45 fm., “Thor” 1904; 8 spec.

-- —- - = 63°42’ — 17°34' — 48—37 fm. “Thor” 1903; 6 spec.
= — — 63°42' — 16°32’ — ag—25 — “Thor” 1903; 1 —
_ — - — 63° so" — 16°3x" — ar fm, “Thor” 1904; 1 spec.

Distribution. G.O.Sars writes that this species occurs on the south and west coasts of
Norway in 2 to 6 fm.; it has been taken later in the Moray Firth, 7—8 fm., and the Firth of Forth
(Th. Scott) and west of Ireland, 15 fm. (Walker). It has of course a much wider distribution.

Remarks. Several of my specimens are adult females with eggs, but they are only 14—16 mm.
long, thus considerably smaller than the measurement given by Sars, 26 mm. I have compared my
specimens with a 19 mm. long, considerably plumper and egg-bearing female of Ch. neglectus kindly
lent me by Prof. G. O. Sars, and thus made certain that the last-named and my specimens belonged
to the same species. Both his female and my specimens differ however from Sars’ description in that
the carapace and abdomen are not smooth; the carapace has always a considerable number of very
small raised granules, the abdomen has in part some depressed 2 points, in part and chiefly laterally some
extremely small raised granules, but these are nevertheless much weaker than in Ch. manus Kr. Both
the specimen received from Sars and mine differ from Ch. manus in that the end of the rostrum is
somewhat broadly rounded, whilst in Ch. manus this is somewhat prolonged; further, in the latter
form the integuments are much more granulous with more developed posterior median spine and more
distinct rudiments of sublateral keels on the carapace. On the other hand, the other characters given
by Sars do not seem reliable: the antennular peduncles are scarcely shorter in Ch. manus than in Ch.
neglectus, and I have not been able to find keels on the 6 abdominal segment in Danish specimens
of Ch. nanus. There is also no dark cross-band on the 4 abdominal segment in my specimens of
Ch. neglectus. — I am not at all certain that Ch. neglectus Sars is a species distinct from Ch. manus
Kr.; it seems to me not altogether improbable that investigation of a larger material from different
localities will show, that Ch. meglectus is only a smoother variety. But I accept it here as a species

nevertheless, as my material of Ch. manus is too small to settle the question."

40. Sclerocrangon boreas Phipps.

1774. Cancer Boreas Phipps, Voy. towards the North Pole, p. 190, Tab. XII, fig. 1.
11842, — — Kroyer, Naturh. Tidsskr., B.IV, p. 218, Tab. IX, Fig. 1—14.
t A long time after this text was written Appelléf published his important paper: Die Dekapoden Crustaceen, 1906.

On pag. 130 he is inclined to think, that Ch. neglectus G. O. S. must be cancelled, and he refers it with a query as a synonym
to Ch. bispinosus Hailst., while Ch. nanus Kr. is considered a synonym to the last-named form.

48 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA.

Occurrence, This species was taken by the “Ingolf” at 5 places:

Baffins Bay: St. 33: 67° 57' N. L., 55° 30’ W. L., 35 fm., temp. 08°; 8 spec.

Davis Straits: St. 29: 65°.34'N.L., 54° 31’ W. L., 68 fm., temp. 02°; 1 spec.

- PG OSL te SR TZ See OBB ere ROU nn

North-West Iceland: Dyre Fjord; 3 spec.

North of Iceland: St. 127: 66° 33’ N. L., 20°05’ W. L., 44 fm., temp. 5°6°; 2 spec.

In Malac. Groenl. I have mentioned a very large number of localities for this species: it goes
northward to Discovery Bay at 81°44’ N. L. and is uniformly distributed along the west coast of
Greenland from Cape York to Cape Farewell; it was taken at all depths from ca. 5 fm. to 118 fm,
but a single occurrence at 200 fm. must (for reasons given) be considered as less certain. Since that
paper was written I have seen many specimens from various localities at West Greenland, but
neither these nor the data published by Ortmann and Ohlin increase our‘knowledge of the bathymetric
or geographical distribution of the species. From the east coast of Greenland I gave it in 1895 as
taken in Hekla harbour at 70° 27’N.L. in 1—3 fm, 10 fm, and 7—17 fm.; Ohlin gives it from 74° 1o!
N.L. near Clavering Island, 13—21 fm.; later, I have seen specimens from the following East Green-
land localities: Angmagsalik, 65° 37'N. L., many specimens; 69° 44' N. L., 23° 30'W.L. in the eel-seine
in 3—o fm. many specimens; Cape Tobin, 70° 23' N. L., 22° W. L., 57 fm., 2 specimens; Forsblad Fjord,
72° 27'N.L,, 25° 28’ W. L., go—5o0 fm., 1 specimen; Sabine Island, 74° 30’'N. L., 18° 45' W. L., anchorage,
3 specimens. Buchholz had already given it from Sabine Island, 10—20 and 27 fm., and from Jack-
son Island (73° 34’ N. L.); Koelbel notes it from Jan Mayen. Further, I have seen a number of speci-
mens from the west, north and east coasts of Iceland, but none from the very south, which however
is certainly accidental as it is common at the Feroes, having been taken in Vaag Fjord, Tveraa,
Trangisvaag, Svino, Kvannesund, Vestmanhavyn and off Nolso; the depths were from 1—3 fm. and
down to 100 fm.

Distribution. It cannot yet be settled if the species is circumpolar. At Norway it is found
at Lofoten and Finmark (G. O. Sars), from there eastward in the Murman Sea, the White Sea (Birula)
and in the Kara Sea, 43—72 fm. (Ruijs), to the south-west coast of Nova Zembla (Hansen); it has been
taken in the Barents Sea in 140 fm. (Hoek) and is known also from Franz Joseph Land (Scott) and is
common at Spitzbergen (several authors). It occurs, as mentioned above, at Grinnell Land, also at
Labrador and southward along the east coast of America to Cape Cod, 5—36 fm. (S. I. Smith). It has
further been taken almost midway on the north coast of Alaska, in the Behring Straits, along the
west side of Alaska, at the Aleutians and north-eastern Siberia (Mary Rathbun, 1904); its occurrence
at California, Kamtschatka and north of the most eastern part of Asia as given by Owen, Ross, Stux-
berg I consider unreliable. Further, Brandt’s statement of its occurrence in the Siberian Polar Sea
requires confirmation, and as it is far from common in the Kara Sea it is until further information is
forthcoming uncertain whether it is absent or not along the 120 degrees of latitude north of Asia. —
The greatest depth at which the species has been found with certainty is 140 fm. (Hoek).

Remarks. The largest specimen is from West Greenland and measures 137 mm. from the tip

of the rostrum to the end of the telson.

CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. 49

41. Sclerocrangon ferox G. O. Sars.

1877. Cheraphilus ferox, G. O. Sars, Arch. f. Math. og Naturv., B. II, p. 239.

1882. _ — Hoek, Nied. Arch. f. Zool., Supplb.I, p. 9, Taf. I, Fig. 3.
! 1885. Sclerocrangon salebrosus, G. O. Sars, Norske Nordhavs-Exped., Crust. I, p.15, Pl. II.
1887. os ferox, H. J. Hansen, Dijmphna-Togt. zool.-bot. Udb., p. 236.

Occurrence. The “Ingolf’ has taken this species at two stations.

South of Jan Mayen: St.116: 70°05’ N. L., 8° 26’ W. L., 371 fm., temp. + 0°4°; 3 spec.

North of the Feeroes: - 143: 62°58’ — 7°09! — 388 — — +04°54 —

In Malac. Groenl. I have mentioned it from 4 localities in Baffins Bay; the most northerly and
deepest of these was 75° 26'N.B., 260 fm. It was taken by the 2"? Amdrup Expedition in the northern
part of East Greenland at two places: Fleming Inlet, 71° 51'N.L., 22° 27'W.L., 118 fm. red clay, 4
specimens, and Forsblad Fjord, 72° 27'N.L., 25° 28’ W.L., go—so fm., clay with stones and gravel,
2 specimens. One specimen was taken by the Ryder Expedition at 74°17’ N. L., 15° 20' W.L,, 127 fm.
muddy bottom with small stones. Ohlin gives a number of localities along the same part of East
Greenland in ca. 50 to 150 fm. At Jan Mayen it was taken in 143 fm. (Koelbel).

Distribution. The species has been taken N.E. of the Shetlands at 62°15'N.L., 0° 37'E. L.,
356 im. (Ohlin); off the west coast of Norway: 63° 10'N.L., 5°o0' E. L., 417 fm., temp. + 10° (G. O. Sars);
Jan Mayen, 95 fm., temp. + 06° (G. O. Sars); in the waters of Spitzbergen at a number of localities, in
depths from ca. 50 fm. down to 532 fm. (Sars, Ohlin, Doflein, Birula), whilst the temperature is stated
to vary between + 2° and + 1°71°; the most northerly of these places was north of Spitzbergen at
81° 20'N. L. (Doflein). It has also been taken in the northern part of the Murman Sea (Birula), in the
Barents Sea (Hoek, Stebbing) and it is common in the Kara Sea in 49—91 fm. (Hansen), but it is not
known further to the east.

In the Bih. K. Sv. Vet-Akad. Handl. B. 27, Afd. IV, No. 8, Ohlin (p. 28—29) discusses in detail
the distribution of this species with regard to depth and temperature in comparison with Sc. boreas.
Scl. ferox does not go into shallower water than ca. 50 fm. and is most often met with in depths
from 100 to 400 fm.; its frequency in the Kara Sea and occurrence in the cold area of the Norwegian
Sea shows that it is a typically arctic species; it has been taken seven times in places with the bottom
temperature above o° (from 03° to 2°) and thirteen times where the temperature at the bottom was
negative (from +o1° to + 1°7°) (Birula). Sc/. doreas does not occur in the Kara Sea or in the cold
area mentioned and has not been taken with certainty in deeper water than 140 fm., whilst it is common
in much shallower water even into 3—o fm. It has never as yet been taken with the other species.

Remarks. The largest Greenland specimen is from Forsblad Fjord; it is 128 mm. long; the

largest specimen from the Kara Sea is 130 mm.

42. Nectocrangon lar Owen.

1838. Crangon lar Owen, Zool. of Capt. Beecheys Voy., p. 88, Pl. XXVIII, fig. 1.

! 1842. Argis lar Kroyer, Naturh. Tidsskr., B. IV, p. 255, Tab. V, Fig. 45—62.
1904. Nectocrangon lar M. Rathbun, Harriman Alaska Exped., p. 137, with figs.
1904. — dentata M. Rathbun, Harriman Alaska Exped., p. 138, with figs.

The Ingolf-Expedition. III. 2. 7

50 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA.

Occurrence. The “Ingolf’ has taken this species at 4 stations:

Baffins Bay: St. 33: 67°57'N. L., 55° 30’ W. L., 35 fm., temp. 08°; 4 spec.

Davis Straits: St. 31: 66° 35'N. L., 55° 54’ W. L., 88 fm., temp. 16°; 1 spec.

EE Deo 3 Sf fragesig? galg 3 94? gt OB ete ee aaa
— _ - 26: 63°57) — 52°41 — 34 — — of 1 —

In Malac. Groenl. I have given a large number of localities along the west coast of Greenland
from 72° 23'N.L. to 60° 43'N.L.; later, Ortmann has given some places in Smith Sound, the most
northerly at ca. 79°N.L. On the east side of Greenland it has been taken at: Angmagsalik (ca. 65"/.°
N.L,), g—o fm., in the eel-seine, 8 specimens (Amdrup Expedition); Cape Tobin, 70° 23’ N. L., 22° W. L.,
57 im., clay with stones, 2 specimens (Amdrup Exp.); Hekla Harbour in Scoresby Sound, 70° 27’ N. L.,
26° 12’ W.L., 5 specimens (Ryder Exp,); Forsblad Fjord, 72° 27'N.L., 25° 28'W.L., 90—50 fm. clay
with stones and gravel, 1 specimen (Amdrup Exp.); it is also given from two East Greenland
localities: Kaiser Franz Joseph Fjord, 117 fm., clay, and 72° 45'N.L., 22°58’ W. L., 18—32 fm., clay
(Ohlin). It has not been found at Iceland.

Distribution. On the east coast of North America the species begins at about 43°N.L. a
little south of Nova Scotia; off this peninsula it was taken in depths between 26 and 59 fm.; from
there it goes north to the St. Lawrence estuary, Newfoundland and Labrador (S. I. Smith). It has
also been taken at Point Barrow on the western part of the north coast of North America (Murdoch),
at the north east corner of Asia (Stuxberg), through Behring Straits and Bering Sea along Alaska
southwards to 56'/,°N.L., along the coast of Asia at Kamtschatka, in the Sea of Ochotsk and at the
Kuriles, 6—47 fm. (Mary Rathbun); finally, it is given from Vancouver Island, which lies at 50° N. L.
to the north of California (Smith).

The description I gave in Malac. Groenl. p. 38 of the bathymetric occurrence etc. of the species
agrees exactly with the observations to hand; it was as follows: “It is already met with in 4—8 fm.,
most frequently in 15—20 fm., but is nevertheless not rare in 100o—120 fm. It has not been found in
greater depths than 120 fm. It is often found on muddy bottom, but is not rare on algal grounds,
stones or sand.”

Remarks. Smith states (Rep. Progr. Geol. Survey Canada 1878—79, p. 212 B), that his speci-
mens from Vancouver Island differ from the Atlantic specimens in several small respects; Holmes
(Occas. Papers Calif. Ac. Se. VII, 1900, p.178) says that a specimen from Alaska agrees exactly with
specimens from the Atlantic, but that specimens taken between Alaska and Vancouver Island formed
a transition between specimens from the last-named island and from the Atlantic. Ohlin gives the
largest specimen as 95 mm., two specimens from Angmagsalik and Forsblad Fjord are 92 mm.; one
of the largest specimens from West Greenland is 85 mm.

In 1902 Miss Rathbun founded a new species, WV. dentata which, according to her description
given in 1904, differs from JV. /ar in two characteristics, to which a third difference may be added
according to her figures, namely, the form of the antennal squama. She says regarding NV. dentata
that it is “very closely allied” to WV. dar, “it differs chiefly in the carina of the sixth abdominal seg-
ment terminating posteriorly in a small sharp tooth or spine”. Though it is not expressly stated in

her diagnosis of NV. dar, this “tooth or spine” should be absent in this species. An investigation of

CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. 51

my material of NV. dar, amongst which are Kroyer’s type-specimens, has shown me that the carina
mentioned ends in a right-angled or pointed tooth sharp to the touch. I find that my ZX. /ar in the
form of the posterior edge of the carina, in the slender form of the 1 thoracic hand, but not in the
form of the squama, agrees better with WV. dentata Rathb. than with 4. Zar sens. Rathbun. And I be-
lieve that JV. dar Kr. is identical not only with MV. dentata Rathb. but likewise with WV. Jar sens.
Rathb., and that future investigations will come to the same conclusion as mine, namely, that Miss
Rathbun’s two species cannot be separated from one another. According to the founder, the WV. den-
tata has almost precisely the same geographical distribution as her J. /ar, but is found in from 6 to
96 fm.; she also ascribes specimens from Granville Bay (between 76° and 79°N. 1.) on the west coast
of Greenland to V. dentata. I have mentioned the whole question in such detail, because the literature
thus gives a Nectocrangon dentata as occurring at West Greenland, which belongs to the area dealt

with in this paper.

43. Sabinea hystrix A. M.-Edw.

1881. Paracrangon hystrix A. Milne-Edwards, Ann. Sc. Nat., 6. Sér.. Zool., T. XI, p. 6.
! 1882. Sabinea princeps S. I. Smith, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Vol. X, p. 38, Pl. VIII, figs. 1—1 b.
Occurrence. The “Ingolf” has taken this beautiful form at 3 stations.
Davis Straits: St. 28: 65° 14’N. L., 55° 42’ W. L., 420 fm., temp. 3°5°; 1 spec.
bop cn OSE OSE oS SE IO eee 38°34
South-West of Iceland: St. 83: 62° 25’ N. L,, 28° 30’ W. L., 1912 fm., temp. 3°5°; I spec.
Distribution. Previously the species was only known from Guadeloupe, 734 fm. and off the
east coast of America between 35° 45’ N. L. and 41° 53'N.L. in depths from 353—888 fm. The distri-
bution of this Atlantic form far up in the Davis Straits is interesting.

Remarks. The largest specimen, a fine female with eggs, is 114mm. and was taken at St. 27.

44. Sabinea Sarsii Smith.

1879. Sabinea Sarsii S. I. Smith, Trans. Conn. Acad., Vol. V, p. 59, Pl. XI. figs. 6—8.
1886. — — a Rep. Comm. Fish and Fisher. f. 1885, Pl. X, figs. 3, 3a, 4.

Occurrence. Has been taken by the “Ingolf” at 3 stations:

Davis Straits: St. 31: 66° 35’ N. L., 55° 54’ W. L., 88 fm., temp. 16°; 14 spec.

West of North Iceland: St. 15: 66° 18’ N. L., 25° 59’ W. L., 330 fm., temp. + 0°75°; 3 spec.

North of the Feeroes: St. 143: 62°58’ — 7°09 — 388 — — +04°; 1 —

In Malac. Groenl. this species is mentioned from two localities in the Davis Straits; later, I
have obtained it from three others (apart from the “Ingolf”); a resumé of my knowledge of its occur-
rence in the waters mentioned would read as follows: it is taken between 661/,° and 63'/.° N. L. in
depths from 67 to 140 fm. I have further seen specimens from the following localities;

Northern Iceland: Skagestrandsbugten, 119 fm., temp. 2°9°, mud, Wandel; 1 spec.

_ — 66°17'N.L, 18° 13'W.L., 50 fm. mud, “Thor” 1903; 1 spec.
West of Iceland: 66°20) — 25°12' — 96 fm, temp. 6'5°; mud, “Thor” 1903; 4 spec.
*

52 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA.

West of Iceland: 65° 16'N. L., 25° 20' W. L., 287 fm., mud, “Thor” 1903; 3 spec.

South of Iceland: 63° 35'N. L., 21° 38’ W. L., 80 fm., temp. ?; mud, “Thor” 1903; 1 spec.

South-East coast of Iceland: 3—4 miles from land, Dr. Jorgensen; 1 spec.

East of Iceland: 64° 16'N. L., 11° 15’ W. L., 198 fm., Wandel; 1 spec.

East of south end of Feeroes: 61° 23’ N. L., 5° 04’ W. L., 255 fm., temp. 0°, Wandel; 3 spec.

Distribution. It may be probable that the specimen noted by Norman from the Shetland
Isles as S. septemcarinata in reality belongs to S. Sarsiz, Specimens have been taken in the Skager
Rak north of the Skaw, 70 fm., by Dr. Joh. Petersen, and off the south coast of Norway, 60—8o fm.
(Appelléf). Sars writes that the species “occurs not so very rarely on our west coast (f. inst. Christians-
sund) and goes south to Stavanger [ca.59°N.L.]”. It is also found at East Finmark (Norman), at the
western part of the coasts of the Murman Sea as far as to the entrance to the White Sea, 4o to
178 fm. (Birula), lastly, on the east coast of North America in the Gulf of Maine itt 60 to 183 fm.
(Smith) and south of Halifax, Nova Scotia (Bate).

Sab. Sarsit thus occurs in 40 to 388 fm. and in temperatures on both sides of 0°, but its ab-
sence at East Greenland, Franz Joseph Land, in the Kara Sea etc. shows that it is not so distinctly
an arctic species as .S. septemcarinata. In the western part of the Murman Sea both species are found
together (Birula); in the waters about Iceland and in the Davis Straits they have not once been
taken together; further, .S. Sarsii goes deeper down than SS. septemcarinata and is not found in so

shallow water as this.

45. Sabinea septemcarinata Sab.

1824. Crangon septemcarinatus Sabine, Suppl. to the App. to Parry’s Voy. 1819—20, p. CCXXXVI,
Pl. II, figs. r1—13.
! 1842. Sabinea septemcarinata Kroyer, Nat. Tidsskr, B. IV, p. 244, Tab. IV, Fig. 34—40, og Tab. V,
Fig. 41—44.
! 1879. - — S. I. Smith, Trans. Conn. Acad., Vol. V, p.57, Pl. XI, figs. 5 og 9—13.

Occurrence. The “Ingolf’ has not taken this species.

In the waters on the west coast of Greenland this species goes as far up as Discovery Bay at
Grinnell Land, 81° 44’N.L,., 25 fm. (Miers); on the tract from 79?/,° to 72°N.L. it has been taken
many times in 5—20 fm. and down to ca. 45 fm. (Miers, Hansen, Ortmann, Ohlin), and it is noted
from toofm. in Melville Bay (M* Clintock). On the west coast of Greenland it is rare south of 72°N.L,:
two specimens have been taken at Godhavn and Jakobshavn, several specimens in the stomachs of
cod at Ivigtut.

It was taken in northern East Greenland by the 2"? Amdrup Exped. at 6 localities lying
between 69° 44'N.L. and 74'/.°N.L., at one of these it was taken in the eel-seine in 7—o fm.; on the
East Greenland coast between 70° 27’N.L. and 74°35'N.L. it has been taken a number of times by
Swedish Zoologists, and the depth at one of these stations was ca. 160 fm. (Ohlin). — Near Jan Mayen
one specimen was taken in 50—60 fm. (274 Amdrup Exped).

At Iceland it has been taken chiefly in the fjords along the east coast (Mid, Seydis, Nord,
Rode, Faskrud and Beru Fjords), where .S. Sasi? does not occur, at depths between 20 and 80 fm.;

CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. 53

on the north-west coast also it has been taken in Patriks Fjord and Arnar Fjord in 20 to 50 fm.; on
the north coast several times in Skalfandi and once in 110 fm.

Distribution. Norman notes the species from the Shetland Isles, but it is not improbable
that there was confusion with the later established S. Sarsz. In 1890 Sars writes that this species is
found on the west coast of Norway, it occurs at Lofoten and according to his account must go much
further south, though he does not mention the limit. It is also found on the western and eastern
coasts of Finmark (Sparre-Schneider and Norman), in the whole of the Murman Sea and in the White
Sea (Birula); further in the Barents Sea (Hoek, Stebbing), is frequent at Spitzbergen right up to
81° 14'N.L, at all depths between 5—8 fm. and down to 133 fm. (Ohlin, Doflein, Birula); it is common
in the Kara Sea in ro to too fm. (Stuxberg, Hansen), has been taken in the Siberian Polar Sea at
115'/, E. L. and 170° 1r7' E. L. (Stuxberg). On the east coast of North America it goes south to Mass-
achusetts Bay, ca. 42'/,°N.L., and it has been taken at a number of localities from there to the St.
Lawrence estuary in 15 and down to 70 fm. (Smith, M. Rathbun). It is not found in the Behring
Straits and north of the American continent — i. e. between ca. 180° and 80° W.L. The species has
been taken in 7—o fm. and down to ca. 180 fm.; it is a pronouncedly arctic form.

Remarks. Ohlin (Bih. K. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. B. 27, Afd. IV, No. 8, p. 37) has already
mentioned the superficial remark of Doflein’s in “Fauna Arctica” that Sad. Sarsii is a variety of S.
septemcarinata; Doflein has probably never seen S. Sasi. Ohlin also mentions the S. septemcarinata
described and figured by Bate in the “Challenger” Macrura; Bate says that his specimens agree most
closely with Smith’s .S. Sarsiz, which he considers as a “pronounced variety”. This last opinion is
incorrect; I have never seen any specimens which in regard to the form of the rostrum were inter-
mediate between .S. Sarsi? and S. septemcarinata; also, there are very interesting differences in the
geographical and bathymetrical distribution of the two species. The largest Icelandic specimen, a
female with eggs, is from Beru Fjord and measures 76 mm.; from 70° 48'N. lL. comes the largest East
Greenland specimen, likewise a female with eggs, 815 mm.; the largest specimen from the Kara Sea

was 82°5 mm.
46. Pontophilus norvegicus M. Sars.
1861. Crangon norvegicus M. Sars, Nyt Mag. f. Naturv., B. 11, p. 248.
! 1868. Pontophilus — M. Sars, Nyt Mag. f. Naturv., B. 15, p. 242, Tab. I,. Fig. 1-25, Tab. I,

Fig. 17—37.
Occurrence. The “Ingolf’ has brought home this species from many stations:

Davis Straits: St. 32: 66° 35’ N. L., 56° 38’ W. L., 318 fm., temp. 3'9°; 20 spec.

zy tit oe) 352/05. 1G; 55,057 she amend Oreste Os
a Rei hist. 903295; 240... 55.4%, Sra) Saeed oid 83)
an Rida 45 OA SA 5590 AB aah red 38.550, —
A Pet anti yASe 88: BO Ty, 54298 «ate Re ae FT
West of Iceland: St. 97: 65° 28’ N. L., 27° 39’ W. L., 450 fm., temp. 5°5°; 2 spec.
rr eherecteecant te 90: AOG-45. i «29? OF er ened AA 2.

1 These two specimens possibly do not belong to this station but to St. 27.

54 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA.

West of Iceland: St. 89: 64° 45'N. L., 27° 20’ W. L., 310 fm., temp. 84°; 1 spec.

Pe SO IG? 1B ee 0 a7 OOP teem ROR eae hemes ING Op Lite
South-West of Iceland: St. 81: 61° 44’ N. L., 27° 00' W. L, 485 fm., temp. 61°; 5 spec.
— - _ - 73: 62°58 — 23°28' — 486 — — §55°9;2 —

South of Iceland: St. 69: 62° 4o' N. L., 22° 17' W. L., 589 fm., temp. 3°9°; I spec.

From St. ror: 66° 23' N. L., 12° 05' W. L., 537 fm., temp. +0°7°, that is, east of northern Iceland
in the cold area, a single specimen is to hand, but as it seems to have been dried, I can say with
reasonable certainty that it has not been taken at the locality, with negative bottom-temperature, from
which it is given.

It seems appropriate with this species to mention all its other localities within the seas mentioned.

Davis Straits: 66° 49! N. L., 56° 28’ W. L., 235 fm. temp. 4:4°, sand and mud, Wandel; 3 spec.

— — 65°36 — 56°24’ — 349 — — 32°, clay and mud, I —

— — 65°35 — 54°50. — 80 — stones without alge, Th. Holm; 2 spec.
South of Iceland: 63° 15’ N. L., 22° 23' W. L., 115—170 fm., “Thor” 1903; many spec.

mi ett 69PixG! lee ing? 57), =! MpOmOS — 1903; several spec.
North-West of the Feeroes: 63° 15’ N. L., 9° 35’ W. L., 270 fm., Wandel; 1 spec.
South-West - _ 61°15, — 9°35’ — oc. 500 fm., “Thor” 1904; 7 spec.

- — 61°08’ — 9° 2 — 450 — — 1904;1 —

South-East - — 61°22, — 5°04 — 255 — temp. 0°, ooze, Wandel; 1 spec.

Between the Fzeroes and the Hebrides: 59° 28’ N.L., 8° 1' W.L., 687—580fm., “Michael Sars” 1902; 1 spec.

Distribution. This species has been taken at a number of places in the Skager Rak at a
greater or less distance from the Skaw, in 55 to 275 fm. (material collected by Dr. Joh. Petersen), also
at Bohuslan (Goés), in the deep fjords along the whole coast of Norway from Christiania Fjord to
Varanger Fjord in depths from 30—60 fm. (M. Sars) to 672 fm. (G. O. Sars) and always in positive
bottom-temperatures (2°8°—6'7° C.), also off the west coast of Norway and north of this between 72°
and .73° N. L. (1'°5°—6'9°), further, up towards Spitzbergen at 75° 58’ N. L., 13° 18’ E.L., 186 fm., temp. 2°7°
(Ohlin); lastly in the most westerly part of the Murman Sea, but not near to the White Sea (Birula).
In the Bay of Gascony the species has been taken in 425 and 638 fm. (Caullery). Off the east coast
of North America it goes from Cape Halifax (ca. 44° N. L.) to ca. 38°37’ N. L. from 94 fm. and down-
wards to 524 fm. (S. I. Smith).

Both G. O. Sars and Ohlin consider it to be “in all probability” of arctic origin. Of this I
know nothing, but it is certain that it is not an arctic form. Although it is usually met with in
200—500 fm., but can go in to 30—60 fm. and down to at least 672 fm., it has never been taken in
negative bottom-temperatures; only once it is given from o°, but the locality lies in the Faroe Channel
where an error in the temperature may easily have arisen on account of the bottom, the temperature
being taken at a place with o° but the animal in reality at some distance at a place with positive
temperature. The lowest certain observation among the numerous temperatures is 1°5°, but at most
places it measured between 3° and 7°. The occurrence of this species up to almost 76°N.L. and yet
living everywhere in positive bottom-temperatures is interesting; with this its occurrence in the Bay

of Gascony also agrees, the latter further showing sufficiently that the species is not arctic.

CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. 55

47. Pontophilus spinosus Leach.

1815. Crangon spinosus Leach, Trans. Linn. Soc London, Vol. XI, p. 346.
1853. — — Bell, Brit. Stalk-eyed Crust. p. 261 (with figures).
1866. — — Heller, Crust. Siidl. Europa, p. 229, Taf. VII, Fig. 16,
! 1868. Pontophilus spinosus M. Sars, Nyt Mag. f. Naturv. B. 15, p. 24, Tab. 2, Fig. 38—45, Tab. 3, Fig. 46, 47.
Occurrence. The “Ingolf’ has not found this species. But in 1903 and 1904 two specimens
in all were taken south of the south-west part of Iceland:
63° 15’ N. L,, 22° 23' W. L., 114—173 fm.; 1 spec.
West of Geirfugleskjzer; young-fish trawl, 100 m. wire out; 1 extremely small spec., taken pelagically.
Distribution. The species, which is not known from the Feeroes, is common at the Shetland
Isles (Norman), is also found at the Hebrides (Norman) and further to the south on the coasts of
Great Britain and Ireland, at the Channel Islands (Norman), it is also taken in the Bay of Gascony,
220 fm. (Caullery), and at a number of places spread over almost the whole of the Mediterranean, in
depths from ca. 50 to 830 fm. (several authors). In Denmark it has been taken in the eastern Kattegat
at depths from 22 to 55 fm. (Meinert), also at Bohuslan (Goés); along the south and west coasts of
Norway from Christiania to Christianssund in 30—6o0 fm. (M. Sars).

48. Glyphocrangon sculptus Smith.

! 1882. Rhachocaris sculpta $.I. Smith, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Vol. X, p. 49, Pl. V, fig. 3, Pl. VI, figs. 3—3d.
1884. Glyphocrangon sculptus S. I. Smith, Rep. Comm. Fish and Fisher. f. 1882, p. 364.
1886. o — S. I. Smith, Rep. Comm. Fish and Fisher. f. 1885, p. 655, Pl. DX, figs. 1—2.
Occurrence. The “Ingolf” has taken this species at a single station.
West of Iceland, in the middle of the Denmark Straits: St. 11: 64° 34’ N. L., 31° 12’ W. L., 1300 fm.,
temp. 1°6°; I spec.
Distribution. The species has hitherto only been known from some stations off the east
coast of North America between 41° 10'N. 1. and 37°50'N.L,., in depths from r1og8 to 1395 fm. (S. I.
Smith); quite recently it is noted from South Africa, not far from Cape Point, 750—800 fm. (Stebbing).

Remarks. The single specimen, a female, is too mm. long.

49. Hippolyte varians Leach.

1815. Hippolyte varians Leach, Malac. Pod. Brit. Pl. 38, figs. 6—16.

! 1842. -- smaragdina Kroyer, Kgl. D. Vid. Selsk. math.-naturv. Afh., Niende Deel, p. 271,
Tab. I, Fig. 1—11.
1853. — varians Bell, Brit. Stalk-eyed Crust. p. 286, with figs.
! 1863. — — Heller, Crust. siidl. Eur., p. 288, Taf. X, Fig. 4.

Occurrence. This species has not been brought home by the “Ingolf’. It has been taken
several times at the Feeroes, thus at Thorshavn, Tveraa, Vestmannhavn, in Trangisvaag, 1—3 fm. and

in Ande Fjord, 16—24 fm.

56 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA.

Distribution. The species is known from the Shetland Isles and the Hebrides (Norman); it
is common at Great Britain and Ireland (various authors), it is also found at the Channel Islands
(Norman), on the west coast of France (Bonnier), in the western part of the Mediterranean and in the
‘Adriatic (Heller). It also occurs at Holland (Hoek); it goes far into the Kattegat, a little into the
Sound (Meinert) and is found at Bohuslaén (Goés). Concerning /. fasciger Gosse, which is identical
with H. varians, Sars writes: “it occurs along the whole of our south and west coasts, but does not
seem to reach up into the arctic region”; Sp. Schneider does not give H. varians from the fjords
investigated by him lying between 69'/.° and 70° N. L.

The species lives in depths from quite a few fathoms out to ca. 50 fm.

50. Spirontocaris Fabricii Kr.

1841. Hippolyte Fabricii Kroyer, Nat. Tidsskr. 3. B., p. 571.
! 1842. a — Kroyer, Kgl. D. Vid. Selsk. math.-naturv. Afh., Niende Deel, p. 277, Tab. I,

Fig. 12—20.
1879. — — §.1. Smith, Trans. Conn. Acad., Vol. V, p. 63.

1891. Helia fabricii J. Thallwitz, Decapoden-Studien, p. 24.

Occurrence. The “Ingolf” has taken this species at the following place:

West Greenland: Ameragdla (Head of Ameralik Fjord, Godthaab); 1 spec.

In Malac. Groenl. I mentioned a large number of localities for this species from West Green-
land between 72° 23'N.L. and 60° 43'N.L.; it is common from 2—5 fm. and out in ca. 45 fm.; once
it was taken in 65 fm., while a note of its occurrence in 100 fm. (at Sukkertoppen) must be considered
provisionally as doubtful. Since 1888 the Zoological Museum has received numerous specimens from
the same coast but none of the localities offer any interest. — At East Greenland the species seems
to be absent; in the Zoological Museum there is a specimen determined by Kroyer labelled “Iceland”,
but as Kroyer does not mention the locality and the animal has not been found at the island in the
last 40 years I am inclined to think that this statement has arisen from some error.

Distribution. It has been taken at 64° 56’N.L,., 66°18’ W. L., 5—15 fm., a place which lies
on the west side of the Davis Straits (Ohlin). It is also given from Labrador, St. Lawrence estuary
and along the east coast of America southwards to Cape Cod; the species is common along the tract
from Halifax southwards in depths from ca. 5 to 64 fm. (S. I. Smith). Further, it has been taken at
Point Franklin on the north-west side of Alaska (Murdoch), and from there southwards “through
Bering Sea to Siberia and Alaska Peninsula”, “low water to 80 fathoms” (Mary Rathbun), also at
Kamtschatka (Richters).

51. Spirontocaris Gaimardii H. M.-Edw.

1837. Hippolyte Gaimardii H. Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. T. II, p. 378.
! 1842. — “= Kroyer, Kgl. D. Vid. Selsk. math-naturv. Afh., Niende Del, p. 282, Tab. I,
Fig. 21—29.
1842. a gibba, Kroyer, 1. c. p. 288, Tab. I, Fig. 30, og Tab. II, Fig. 31—37.
1891. Euales obses J. Thallwitz, Decapoden-Studien, p. 23.

CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. 57

Occurrence. The “Ingolf’ has only met with this common species at a single station.

Baffin Bay: St. 33: 67°57’ N. L., 55° 30’ W. L., 35 fm., temp. 08°; 18 spec.

In Malac. Groenl. I have mentioned numerous localities; the furthest north the species has
been taken was at Grinnell Land at 79° 29'N.L. (Miers), and along the west coast of Greenland it
goes from Port Foulke (Stimpson) to 61°50’'N.L.; of the bathymetric distribution I wrote: “This
species is found generally in shallow water from ca. 4 fm. and out to 4o fm., but it has also been
taken many times at a considerable depth, between 100 and 175 fm.; the observations from 240 and
250 fm. require further confirmation”. Later finds, even those of Ortmann and Ohlin from the same
region, have added nothing new worth mentioning to my earlier statements.

On the east side of Greenland the species has been taken at Angmagsalik (ca. 651/,° N. L.),
g—o fm., in the eel-seine, half a score of specimens (Amdrup Exp.), also a number of times by Swedish
expeditions on the tract from 70° 27'N.L. to 74°35'N.L., in depths from 6'/,—9 fm. and down to
132 fm. (Ohlin). At Jan Mayen, from which Koelbel had already noted it, two specimens were taken
at 55 fm. (274 Amdrup Exp.). At Iceland it has been taken a number of times along the whole of
the west side, in almost-all the fjords of the east coast and in Skagestrand Bay on the north coast,
the depths being o—2 fm. and out to 50 fm.; at the Feeroes it has been taken at various places in a
few fathoms water (Trangisvaag, Tveraa, Kolle Fjord, Vaag Fjord, Kvannesund, Skaale Fjord).

Distribution. The species occurs at the Shetlands and the Hebrides (Norman), on the west
coast of Scotland at 56° N. L. (Bell) and in the Firth of Forth (Th. Scott). It is common in the Katte-
gat in ca. 2—12 fm. penetrates to the Sound and through the Belts into Kiel Bay and adjacent
waters (Meinert, Mébius). It is found at Bohuslan (Goés), along the whole coast of Norway (M. Sars),
on the coast of the Murman Sea and in the White Sea (Birula), in the Barents Sea (Hoek), at Spitz-
bergen (Kroyer, G. O. Sars ete.) and Franz Joseph Land (Scott), in the Kara Sea in 10—100 fm. (Hansen)
and at the north-west corner of Asia. On the east coast of America it goes as far south as Boston,
from there northwards it is found along the coast and is common at Labrador (S. I. Smith). It has
been taken on the north side of Alaska at Point Franklin (Murdoch); also in Bering Straits and the
Bering Sea both on the north east coast of Siberia and along the west coast of America southwards
to 57°N.L., 3%/2 to 52 fm. (Mary Rathbun). Specimens from more southerly localities on the west
coast of America were in 1904 referred by Mary Rathbun to new species.

The above data will have shown the main points in the bathymetric distribution of the species;
it is commonest from some few to ca. 50 fm., has been taken several times at 100 to 175 fm., but how
far the statements of 240 and 250 fm. at West Greenland are correct must remain unsettled. We see
from its distribution that it occurs in both positive and negative bottom-temperatures.

Remarks. Almost all authors have united S. e7bda Kr. with S. Gaimardit; most have con-
sidered that S. gibda was the male, which at certain places or in certain seas obtains the well-known
dorsal process on the third abdominal segment. All the specimens of my large material from Den-
mark, the Feeroes and Iceland quite lack the dorsal spine, and are thus typical S. Gatmardit. From
Angmagsalik in East Greenland I have several large females, all typical S. Gaimardii, and 3 much
smaller males, all typical S. gisda. From most of the localities of West Greenland the specimens of

both sexes belonged to .S. Gaimardii; in Malac. Groenl. I mentioned I had seen some very large
The Ingolf-Expedition. Il. 2. 8

58 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA.

specimens with the dorsal spine, and they all came from 100 to 175 fm. depth in Baffin Bay. Later
I have seen several specimens both males and females taken at Egedesminde, which belong to |S.
gibba; one of these was a gigantic female 80°5 mm. long, the abdominal process in which is a thick,
pointed, slightly crooked spine. Concerning the numerous specimens from the Kara Sea I wrote in
“Dijmphna-Togtet”, p. 238: “Practically all the specimens belong to the form AH7zp/. gibba Kr., yet the
prominent thickening on the dorsal side of the 3" abdominal segment is usually much stronger than in
Kroyer’s specimens and runs out in the females into a small, in the males into a very considerable
hook. It may be remarked that some specimens of this species are obviously large, but that the strong
development of the dorsal spine on the 3™ abdominal segment is throughout much more characteristic for
the representatives of this species from the Kara Sea than the absolute length of the animal”. One of
the largest females from the Kara Sea measures 74 mm., thus somewhat smaller than the giant from
Egedesminde, and the dorsal spine in the latter is equal in size to the largest in the females from the
Kara Sea, whereas the dorsal spine in males from the Kara Sea is longer, more slender and more bent
than in any specimen from Greenland, though a male from 118 fm. at West Greenland is considerably
larger than the same sex from the Kara Sea. Vanhdffen however states that he has had a female

with eggs taken in Karajok Fjord which was 103 mm. (he gives lower down 108 mm.) in length.

52. Spirontocaris spinus Sow. ©

1806. Cancer spinus Sowerby, Brit. Miscellany, p. 47, Pl. XXIII.
! 1842. Hippolyte Sowerbei, Kroyer, Kgl. D. Vid. Selsk. math-naturv. Afh. Niende Del, p. 298, Tab. IJ,

Fig. 45—54-
1882. — spinus, Hoek, Nied. Arch. £. Zool. Supplb. I, Crustaceen, p. 15, Taf. I, Fig. 4—7.
! 1899. “ — Birula, Ann. Mus. Zool. de ’Acad. Imp. St.-Pétersbourg, 1899, I, p. 30, Fig. 1.

Occurrence. The “Ingolf” has taken this species at 5 localities:
Baffin Bay: St. 33: 67°57'N.L., 55° 30’ W. L., 35 fm., temp. 08°; 42 spec.
Davis Straits: - 29: 65°34 — 54°3r' — 68 — —° 02°; 4 —
“ rie 1i§48 65°17) — 2 $4? Bruce §5 dite: tye
North-West coast of Iceland: Dyre Fjord, 1 spec.
. North of Iceland: St. 127: 66° 33'N. L,, 20°05’ W. L., 44 fm:, temp. 5°6°; 6 spec.
In Malac. Groenl. I have given a large number of localities for it; the most northerly is 81°44!
N.L. on Grinnell Land, also along Greenland itself from Cape York to 60° 43'N.L.; concerning the
depth I wrote: “it is not rarely found in shallow water from ca. 4 fm. and outwards, is common and
well-developed in 20—50 fm., and has been taken not a few times at a considerable depth, from 80 to
140 fm., but the statements of 200 to 240 fm. require further confirmation”. Later observations have
not extended this knowledge; Ohlin and Ortmann show, that the species is common between 76° and
79° N. lL. in 5 to 45. fm. — At East Greenland one specimen was taken at Angmagsalik (Kruuse and
1st Amdrup Exp.), and it is given from more to the north on this coast, viz. 72° 45’N.L. and 74?/,N.L.,
in respectively 18—32 fm. and 42—53 fm. (Ohlin). It has been taken at Jan Mayen in ca. 53 fm.
(Koelbel).

CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. : 59

At Iceland this species has several times been taken on the west side, from Arnarnes to
Reykjavik and Skagi; on the east side it has been found in Mid Fjord, Rode Fjord and Beru Fjord;
the depths were from 3 to 52 fm. At the Feeroes it has been taken at Thorshavn and several times
further out to sea in 30, 60 and roo fm. (Th. Mortensen).

Distribution. It has been found at Oban, west coast of Scotland, at 56!/, N. L. (Norman),
and is mentioned from the Irish Sea (Walker)'; a single specimen has been taken in the innermost part
of the Kattegat at Samso (Meinert); Goés gives it from Bohuslan, and Appellof states that he has seen
a typical specimen in the Kristineberg collection. In Norway it goes southward at least to ca. 59?/;°
N. L., 30—40 fm. (G. O. Sars); and has been taken at Bergen and Christianssund only “at great depths”
(Danielssen); it is known from the fjords near Tromso (Sp. Schneider), but not from East Finmark
(Norman), it occurs through the whole of the Murman Sea — is commonest here according to Birula
in 40—so fm., but is found in 4 and down to 175 fm. — and penetrates into the White Sea. It has
several times been taken in the Barents Sea in 67 to 124 fm. (Hoek, Stebbing), is common at Spitz-
bergen (several authors), but on the other hand it has not been taken near Franz Joseph Land, in the
Kara Sea nor along the whole of the north coast of Asia. On the east coast of North America it has
frequently been taken on the tract from Cape Cod to off Nova Scotia, in depths from 5 to go fm.
(S. I. Smith, M. Rathbun); it is likewise found in the St. Lawrence estuary (Whiteaves), at Labrador
(Packard), on the north side of Alaska, in Bering Straits, the Bering Sea, at the Alaskan Peninsula and
at the Aleutian Islands, in 5—91 fm. (Mary Rathbun), at Kamtschatka (Richters), lastly at Queen Char-
lotte Islands and Vancouver, 50° N. L. (Smith). — How far the species ‘is found on the long tract of 130
degrees along the north coast of Asia is not yet known. The greatest depth from which it is known
with certainty is 175 fm., the notices from 200 and 240 fm. I cannot consider absolutely trustworthy. It
has been taken in so low a bottom-temperature as + 142° (Ohlin), but it also occurs on grounds with
low positive temperatures.

Remarks. I have now come to the conclusion that the following species is not a variety of
S. spinus. The differences will be dealt with under S. Lidjeborgit.

53. Spirontocaris Lilljeborgii Danielssen.

1859. Hippolyte Lilljeborgii Danielssen, Nyt Magazin for Naturvid. 1861, p. 5 (The title-page of the
reprint bears the date of 1859).

1861. — securifrons, Norman, Rep. Brit. Assoc. £ Advance. Sc.
! 1863. — — Norman, Transact. Tyneside Naturalist’s Field Club, 1860—62, Vol. V,
p. 267, Pl. XI, figs. r—2.
! 1873. — Lilljeborgii, Danielssen og A. Boeck, Nyt Mag. for Naturvid. 1873, p.196, Tab., Fig. 15—20.
1899. _— securifrons, Birula, Ann. Mus. Zool. de Acad. Imp. St.-Pétersbourg, 1899, I, p. 31, Fig. 2.

Occurrence. The “Ingolf” has brought home this species from two stations:
Davis Straits: St. 31: 66° 35’ N. L., 55° 54’ W. L., 88 fm., temp. 1°6°; 6 spec.
North-West of Iceland: St. 129: 66° 35’ N. L., 23° 47’ W. L., 117 fm., temp. 6°5°; Ir spec.

t I agree with Appelléf in his suggestion that Walker probably referred a specimen of S Lzleborgii to S. spinus,
consequently that .S. spzzus has not been found in the Irish Sea,

8*

60 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA.

I had noted it previously from the Davis Straits: 66° 32'N. L., 55° 34’ W. L,, 100 fm., Th. Holm.
It was taken by the “Thor” to the south of Iceland at the following localities:

63° 46'N. L., 22° 56' W. L., 80 fm.; large number of specimens.

63°15) — 22°23’ — 114—173 fm.; I specimen.

It has not been found at the Feeroes.

Distribution. The species is noted by Norman from the Shetlands, Hebrides, Northumber-
land and Durham, from Firth of Clyde by Henderson; at Denmark it has twice been taken in the
Kattegat in 5 fm. and 23 fm. (given by Meinert as H. sfzmus) and has been found a number of times
in the Skager Rak in depths from 23 to 106 fm. According to G. O. Sars it is “very common on our
(Norway) south and west coasts in great depths”; he gives it also from two places in the sea west of
Finmark at 107 and 300 fm.; it is further found at East Finmark (Norman) and in the most westerly
part of the south coast of the Murman Sea, in 94 to 159 fm. (Birula). Lastly, the species has been
taken a number of times on the east coast of North America from Nova Scotia to 37°N.L,, in 25 to
640 fm. (S. I. Smith, Mary. Rathbun), also on the north side of Alaska at ca. 1573/, W. L. (M. Rathbun).

Remarks. In 1863 Norman gave a detailed description with 7 figures of this species. He
concludes with the following words, which are cited here as the original description is rare in libraries:
“FT, securifrons approaches more nearly to 77. sfimus (Sowerby) than to any other of our recognised
species. The latter may be more especially distinguished from the former; first, in having the dentated
keel continued to the hinder margin of the carapace; secondly, in the four posterior teeth being of
considerably greater size than the teeth anterior to them; thirdly, in the fact that the teeth in the
upper margin of the rostrum are themselves furnished with secondary teeth; and fourthiy, in having
the dorsal centre of the third abdominal segment produced into a conspicuous tooth-like process”.
Further, Birula has remarked that the thoracic legs are relatively longer in S. LedVedborgii than in S.
spinus, and if the two posterior pairs are compared in the two species the difference is fairly obvious.
As I have seen no transitional forms, I consider S. Lileborgii to be a true, independent species, which

urther may be called boreal and not arctic; it is absent from all the coldest places where |S. sfzmas occurs.

54. Spirontocaris macilenta Kr.

1841. Hippolyte macilenta Kroyer, Nat. Tidsskr., 3. B., p. 574.
! 1842. — — Kroyer, Kgl. D. Vid. Selsk. math-naturv. Afh., Niende Del, p. 305, Tab. II,

Fig. 55—56.
1879. = — S. I. Smith, Trans. Conn. Acad., Vol. V., p. 71.

Occurrence. The “Ingolf’ has not taken this species.

It is mentioned in Malac. Groenl. that I had up to that time only seen 6 specimens in all, all
determined by Kroyer, but not his original specimens; when he wrote his monograph he had only one
specimen from Fiskenzesset in south-western Greenland, and it must have been lost. Since 1887 the
Copenhagen Museum has received 4 specimens, taken at Jakobshavn by Traustedt. Vanhdffen states
that he has taken three specimens in Karajok Fjord (at ca. 70° 20’ N. L,.), one of them from over 50 fim.
— This species has not been found at East Greenland, Iceland, or the Feeroes,

CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. 64

Distribution. The species has several times been taken at Halifax, Nova Scotia, 26 to 57 fm.
(S. I. Smith), in the St. Lawrence estuary, 30 to 70 fm. (Whiteaves), at Labrador (Packard), lastly in
the Bering Straits, the Bering Sea over towards America and at Kamtschatka and in the Sea of
Ochotsk, 16 to 100 fm. (Mary Rathbun).

Remarks. Doflein in “Fauna Arctica” has placed S. macilenta Kr. as a synonym to “17. phippsi
Kroyer”; on the following page (p. 333) under SS. sfzmus he writes however: “Betrachte ich aber das
gesamte Material, so kan ich so viel Ueberginge zu H. phippsi feststellen, insbesonders zu den als
turgida and macilenta von Kroyer als besondere Arten beschriebenen Formen von phippsz, dass ich
glaube, es handelt sich nur um eine Art, welche dem Prioritatsgesetze gemadss den Namen 7.
spinus Sow. tragen muss. Diese Annahme wird auch durch die ganz gleichartige Verbreitungsweise
der fraglichen Species unterstiitzt”. That 7. phippsi Kr. was the male, 7. ¢urgida Kr. the female of the
same species had been made out many years before Doflein’s work, but when he wishes to include
H. turgida Kr. and . macilenta Kr. under H. spinus Sow., that shows great lack of knowledge of his
subject and great hardihood. And the support given by the “gleichartige Verbreitungsweise” to the
view that there is here only a single species is indeed a broken reed, as the three species have a very
different distribution: S. maczlenta is only known from West Greenland and the waters on each side
of the most northerly parts of North America, whilst both the other species are found for example on

the northern parts of Europe, further S. ¢wrgida is certainly more arctic in its distribution than .S. spznws.

55. Spirontocaris turgida Kr.

1841. Hippolyte turgida Kroyer, Nat. Tidsskr., 3. B. p. 575.
— _ Phippsii Kroyer, — oo —
1842. _ turgida Kroyer, Kgl. D. Vid. Selsk. math-naturv. Afh, Niende Del, p. 308, Tab. II,
Fig. 57—58, Tab. III, Fig. 59—63.
} — — Phippsii Kroyer, Kgl. D. Vid. Selsk. math-naturv. Afh. Niende Del, p. 314, Tab. III,

Fig. 64 —68.
1879. — _ S. I. Smith, Trans. Conn. Acad., Vol. V, p. 73.

Occurrence. The “Ingolf’ has brought home this species from two localities.

Baffin Bay: St. 33: 67°57'N. L., 55° 30' W. L., 35 fm., temp. 08°; 2 spec.

Davis Straits: The mouth of Ameralik Fjord at Godthaab, 5--70 fm.; 1 spec.

I have given in Malac. Groenl. a large number of localities for this species; the most northerly
was at 81° 44'N.L,. at Grinnell Land (Miers), also along Greenland itself from 78° 17' to 60° 43'N. L.;
the species is stated to be common in from 2—4 fm. and out in ca. 25 fm, it was taken some few
times in depths from ca. 50 to 60 fm. but two statements of its occurrence in 100 and 200 fms. at
Sukkertoppen I considered “very doubtful”, and I believe I am now able to say that 100 fm. is
probably correct, 200 fm. certainly incorrect. Later discoveries have not extended this knowledge;
Ohlin and Ortmann show that the species is common between 76° and 79° N.L, in 5 to 45 fm. — At
East Greenland the species has been taken at Tasiusak, 65° 37’N. L., 37° 34’ W.L., 5--19 fm. and in
the eel-seine, g—o fm. (Amdrup Exp. and Kruuse), and at Hekla Harbour in Scoresby Sound, 70° 27'N. L.,

62 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA.

26° 12'W. L., 9—11 fm., 6 specimens (Ryder Exp.); Ohlin gives it from 70° 27’ N.L., 22° 35’ W.L. Buch-
holz notes it from several localities further north (Cape Wynn, Sabine Isl, Shannon Isl. and North
Shannon Isl.), from ca. 74° to a little north of 75° N. L. in depths from 5 fm. to 30 fm. and “2zo—100” fm.
It has not been met with at Iceland or the Feeroes.

Distribution. In Norway according to G. O. Sars it is “only exceptionally” found south of
the Polar Circle, but it is stated nevertheless that a single specimen has been taken at Bohuslan (Goés).
It is common at Finmark (M. Sars), from there it goes along the whole coast of the Murman Sea,
into the White Sea and is said to have been taken in 145 fm. (Birula); it is also found in the Kara
Sea at Nova Zembla (Hansen), at ca. 76'/,N.L., 59 E. L., 16 fm. (Heller), Franz Joseph Land (Scott),
and Spitzbergen (several authors). On the east coast of North America it goes south to 41° 30'N. L.,
that is, a little to the south of Cape Cod; from here northwards to the St. Lawrence estuary it has
been taken in depths from ca. 10 fm. and down to 125 fm. (S. I. Smith); it also occurs at Labrador (Packard
jun.), on the north side of Alaska at Point Franklin, 13/, fm, (Murdoch), the Bering Straits, west side
of Alaska to Shumagin, also at the Aleutian Isl. (Mary Rathbun), Queen Charlotte Islands, 15—8 fm.
(S. I. Smith), northern Japan at Hakodate (Stimpson), Sea of Ochotsk (Brandt), and the most easterly part
of the north coast of Asia (Stuxberg).

56. Spirontocaris pusiola Kr.

1841. Hippolyte pusiola Kroyer, Naturh. Tidsskr., 3. B. p. 576.
! 1842. _ — Kroyer,Kgl. D.Vid.Selsk. math.-naturv. Afh., Niende Del, p. 319, Tab. III, Fig. 69 — 75.
1879. — — §&.I. Smith, Trans. Conn. Acad., Vol. V, p. 77.

Occurrence. The “Ingolf’ has brought this species home from two localities:

West side of Iceland: St. 87: 65° 02'N. L., 23° 56’ W. L. 110 fm., temp. ?; 2 spec.

North of Iceland: St. 127: 66° 33'N.L., 20° 05’ W. L., 44 fm., temp. 5°6°; 3 spec.

This small characteristic species is not found at West or East Greenland. At Iceland it has
been taken on all four sides of the Island (Vestmannager, Reykjavik, Faxe Fjord, Dyre Fjord, Skage-
strand Bay, Ofjord, Skjalfandi, Finne Fjord, Seydis Fjord, Faskrud Fjord), in depths from 6 to 119 fm.;
it is common at the Feroes (Trangisvaag, Ande Fjord, Kalbak Fjord, Thorshavn and further from
land) in ca. 8 to 100 fm.

Distribution. It occurs from the Shetlands and Hebrides (Norman), to Northumberland
(Norman) and Norfolk (Metzger), the Irish Sea (Walker), at Jersey (Norman) and west coast of Holland
(Metzger). In Denmark the species has been taken in the Great Belt, 24 fm. (Metzger), southern
Kattegat (Meinert), Skager Rak (Metzger); also at Bohuslan (Goés), along the coast of Norway (M.
Sars), at East Finmark (Norman), on the western part of the Murman coast to the entrance to the
White Sea (Birula, Doflein), lastly on the west side of Spitzbergen at 77° 231/.’N.L., 24°07'E.L. in
40 fm. (Doflein). On the east coast of America it begins somewhat south of Cape Cod at ca. 41° 10’N.L.
and goes northwards to Nova Scotia and the estuary of St. Lawrence; it is found from 4 fm. or even
at the ebb margin out to 50 fm. and 52—90 fm. (Smith). Further, it has been taken at numerous
localities in the Bering Islands, the Aleutians and Alaskan peninsula -- i. e. along the south boundary

CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. 63

of the Bering Sea — in depths of 5 to 159 fm. (Mary Rathbun). — The greatest depth at which the
species seems to have been taken in Europe is r19 fm. in Skagestrand Bay in Iceland; south of the

Alaskan peninsula it was taken in 159 fm.

57. Spirontocaris polaris Sab.

1824. Alpheus polaris Sabine, Suppl. to the App. of Capt. Parry’s Voy., p. CCXXXVIII, Pl. Il, figs. 5—8.
! 1842. Hippolyte polaris Kroyer, Kgl. D.Vid.Selsk. math.-naturv. Afh., Niende Del, p. 324, Tab. III, Fig. 78—81,

Tab. IV, Fig. 82.
! — _ borealis Kroyer 1. c. p. 330, Tab. III, Fig. 74—77.

1870. -- polaris S. I. Smith, Trans. Conn. Acad., Vol. V, p. 80.

1886. — . Amazo Pfeffer, Jahrb. wiss. Anst. Hamburg, III, p. 46, Fig. 6a, 6b.
Occurrence. The “Ingolf” has taken this species at 12 localities:
Baffin Bay: St. 33: 67° 57'N. L., 55° 30’ W. L., 35 fm., temp. 08°; 4 spec.
Davis Straits: St. 31: 66° 35’ N. L., 55°54’ W. L., 88 fm. temp. 16°; 3 spec.

— — = 32: 66°35' — 56°38 — 318 — — 39% 1 —
Re ee eee OS" Be Oa Se ae ee 8 3
~ a AOS Ny AES Sa ee ts 87 Spec:

East of South Greenland: St. 94: 64° 56'N. L., 36° 19 W. L., 204 fm., temp. 4°1°; 1 spec.

South-West of Iceland: St. 85: 63° a1’ N. L., 25° 21’ W. L., 170 fm., temp. ?; 1 spec.

North of East Iceland: - 126: 67°19 — 15°52’ — 293 — — -+-0'5°; I spec.

South of Jan Mayen: ~- 116: 70°05’ — 8°26' — 371 — — +04°; I0 —

East of Iceland: St. 59: 65° 00’ N. L., 11° 16’ W. L., 310 fm., temp. + 0'r°; 1 spec.

North-West of the Feeroes: St. 138: 63° 26’N. L., 7° 56’ W. L., 471 fm., temp. + 06°; 1 spec.

— - — - 1: 62°30° — 8°a2r' — 132 — — 72°; 4 —

In Malac. Groenl. I have given a large number of localities for this species, the most northerly
at 81° 44'N. L. in Grinnell Land (Miers), also along Greenland itself from ca. 78'/,; N. L. to 60° 43'N.L.;
it was taken in 2—3 fm.,, often in ro to 20 fm., common in 4o to 100 fm., and was several times found
in 118 to 260 fm. Later discoveries in these regions have not appreciably extended our knowledge;
it is said by Ohlin and Ortmann that the species is common between 76° and 79° N.L. in 5 to 4o fm.
Ohlin gives it also from the west side of Baffin Bay and Pfeffer had his H amazo from the west side
of the Davis Straits. — At East Greenland the species is common at Tasiusak, ca. 65° 37’ N. L. (Kruuse,
Ryder Exp. and Amdrup Exp.); on the tract from ca. 691/, N. L. to 74"/.°N.L. it has been taken half
a score of times (by the 21 Amdrup Exp.), in 3—o fm, 10 fm, 20 fm, 50 fm, 94 fm. 110 fm. and
120 fm.; in Hekla Harbour at 70° 27'N. LL, 26° 12’ W. L. it was taken in 1 to 11 fm. (Ryder); and it is
noted by Ohlin and Buchholz from numerous localities between 71° 35’ N. L. and 74° 52’ N. L., in depths
from 2 fm. and down to 186 fm.; lastly it has been taken even a little further north at Shannon Isl.

t In the list of synonyms to this species I have not included S. zzcerta Buchholz which was founded on a single
specimen from East Greenland (Zweite Deutsche Nordpolarfahrt, B. II, p. 272). The reason is that though I consider it to have
been founded on a specimen of S. folarzs (Buchholz states however that an epipodite only occurs on the first and second pars
of thoracic legs), I am not certain of my interpretation and as I did not wish to omit mentioning a species noted from
East Greenland I have preferred to mention it here in a footnote.

64 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA.

(Buchholz). At Jan Mayen it has been taken in 16—122 fm. (Koelbel). — At Iceland it has been found
in the fjords of the west coast (Onundar Fjord), north coast (Ofjord) and east coast (Faskrud Fjord)
in 4 to ro fm.; off the coast it has been taken by the “Thor” at the following places:

East of North Iceland: 66° 02' N. L, 11° 05’ W. L., 478—553 fm.

South of Iceland: 63° 15’ N. L., 22° 23’ W. L., 115—173 fm.

At the Feeroes it is not common; I have only seen a few specimens from respectively ‘Thors-
havn and Sandvaag on Vaag Island.

Distribution. This species has been taken at the Shetlands and Hebrides (Norman). It also
occurs at Bohuslan (Goés), in the Skager Rak (Intern. Explor.), on the south, west and north coasts
of Norway (M. Sars, Appelléf), along the whole coast of the Murman Sea and in the White Sea
(Birula), at Franz Joseph Land (Heller and Scott), in the Barents Sea, in depths from 37 to 192 fm.
(Hoek); it is common round about Spitzbergen (G. O. Sars, Doflein) aud it has been taken west of
this in 459 fm. (G.O.Sars). It is also common in the Kara Sea, 46—g91 fm. (Hansen), but is unknown
further to the east along the north coast of Asia. On the east coast of North America it goes as far
south as 41° 341/,"N.L.; from there and to Halifax in Nova Scotia it has been taken a number of
times in 10o—15 fm. and down to 306 fm. (Smith); it is also known from the St. Lawrence estuary
(Whiteaves) and at Labrador (Smith). Lastly, it is noted from the waters north of Bering Straits
(Stimpson), also in the Bering Sea, Sea of Ochotsk and at the Aleutians “eastward to Kadiak, to a
depth of 283 fathoms” (Mary Rathbun). — 4. folaris is thus an arctic species, which extends deeply
into the boreal region and is found both in positive and negative bottom-temperatures. It is taken at
all depths from 3—o fm. and down to 478—553 fm. (“Thor”).

Remarks. The species attains a larger size in depths ‘of ca. 50 fm. and more than in shallower
water; as was to be expected the shallow-water specimens which live at East Greenland are on the
whole larger than those at West Greenland. Amongst the specimens from the “Ingolf” St. 116 are
some which are very large; one 2 is 81'°5 mm., a male 73°5 mm. long; the largest specimen I have
seen, a ? 84 mm. long, was taken at 69°40’ N. L, 23'/.W. L., 120 fm., but Vanhdffen states that he has
had a specimen of 88 mm. in length from Karajok Fjord (ca. 70° 20'N.L,); Ohlin states that he has
seen a specimen 89 mm. long from East Greenland. In 1895 I wrote that some females with eggs
were taken by the Ryder Expedition to East Greenland on the following dates: August 1891,
13'" Dec. 1891, 10% Jan. 1892, 8tt Febr. and 27% April 1892; from these we may conclude that the
species at least at this very cold locality (Hekla Harbour) has no definite spawning period, but seems

to be able to spawn throughout the whole or almost the whole year.

58. Spirontocaris groenlandica J. C. Fabr.

1775. Astacus Groenlandicus J. C. Fabricius, Syst. Entom. p. 416.

1780. Cancer aculeatus O. Fabricius, Fauna groenl. n. 217, p. 239.

! 1842. Hippolyte aculeata Kroyer, Kgl. D. Vid. Selsk. math.-natury. Afh., Niende Del, p. 334, Tab. IV,
Fig. 83—98 og Tab. V, Fig. 99—104.

Occurrence. This species was only found once by the “Ingolf”.

CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. 65

Baffin Bay: St. 33: 67°57'N.L., 55° 30’ W. L., 35 fm., temp. 08°; many spec.

In Malac. Groenl. I have mentioned a large number of localities from 76° 8’ N. L. to 60°8'N.L,
along the west coast of Greenland, and it has been taken at Grinnell Land at 82'/,°N.L.; concerning
the depth I wrote that the species “is found very frequently in shallow water from about 5—10 fm.,
is common in 30—5so fm. and is noted several times from deep water, thus twice even from 200 fm.”
Later discoveries in these regions have not appreciably extended our knowledge; it is stated by Ohlin
and Ortmann that the species is common between 76° and 79° N. lL. in 5 to 4o fm. At East Green-
land the species is common at Tasiusak, 65° 37’ N. L. (Kruuse, 1st Amdrup Exp.); it was taken by the
ant Amdrup Exp. at 69° 44’ N. L., 23'/.° W.L. in the eel-seine, 3—o fm., many specimens; at 74°18'N.L,,
19° 50' W. L., 10 fm. 1 specimen and at 741/,° N. L., 18° 45’ W. L., anchorage, several specimens; it has
been taken many times on the tract 72?/,°N.L. to at least 75° N.L. according to Ohlin and Buch-
holz. — It has never been found at Jan Mayen, Iceland or the Feeroes.

Distribution. G. O. Sars writes that the Christiania Museum contains two specimens which
‘from the label attached” were taken by Prof. Rasch at Christianssund. I have considerable doubts
as to whether the two specimens really came from Christianssund, as this large and easily recognised
species has not been taken in Europe either before or since. On the east coast of America it goes
southward to ca. 41!/,°N.L.; from here and as far as Halifax in Nova Scotia it has been taken
repeatedly in 1—72 fm. (Smith, M. Rathbun); it has also been taken in the St. Lawrence estuary, at
Labrador (Smith), and in Cumberland Sound on the west side of Davis Straits (Pfeffer). It has also
been found in the waters north of the Bering Straits and in the Bering Sea (Owen, Stimpson); along
the west coast of America at Queen Charlotte Islands (Smith) and in Puget Sound, ca. 47°N.L.
(Calman); lastly at Kamtschatka and the Kurile Islands (Brandt).

After giving a correct account of the distribution of this species Doflein writes: “Die Art ist
somit cirkumpolar”. Excluding Christianssund which lies far south of the Polar Circle (and which as
mentioned must be regarded as doubtful), the species is still unknown from Jan Mayen and along
the north coasts of Europe and Asia to the Bering Sea, thus, over almost 200 of the 360 degrees of
longitude! We cannot deny, that Dr. Doflein does not ask much of the distribution of a species whose
circumpolarity he considers as proved.

Remarks. The largest specimen I have seen is 119 mm. long from the tip of the rostrum;
it was taken at Akugdlek, 68° 4o’ N. L., on the west coast of Greenland.

59. Spirontocaris microceros Kr.

1841. Hippolyte microceros Kroyer, Nat. Tidsskr., 3. B., p. 579.

! 1842. — a Kroyer, Kgl. D. Vid. Selsk. math-naturv. Afh., Niende Del, p. 341, Tab. V,

Fig. 105—109.
Occurrence. The “Ingolf” has not taken this species.

In Malac. Groenl. I have given the following localities: Proven (ca. 72° 23’ N. L.), Umanak,
Ivigtut and Nanortalik (ca. 60° 8’ N.1L.); the Copenhagen Museum also possesses some other West

Greenland specimens, without special locality. The species has not been found at West Greenland
The Ingolf-Expedition. III. 2. 9

66 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA.

during the last twenty years or more; at East Greenland, Iceland and the Feeroes it has never
been found.

Distribution. This so easily recognised species has up to the present never been found
elsewhere except at the West Greenland coast.

Remarks. One of the largest specimen, a female, is 54 mm. long.

Dr. Doflein writes: “Kroyer scheint nach meiner Ansicht diese Art auf ein etwas abweichendes
(verletztes und geheiltes?) Exemplar von 4. aculeata begriindet zu haben”. The learned author's
boldness is displayed on so many different questions that it is quite remarkable. It gives him no
trouble to express an opinion in this way on H. microceros, founded by so excellent an observer as
Kroyer, though he himself has never seen a specimen of the species, in which the abdomen lacks the
very obvious spinous equipment which characterises AH. aculeata from all other Greenland species,
whilst according to Kroyer 4. aculeata lacks but H. microceros has epipodites on the third pair
of thoracic legs. Lastly, Dr. Doflein opines that Kroyer has founded 4. mucroceros “auf ein...
Exemplar”, whereas Kroyer “has found some few specimens”, and indeed in the Latin diagnosis speaks
of “Antennz...marium” in contrast to the antenne “in feminis”, and must therefore have seen more
than one specimen. From this and several cases mentioned previously it appears, that the learned
carcinologist Dr. Doflein requires even less for his reading of an author he quotes or whose judgment

he controverts than he does for a species, e. g. S. groenlandica, to make it “somit cirkumpolar”.

60. Bythocaris leucopis G. O. Sars.

1879. Bythocaris leucopis G. O. Sars, Arch. f. Math. og Naturv., B. IV, p. 427.
! 1885. _— — G.O. Sars, Den Norske Nordhavs-Exped., Crust. I, p. 27, Pl. III, Fig. 1—26.
Occurrence. The “Ingolf” has taken this species at 14 stations. These all lie in the Northern
Ocean, within an area which is bounded to the east by a line from Jan Mayen to the Feroes and
extends also so far to the west that it passes north round the north-eastern end of Iceland and from
there southward round East Iceland to the Feroes. The stations are as follows:

St. 113: 69° 31'N. L., 7°06’ W.L., 1309 fm., temp. + 1'0°; 1 small spec.

- 117:69° 13, — 8° 23' —— 1003 — = ee eageepen
- 118: 68°27, — 8°20 — 1060 — — 10% 3 —
- 125: 68°08’ — 16°02) — 729 — Ma as £08 4 —
- Eka367° 57) — 0° 44 eee
- 119: 67°53' — 10°19’ — 1010 — — +10°; 11 —
- 124: 67°40 — 15°40 — > “4o5 = = 6; 7 —
~ 120: 07° a9 E038) mo OO ee Be ee
- 111: 67° 14'.— 8°48) —. 80 —,. — 005.3 —-
- 102: 66°23' — 10°26 — 750 — —=-+00°; 2 —
= 103: 66° ag! — BP ga! iH) Sa a eee) eer
- 104: 66°23) — 7°25 — 957 — — +1I°; 36 —
~ TOSS O57 3g ate 72 Be nr i Set eee Res

- 140: 63°29 — 69577 — 70 — — +099; 2 —

CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. 67

Further, two specimens were taken by the “Michael Sars” at 63° 3' N. L., 6° 32’ W. L., 975 fm.,
temp. ++ O°51°.

Distribution. The species was founded on specimens from a station between Jan Mayen
and Finmark, 1110 fm., temp. + 13°; it was also taken in the stomach of Rhodichthys regina in the
same waters in 1280 fm. (G. O. Sars). Ohlin gives it from three localities, one being between Green-
land and Jan Mayen, depth 1064 fm., the second near the west coast of Spitzbergen: 76°36’ N.L., 12° 10!
E. L., 930 fm., temp. + 13°, the third almost midway between Spitzbergen and East Greenland: 77° 52’
N.L,, 3° 5’ W. L., 1462 fm., temp. + 14°. Birula mentions a single specimen from 79° 41' N.L., 4°58'E. L.,
1560 fm., temp.+ 11°. The species has thus been taken at depths from 495 fm. to about 1560 fm.
with bottom-temperatures between + 06° and + 14° in the waters between the Feeroes, Iceland,
Norway, Spitzbergen and East Greenland with negative bottom-temperature at considerable depths.

Remarks. The largest specimens I have are females with eggs from St. 104, 117 and 118,
and they measure 87—87°5 mm. From St. 119 there is a female with eggs 81 mm. long, from St. 105
a similar female 735 mm., from St. 125 and 140 two females with eggs 75 mm. long and from the
last station a female with eggs only 69 mm. long. Sars gives the length “up to 95 mm.”; I must
suppose that he has measured from the tip of the rostrum (not, as suggested by Ohlin, from the
end of the antennal scale) to the end of the telson. — The antennal scale varies a little in form with
the size of the animal: its terminal margin is less oblique and scarcely so curved in the large speci-

mens as in the small, and distally it is a trifle broader in the large than in the small specimens.

61. Bythocaris Payeri Hell.

1875. Hippolyte Payeri Heller', Denksch. d. K Akad. d. Wiss., Math.-naturv. Classe, B. 35, p. 26, Taf. I,
Fig. 1—4.
1882. Bythocaris payeri Hoek, Nied. Arch. f. Zool., Supplb. I, Crust. p. 19, Fig. 8—9.
! 1885. _ Payeri G. O. Sars, Den norske Nordhavs-Exp., Crust. I, p. 33, Pl. III, Fig. 27.
Occurrence. The “Ingolf? has taken this species at 8 stations. Just as for the previous
species, the stations lie in the Northern Ocean, within an area which to the east is bounded by a
line from Jan Mayen to the Feeroes and also extends so far to the west as to pass to the north round
the north-eastern end of Iceland and southward round East Iceland down to the Feroes. The stations

are as follows:
St. 116: 70° 05'N.L., 8° 26'W.L., 371 fm., temp. + 04°; great quantity of spec.

eg OF BES? gOS, 49S oe ET, 23 “spec.
rere if 75? sat agg: SAE eye TE oe
= ‘ror: 66°23" — 12° os) 537 i OF: 9g —
= '703: 66° 23" — 8°52" — 579 — + 069; g —
- 59: 65°00 — 11°16) — 310 — — +O; 1 —
eee 730 Oo ee eee
Sahn: eg lames Bl Mime Yb ss

t The same year the author had published a brief preliminary description without figures in Sitzb. K. Akad. Wissensch.
1. Abth., April-Heft, Jahrg. 1875,

9*

68 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA.

Further, the species has been taken at 66° 2'N.L,, 11° 5’ W.L., 552—478 fm. (*Thor” 1903). It
has never been found at West Greenland; at East Greenland the species has been taken five times
between 74° 52'N. L. and 72° 28’N.L,, depths from 95 to 185 fm. (Ohlin). At Jan Mayen it has been
taken in 678 fm. (Ohlin). South of the Feroes it has been found at 61° 23' N. L., 4° 21' W. L., 505 fm,
temp. ++ 0'4°, 5 specimens (Wandel), and it is given from 60° 3'N. L,, 5°51'W.L., 540 fm. (Norman).

Distribution. The species was first taken at Franz Joseph Land, 97 fm. (Heller). It
was taken by the Norwegian North-Atlantic Expedition at 9 stations with negative bottom-
temperatures and all lying in the waters west of Norway and from there up to the west of Spitz-
bergen from 63° 17'N.L. to 79° 59' N. L. (G. O. Sars). The depths varied between 350 fm. and 108x fm.
It is also given from 78° 2'N.L,, 9° 25'E.L., 416 fm. with a bottom-temperature of 08° (G. O. Sars),
likewise from 79° 58'N.B., 9° 30'E. L., 224 fm. with a bottom-temperature of 1°5° (Ohlin), but both
stations lie on the border of the cold area. Lastly, the species has been taken in the eastern part of
Barents Sea: 75° 16'N. L., 45° 19' E. L., 160 fm. (Hoek).

It appears from the above that the species is found only at depths from ca. 100 fm. to 1080 fm.
in the cold area from the Feroe Channel northwards to the northern part of East Greenland, Spitz-
bergen, Franz Joseph’s Land and the Barents Sea; it has twice been taken in the neighbourhood of
Spitzbergen near the boundary to the area mentioned, in temperatures a little above o°.

Remarks. The species stands extremely near to B. gracilis Smith, as is mentioned below,

where the differences between the two forms are also dealt with.

62. Bythocaris gracilis S. I Smith.

1885. Bythocaris gracilis S, I. Smith, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. VII, p. 497.
1886. — — $1 Smith, Rep. Comm. Fish and Fisheries for 1885, p. 658, Pl. XII, figs. 3, 4.

Occurrence, This species was taken by the “Ingolf” at three stations:

Davis Straits: St. 28: 65° 14’ N. L., 55° 42’ W. L., 420 fm. temp. 3°5°; 3 spec.

mi Pee RT OF SA... S51 er BOS ers ae

South of West Iceland: St. 67: 61° 30’ N. L., 22° 30' W. L., 975 fm., temp. 3°; 1 spec.

Distribution. Previously, only two specimens in all were known from two localities east
of North America, namely, about 39'/,°N.L. and 353/,°N.L. in 1043 fm. and 888 fm. temp. 38° and
39° Fahr.

Remarks. My specimens must be referred to 2B. gracilis Smith; but the following remarks
have to be made. The median dorsal spine on the gastric region occurs in all specimens; in one of
them it is certainly very small and it occurs in some specimens of B. Payeri from St. 116, so that its
presence in B. gracilis is not a valuable character. The eyes in B. gracilis are but little larger than
in B. Payeri; it is necessary however to carefully choose equally large specimens of both species for
comparison. The best character between the two seems to be, that the antennal scale is somewhat
narrower and a little longer in B. gracilis, but the difference is much smaller than is given in Smith’s
description, and in B. Payer’ the scale becomes relatively a little broader with age. Smith’s figure

of B. Payert was drawn from a specimen larger than the one which formed the subject for his figure

CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. 69

of B. gracilis, and it is therefore to a certain extent misleading. Further, there is also some difference
in the form of the scale in my specimens of 2. gracilis: in the specimen from St. 67 the part beyond
the spine on the outer margin is more prolonged, the scale itself relatively longer and with almost
parallel margins; the specimen thus differs in the form of the scale more from 2. Payert than is the
case with the specimens from the Davis Straits, in which the margins of the scale diverge forwards. —
The differences between B. Payert and B. gracilis are thus very small, but as the differences exist the
species should be maintained, at any rate until further knowledge of the variation and geographical
distribution has been obtained.

63. Bythocaris simplicirostris G. O. Sars.

1870. Bythocaris simplicirostris G. O. Sars, Vid. Selsk. Forh. Christiania, f. 1869, p. 149.
! 1874. Hippolyte Panschii Buchholz, Zweite Deutsche Nordpolarfahrt, B. II, p. 277, Taf. I, Fig. 1.
1894. Bythocaris simplicirostris Norman, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 6, Vol. XIII, p. 270, Pl. XII, fig. 1.

1897. — — Birula, L’Annuaire du Mus. Zool. de Acad. Imp. de St.-Pétersbourg, 1897,
p- 427, Tab. XX, Fig. 3.
IgOl. — -- Ohlin, Bih. till K. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl., B. 27, Afd. IX, no. 8, p. 39, Fig. 1.

Occurrence. The “Ingolf’ has only taken this species at one station.

South-East of Iceland: St. 4: 64°7'N.L., 11° 12’ W. L., 237 fm., temp. 2°5°; 1 spec.

The species is described under the name Aippolyte Panschit by Buchholz from a specimen
taken in 30 fm. at Nordshannon, which lies in ca. 75°N.L. on East Greenland; I have seen an East
Greenland specimen from ca. 74'/,°N.L., near Pendulum Islands, 110 fm. (24 Amdrup Exped.), and a
specimen was taken in 133 fm. a little more to the south, namely, off Kaiser Franz Joseph Fjord
(Ohlin). Lastly, I have seen a specimen taken a little east of the south end of the Feeroes: 61°23'N.L,,
5° 04’ W. L., 255 fm., temp. 0° (Wandel).

Distribution. Sars founded &. stmplicirostris (see Remarks) on a specimen taken at Skraaven
(Lofoten) in 250 fm.; later, it was taken by the same author at 72° 27'N.L,, 20° 51'E.L., 191 fm..
temp. 35° and at 78°2'N.L., 9° 25'E.L., 416 fm., temp. 08°; Metzger notes it from Mandal, 60 fm.,
Norman from Trondhjem Fjord, 250—300 fm., Nordgaard from Trano Deep, 322—340 fm., and from
Malangen (ca. 69'/,° N. L,.), ca. 50—100 fm. Lastly, it is given from the western part of the Murman
Sea (Birula).

Remarks. I have referred my specimens to 2B. stmplicirostris and included B. Panschii as a
synonym. If the former is incorrect, I venture to think with a considerable degree of certainty, that
Ohlin’s specimen from East Greenland and G. O. Sars’ specimens from ca. 72'/,° and 78°N.L. have
also been incorrectly determined, as all these have undoubtedly belonged to 2. Panschit. The question
is therefore, whether this species is identical with 2B. stmplicirostris or not. It cannot be settled with
certainty from the available descriptions, but both the distribution and Sars’ own reference of his
specimens from the Norwegian North-Atlantic Expedition to the species from Lofoten speak strongly
in favour of it. Sars certainly writes: “Oculi minimi subcylindrici, pigmento pallide fulvescente”, and

this seems to tell strongly against my determination (unfortunately, neither Sars nor Ohlin refer later

70 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA,

to the point), but Norman — who captured two specimens in the Trondhjem Fjord, says: “Eyes well
developed, on long peduncles, when laterally projected extending beyond the sides of the carapace”,
and my three specimens show extremely peculiar differences with regard to the eyes. In the “Ingolf”
specimen the one eye preserved is grey-brown, but it is black in the two other specimens; the speci-
meu from East Greenland is a female with eggs, the eye-stalks are cylindrical in almost their whole
length and scarcely thinner than the diameter of the eye; the latter in this specimen is not only
relatively considerably smaller but almost absolutely smaller than in the two other considerably smaller
specimens, but in both of these the eye itself is obviously broader than the stalk and the latter is
strongly conical in the specimen from the Feroes. Whether all this variation indicates anything or
not, in other words, whether there should be two (or three) species extremely closely related or only
a single species, variable with respect to the eyes, neither my small and far from perfect material nor
the literature can give any final decision. But I am greatly inclined to consider, that not only my
own specimens but also those mentioned by earlier authors of B. simplicirostris and B. Panschit belong

to the same species.

64. Caridion Gordoni Bate.

? Hippolyte Gordoni Bate, Nat-Hist. Review, V, p. 51 [test. Norman].
1861. Doryphorus — Norman, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. Ser. 3, Vol. VIII, p. 277, Pl. XIII, figs. 6 & 7.
1863. Caridion — Goés, Ofv. K. Svenska Vet-Akad. Férhandl., 20 Arg., p. 170.

Occurrence. This species has not been taken by the “Ingolf’. It has only been found twice
by the “Thor” within the area dealt with in this work.

South-West of Iceland: West of Geirfugleskeer, many small spec. and larvee.

South of West Iceland: 63° 15’ N. L., 22° 23' W. L., 114—173 fm.; many spec.

Distribution. The species is known from the Shetlands and the Hebrides (Norman), Scot-
land (Norman), the Irish Sea (Walker), North Sea: 48 miles W. of Blaavandshuk, 22 fm. (Metzger); also
from Bohuslén on the west coast of Sweden, ro—15 fm. (Goés); lastly, from several places on the south
and west coast of Norway, especially in the region of the deep-sea corals, and Varanger Fjord on the east
coast of Finmark (G. O. Sars). When Sars writes on the basis of the last find: “it seems from this
that the present form must be regarded as a northerly, perhaps even an arctic form”, it must be said
that its distribution shows that it is certainly not arctic. Further, it has also been taken at a number
of places on the east coast of the United States from Fundy Bay to Cape Cod, in depths between 27
and 110 fm., but not in the Gulf of St. Lawrence (S. I. Smith).

65. Pandalus borealis Kr.

1838. Pandalus borealis Kroyer, Naturh. Tidsskr. 2. B., p. 254.

1845. _ — Naturh. Tidsskr, Ny R., 1. B, p. 461.

1846. — — — Voy. en Scand., Crust. Pl. 6, figs. 2, a—o.
Occurrence. The “Ingolf” has taken this species at 10 localities.
Davis Straits: St. 31: 66° 35’ N. L., 55° 54’ W. L., 88 fm., temp. 1°6°; 5 spec.

— — - 29: 65°34 — 54°31' — 68 — — 02°38 —

CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. 71

Davis Straits: Ameragdla, head of Ameralik Fjord at Godthaab; 1 spec.
East of South Greenland: St. 94: 64°56’ N.L., 36° 19' W.L., 204 fm., temp. 41°; 1 spec.

North-West of Iceland: St. 129: 66°35’ — 23°47) — 117 — — 65°; 12 —
North of Iceland: St. 128: 66° 50’ N. L., 20° 02’ W. L., 194 fm., temp. 06°; 12 spec.
—_- - os - 126: 67°19' — 15°52) — 293 — — -+0'5°; 14 spec.
— - - - 124: 67°40! — 15°40° — 495 —' — +069; 1 —

East of Iceland: St. 59: 65° 00’ N. L,, 11° 16’ W. L., 310 fm., temp. + 01°; 2 spec.

North-West of the Feeroes: St. 2: 63° 04’ N. L, 9° 22' W. L., 262 fm., temp. 5°3°; 1 spec.

According to the Malac. Groenl. the species is very abundant from Umanak, ca. 70° 42’ N. L,,
southwards along the west coast of Greenland, in depths from 75 to 265 fm.; two of a number of
later finds in the same waters were in shallower water, but it has also twice been taken near 651/, N. L.
in depths such as 289 fm. and 349 fm., temp. 4°5° and 3'2° respectively. It has been taken further in
the fjords along the north-west, north and east coasts of Iceland (Dyre Fjord, Patrik Fjord, Arnar
Fjord, Skagestrand Bay, Skdlfandi, Mid Fjord, Seydis Fjord, Rode Fjord, Faskrud Fjord) and is
common more or less to sea off the same coastal regions in depths from 18—1g fm. to 287 fm.; on
the other hand I know it from only two localities off the west or south coast of Iceland, namely,
63° 46'N. L., 22° 56’ W. L., 79 fm. (“Thor” 1903) and 63!/,N.L., 17°31'W.L., 92 fm. temp. 7° (Wandel);
it has not been taken at the Feroes. At East Greenland it has only been taken off Angmagsalik
(65° 37'N. L.), 140 fm. (2"4 Amdrup Exped.), thus far to the south-west of the ridge across the Denmark Straits.

Distribution. The species occurs in the Skager Rak (Joh. Petersen), at Bohuslan (Goés)
and up in the Christiania Fjord, sometimes in great depths on the west and south coasts of Norway
(G. O. Sars), in the fjords of Finmark (G. O. Sars), from there to Bear Island and Spitzbergen, where
it occurs nearly everywhere with exception of north and east of the most northern island, and
goes northward to 81° 14’ N. L. in depths from ca. 50 to 260 fm. and in temperatures “most frequently
above o° (G. O. Sars, Ohlin, Doflein, Birula); lastly, a little south of Franz Joseph Land, 140 fm.
(Heller). It is also found in the western and northern parts of the Murman Sea (Birula) and in the
Barents Sea (Hoek); two specimens brought home by the “Dijmphna” were taken in the Kara Sea
in 49 and 100 fm. (Hansen). — On the east coast of America it has been taken from Massachusetts
Bay to Nova Scotia, 40 to 160 fm. (S. I. Smith, M. Rathbun). It is noted from the Sea of Ochotsk
and Unaljaschka (Wosnesenski); and on the west coast of North America it is found in the Bering
Sea and in the Pacific southward to 46° N. L., 29'/,—350 fm. (Mary Rathbun).

_ The species is never littoral, it is met with in fjords in depths from scarcely 20 to 60 fm., but
outside these usually in 80 to 300 fm.; it has been taken a single time in 495 fm. It is usually found
in positive bottom-temperatures, but it appears especially from the “Ingolf’s” results and Birula’s
statements (1907) that it can also occur in cold water, down to +1°8°. It is obviously rare in the
Kara Sea, though I believe that the two localities from this sea are correctly given by me (they
occurred thus in the collection); that it has not been taken at northern East Greenland shows how-
ever, that it is scarcely so marked an arctic form as various other decapods (Ohlin expresses the
opinion that it probably “ought not to be regarded as a true Arctic form, but rather as a North

Atlantic (and North Pacific) species”, but this view is somewhat exaggerated).

72 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA.

66. Pandalus Montagui Leach.

1814. Pandalus Montagui Leach, Edinburgh Encyclopzedia, VII, p. 432 [teste Calman].

1845. — annulicornis Kroyer, Naturh. Tidsskr., Ny R., 1. B,, p. 469.

1846. — — Kroyer, Voy. en Scand., Crust. Pl. 6, figs. 3 a—e.

! 1899. -- Montagui Calman, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. Ser. 7, Vol. III, p. 30, Pls. I—IV, fig. 1.
g 7 p-'3

Occurrence. The “Ingolf” has taken this species at four stations.

Baffin Bay: St. 33: 67° 57’N. L., 55° 30’ W. L., 35 fm., temp. 08°; 19 spec.

North-West of Iceland: St. 129: 66° 35’ N. L., 23° 47' W. L., 117 fm., temp. 6°5°; 1 spec.

North of Iceland: St. 127: 66° 33’ N. L., 20° 05’ W. L., 44 fm., temp. 5°6°; 13 spec.

South of East Iceland: St. 51: 64° 15’ N. L., 14° 22’ W. L., 68 fm., temp. 7°3°; I spec.

According to the data in Malac. Groenl., later finds and a statement by Ohlin, the species is
not rare along the west coast of Greenland in the region from Godhavn at 69° 14’ N. L. to Godthaab,
64° 11'N.L., in depths from 4 to 40 fm.; it has never been found on the east coast of Greenland nor
at Jan Mayen. The species is common all round the coasts of Iceland (for example, it has been taken
at Skagi, Stykkisholm, in Patrik Fjord, Dyre Fjord, @nundar Fjord, Ofjord, Seydis Fjord, Faskrud
Fjord etc.) in depths from 3—4 fm. to 80 fm.; it is likewise very common at the Feroes from 1—3 fm.
to 60 fm.

Distribution. The species is common along the whole coast of Great Britain (Calman), and
has been taken at the Channel Islands (Norman), in Holland (Hoek), on the eastern side of the North
Sea, in the Skager Rak and Kattegat, from there some distance into the Sound, within the Belts
(Meinert) and in the most western part of the Baltic, in Kiel Bay and Eckernférde Bay (Mébius); also,
along the whole coast of Norway (M. Sars); (Nordgaard notes it from a number of Norwegian fjords
and from depths of ca. ro to 160 fm.), on the coast of the western part of the Murman Sea and in
the White Sea (Birula). On the east coast of America the species is found at Labrador, in the St.
Lawrence, at Nova Scotia and goes further south past Cape Cod to 41° 25'N.L., usually in depths
between ro and 70 fm. (S. I. Smith). A form or variety, P. Montagui tridens M. Rathbun, is common
along the west side of North America from the Bering Sea to 39°N. L., 3—351 fm. (Mary Rathbun).

This species is common in England in “tide-pools” and the greatest certain depths for it are
116 fm. (“Ingolf” St. 129) and 121 fm.(Rathbun), Smith’s statement (Trans. Conn. Acad. Vol. V) of a single
occurrence in 430 fm. having to be regarded with some doubt until a trustworthy, new, similar ob-
servation has been made in the Atlantic.

Remarks. The largest specimen I have seen measures 105 mm. from the tip of the rostrum
to the end of the telson; it was taken at 65° 18’ N. L., 53° 21’W. L., 65 fm., temp. 1° (Wandel).

67. Pandalus propinquus G. O. Sars.

1870. Pandalus propinquus G. O. Sars, Forh. Vid. Selsk. Christiania f. 1869, p. 148.
1886, = — S. I. Smith, Rep. U.S. Comm. Fish and Fisheries for 1885, Pl. XIII, fig. 1.
! 1899. — _ Calman, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. Ser. 7, Vol. III, p. 32, Pls. I—IV, fig. 2.
Occurrence. The “Ingolf’ has taken this species at 18 stations.

CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. 73

Davis Straits: St. 32: 66° 35'N. L., 56° 38’ W. L., 318 fm., temp. 3°9°; I spec.

— — - 35: 65°16) — 55°05) — 362 — — 36°31 —

te eg Ok BA GS Re em ae ot SSS

oe arncen ees Oy aS o>: Sera et 39 8

West of Iceland: St. go: 64° 45'N. L., 29° 06’ W. L., 568 fm., temp. 4-4°; 2 spec.

- - _ - 89: 64° 455 — 27°20' — 310 — — 84°; 2 —

ee eet Gray 1S 2s: arene ae oe S83

South-West of Iceland: St. 85: 63° 21'N. L., 25° 21’ W. L., 170 fm., temp. ? ; 1 spec.
~ - — - 83: 62°25) — 28°30 — 912 — — 35°51 —
— - — - 81: 61°44" — 27°00! — 485 — — 61°31 —
_ - — - 78: 60°37, — 27°52’ — 799 — — 4'5°; numerous spec.

South of Iceland: St. 64: 62° 06’ N. L., 19° 00’ W. L., 1041 fm., temp. 3°1°; 3 spec.

oe — - 65: 61° 33, — 19°00' — 1089 — — 30°; 1 —

ese! GES OR ae TRE Ae aa een ek 310°

ee ee SROs Eg IS ss ey ee ee Oe 38st

ee eS 49 G7 Oa 97 ot 1g eee ee 34°53

West of the Feeroes: St. 47: 61° 32'N. L., 13° 40’ W. L., 950 fm., temp. 3:2°; I spec.

a ES ae - 46: 61° 32" — 11°36’ — 720 — — 24°32 —

Within the region where it was. taken by the “Ingolf” it has also been found several times by
Wandel and the “Thor”.

Distribution. It has been taken twice in the lochs on the west coast of Scotland, at one
of these places in 4o fm. (Calman), at several places on the west coast of Norway in 80 to 300 fm.
(G. O. Sars), and it goes up to Malangen, ca. 69'/, N.L. (Nordgaard); lastly, it has been taken a number
of times on the east coast of New England, as far south as 39'/;N.L,., in 116 to 640 fm. (Smith,
M. Rathbun). According to the data above it goes with the warm Atlantic water up into Davis
Straits at least to 66°35’N.L., and is common in the deep water down to 1089 fm. in the waters
west and south of Iceland. The bottom-temperature is usually over 3°, a single time 2°4°.

Remarks. For this as for the foregoing and the two following species reference may be
made to Calman’s careful descriptions. I shall only remark on a single point. Calman says that the
carpus of the second right leg is divided by 4 articulations, that is, into 5 joints; Sars gives 6. Cal-
man’s number is by far the most common, but it may still be somewhat higher; on an extremely
characteristic specimen from St. 54 I found 7 distinct articulations; the proximal joint further was
divided into two weak articulations only seen in a certain light, so that the carpus in this case had

really ro joints. — None of my specimens attain the length given by Sars and Smith.

68. Pandalus Bonnieri Caull.

1882. Pandalus leptorhynchus G. O. Sars, Vid.Selsk. Forh. Christiania for 1882, No. 18, p. 47, Tab. I, Fig.8—ro.
1896. Dichelopandalus Bonnieri Caullery, Ann. Univ. Lyon, 1896, p. 379, Pl. XV, Fig. 7—15.
! 1899. Pandalus Bonnieri Calman, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. Sec. 7, Vol. III, p. 34, Pls. I—IV, fig. 3.

The Ingolf-Expedition. III. 2. Io

74. CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA.

Occurrence. The “Ingolf”? has not found this species, but in 1903 it was twice taken by
the “Thor” a little to the south of Iceland: namely: 63° 15’ N. L., 22° 23' W.L., 114—173 fm. and 63° 16’
N.L,, 19° 57'W. L., 137—207 fm.

Distribution. Calman gives the species from two lochs on the west coast of Scotland, from
Rockall and off the south-west coast of Ireland. The depths were from 4o to 214 fm. Caullery gives
it from the Bay of Gascony in depths from 95 to 638 fm. Sars and Appelléf notes it from Drobak in
Christiania Fjord, from Bergen, Sogne Fjord and Aalesund, thus up to ca.62'/, N. L., depths 60—230 fm.;
further, it is given from Salten Fjord ca. 67'/, N.L., 170—200 fm. (Nordgaard); I have seen one specimen
taken to the west of the most southern part of Norway: 58° 32'N.L,, 4° 18’ E. L, 149 fm. (Joh. Schmidt),

69. Pandalina brevirostris Rathke.

1843. Pandalus brevirostris Rathke, Nova Acta Ac. Cees. Leop.-Car., Tab. XX, p. 17.

1863. _ _ Heller, Crust. siidl. Eur. p. 247, Taf. VIII, Fig. 9.
19828 — — Hoek, Nied. Arch. fiir Zool., Supplb. I, Crust. p. 22, Taf. I, Fig. ro.
! 1899. Pandalina oe Calman, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. Sec. 7, Vol. III, p. 37, Pls. I—IV, fig. 4.

Occurrence. It has not been taken by the “Ingolf’. I have only seen a single specimen,
taken at Trangisvaag in the most southern part of the Feeroes, 8—9g'/, fm. (Dr. F. Jorgensen).

Distribution. The species is common at Shetland (Norman), is met with all round the coasts
of Great Britain (Calman), and is found on the northern and north-western coasts of France (Bonnier).
It has several times been taken in the Mediterranean, thus at the Cyclades (Adensamer), in the
Adriatic Sea at several places (Heller, Adensamer), on the east coast of Sardinia (Senna), the depth
varying from 16 to 235 fm.; according to Senna the “Travailleur” has taken it (in the Mediterranean ?)
at 566 fm. In northern seas it has been taken at the coast of Holland, 10 fm. (Hoek), also in the
Kattegat and in the northernmost part of the Sound in depths from 1o'/, to 26 fm. (Meinert), at
Bohuslan (Goés), along the coast of Norway to Malangen, 69° 33'N. L. (Nordgaard); it has not been
mentioned from East Finmark by Norman nor by Birula from the Murman Sea. Nordgaard gives
numerous localities on the west coast of Norway, but most of the depths are from 100 to 200 fm., in
a single case even over 300 fm., which makes me think that the species has perhaps not come into
the fishing apparatus at the very bottom. Hoek (l.c.) gives it from 74° 16'N.L., 29° 47’ E.L., 192 fm.;
this find is extremely interesting and may be considered correct, it seems to me, as the possibility of
an error in determination appears excluded, and we can hardly have doubts as to the locality; according
to the chart in the “Norwegian North-Atlantic Expedition” this locality lies within the area with

bottom-temperatures over 0°.

7o. Nematocarcinus exilis Bate.

1888. Stochasmus exilis Bate, Rep. Challenger Vol. XXIV, p. 823, Pl. CXXXII, fig. 14.
! 1896. Nematocarcinus exilis Calman, Trans. Roy. Irish Acad. Vol. XXXI, Part I, p. 6.
Occurrence. The “Ingolf”’ has taken this species at 7 stations.

CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. 75

South-West of Iceland: St. 74: 62° 17'N. L., 24° 36’ W. L., 695 fm., temp. 4°2°; 1 spec.
South of Iceland: St. 68: 62° 06'N. L., 22° 30’ W. L., 843 fm., temp. 34°; 2 spec.

— - _ - 67: 61°30' — 22°30' — 975 — — _ 3°0°; fragments.
— s = - 40: 62°00 — 21°36' — 845 — — _ 3°3°; IO spec.
a - 66: 61° 33’ — 20°43) — 1128 — — 33°35 1 —
Sri — = 63: 62° 40° = 19°05 — 800°— — 40°; I —
ee res AYP OL Jal s HAIMA Ps Geet 38°)

Distribution. Sp. Bate’s single specimen was taken in the neighbourhood of the Canary
Isles. Many specimens were taken south-west of Ireland, 750 fm. (Calman). According to the above
it is a purely deep-water form from the Atlantic; it has without doubt a much greater geographical
distribution than as yet known.

Remarks. My specimens agree with Calman’s remarks; further, before I read this author, I
had considered them to belong to Bate’s species. It differs from MV. exsiferus Bate in the shorter
rostrum, the length of which is between that in WV. ensiferus and N. cursor A. M.-Edw.; it also differs
from NV. ensiferus in that the eyes seem a little larger; further, the posterior corner of the fifth
abdominal segment is less drawn out though it ends in a very small or rudimentary spine; lastly,

the third abdominal segment is dorsally less produced than in NM. ensiferus.

71. Acanthephyra purpurea A. Milne-Edw.'

1881. Acanthephyra purpurea A. Milne-Edwards, Comp. Rend. Ac. Se. Paris, T. XCIII, p. 933.
! 1882. Miersia Agassizii S. I. Smith, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. X, p. 67, Pl. XI, figs. 5—7, Pl. XII, figs. 1—4.
1884. Acanthephyra Agassizii S. I. Smith, Rep. U.S. Comm. Fish & Fishery for 1882, p. 372, Pl. VIII, fig. 1.

1886, - os S. I. Smith, Rep. U. S. Comm. Fish & Fishery for 1885, p. 667, Pl. XV,
; figs. 1, 6, 6a. 7; Pl. XIV, fig. 2.
1888. — purpurea Sp. Bate, Rep. Challenger, Vol. XXIV, p. 733, Pl. CXXIV, fig. 3.

Occurrence. The species has been taken by the “Ingolf” at 6 stations.
Davis Straits: St. 25: 63° 30'N. L., 54° 25’ W. L., 582 fm., temp. 3°3°; 1 spec.
West of Iceland: St. 12: 64° 38’ N. L., 32° 37’ W. L., 1040 fm., temp. 0°3°; I spec.
—-- = - 11: 64°34" — 31°12’ — 1300 — — 1651 —
= Jeena - ot: 64°44’ — 31
South-West of Iceland: St. 17: 62° 49' N. L., 26° 58’ W. L., 745 fm., temp. 3°4°; I spec.
South of Iceland: St. 69: 62° go’ N. L., 22° 17' W. L., 589 fm., temp. 39°; I spec.
Further, it has been taken at 62° 11'N. L., 19° 36’W. L., 1o0oo—1100 fm. (“Thor”) and south-west
of the Feroes at 59° 28'N.L., 8° 1'W.L., 687 fm. (Bergen Museum). In 1904 it was taken by the
“Thor” at the following places:

° es

o — 1236 — — 31°51 —

t After the text on this species was written I received Stanley W. Kemp’s very elaborate study on Acanthephyra in
“Fisheries, Ireland, Sci. Invest. 1905, I., [1906]’. The author spends more than twelve pages on A. purpurea, giving the
dreadful synonymy and numerous new details on its characters, variation, distribution, etc. Instead of adding to my own
text, I have preferred to refer readers to Mr. Kemp’s paper.

to*

76 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA.

West of North Iceland: 65° 00’N.L,, 28° 10’ W. L., young-fish trawl, 1000 m. wire out, depth of
the sea 1240 m.}; 2 spec.

South of Iceland: 61° 34'N.L,, 19°05’ W.L., young-fish trawl, 1800 m. wire out, depth of the sea
2160 m.; 4 spec.

South of Iceland: 61°30'N. L., 17°08’ W.L,., young-fish trawl, 1800 m. wire out, depth of the sea
? m.; 8 small spec.

South of Iceland: 62° 47'N.L., 15°03’ W.L., young-fish trawl, 1500 m. wire out, depth of the sea
1950 m.; I spec.

Distribution. On the European side of the Atlantic, this species has been taken in the
Bay of Gascony, 425 fm. (Caullery), off Portugal, 1378 fm. (A. Milne-Edwards), south-west of the Azores,
1675 fm. and at the Canary Isles, 1675 fm. (Sp. Bate), also south of the Cape Verde Isles at 2128 fm.
and in the vertical net from o to 213 fm. (Ortmann). In the Mediterranean it has been taken at Mes-
sina (Riggio) and near Monaco, at the last place in a large net sunk to a little over 1000 fm. (Lo
Bianco). It has also been taken northwest of the Bermudas, 2675 fm. (Sp. Bate) and at a number of
places off the east coast of America between 31°41‘N.L. and 42°2'N.L,, the depths varying from 105
to 2949 fm. (S. I. Smith), But Smith writes further (Rep. Comm. Fish... for 1885, p. 63), that a single
specimen was taken “at the surface in a dip-net, and was kept alive for half an hour”. This and
another reason given induced Smith to write: “These facts lead me to suppose that this species is
not a habitual inhabitant of the bottom at great depths, but more probably a truly free-swimming
inhabitant of some part of the vast region intermediate between the surface and the bottom, such a
one as might occasionally stray to the surface or to considerable depths”. The observations mentioned
by Ortmann and Lo Bianco of specimens taken in the vertical net agree with this. To judge from
the structure of the animal and from the 4 catches made by the “Thor” in 1904, Smith’s supposition
seems quite justified.

Whether the specimens referred by Faxon (Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool. XVIII, p. 161) with a query
to A. Agassizii really belong to this species, I am unable to determine; they came from the Pacific
in the Gulf of Panama and somewhat further south.

Remarks. It is perhaps right to add that the specimens investigated by me certainly belong
to the A. Agassizii so well described and figured by Smith; in referring it as synonym to A. purpurea
I have only followed the authors. — At the time of capture of the specimens taken by the “Ingolf”

at St. 11 and St. 12 it was noted: “animals clear, blood-red all over, eyes black”.

72. Acanthephyra gracilis S. I. Smith.

! 1882. Miersia gracilis S.I. Smith, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Vol. X, p. 70, Pl. XI, figs. 4—4d; Pl. XII, fig. ro.
1886. — — §.L Smith, Rep. Comm. Fish and Fisher. for 1885, p. 672.
Occurrence. The “Ingolf’ has not taken this species but it was brought home in 1904 by
the “Thor” from the following locality.
South of Iceland: 62° 47'N.L,., 15°03'W. L., 1950 m., young-fish trawl, 1500 m. wire out; I spec.

Distribution. The species was founded on a specimen taken off the east coast of America

CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. 77

at 34° 28’ 25” N.L., 75° 22'50” W.L., 1632 fm.; later, a specimen was taken somewhat more to the north,
namely, 36°05'5'N.1L,., of the same coast at 2512 fm. In 1905 a number of specimens were captured
by the “Thor” in the young-fish trawl at two stations respectively west of the Channel and west of
Brittany. The species is a bottom form certainly just as little as A. purpurea. The length of the
wire out was in five catches respectively 1800, goo, 300, 300 and 200 m.; with 200 m. out only quite
small specimens were taken, while the two largest specimens were taken with 1800 and goo m., and
with 900 m. both large and rather small specimens were taken.

Remarks. In his above mentioned paper Stanley Kemp refers A. gracilis Smith as a synonym
to A. debilis A. M-~Edw. Not having seen the French author’s figure I have no opinion on the
question. My specimens agree well with the description and figure given by Smith, but not so well
with Kemp’s description and figures of A. dedilis. The lateral plates of the fifth abdominal segment
have their posterior margin less convex than in Kemp’s fig. 4 and possess nearly always the
marginal tooth pointed out by Smith. Further, the telson has several dorsal pairs of spines in front of
the large pair, and the terminal part beyond the last pair of spines is considerably longer than shown
by Kemp. Finally, I cannot see any vestige of the luminous organs described by Kemp. For these

reasons I must leave the question of synonymy to future investigators.

73. Acanthephyra Batei Faxon.
Pl. IV, fig. 2a (named A. brevirostris).

1888. Acanthephyra brevirostris Sp. Bate, Rep. Challenger, Vol. XXIV, p. 751, Pl. CXXVI, figs. 5—6.
1897. _ batei, Faxon, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., Vol. XVIII, p. 167.

Occurrence. The “Ingolf’ has not found this species but it was brought home in 1904 by
the “Thor” from the following locality.

South of Iceland: 61° 30’ N.L., 17°08’ W.L., young-fish trawl, 1800 m. wire out; I spec.

Distribution. The species was founded on two specimens taken in the Atlantic at 1° 22’N.L,,
26° 36' W. L., 1500 fm. No other specimens are mentioned in the literature. The species is certainly
not a bottom form; the specimen examined by me can scarcely have been in greater depths than
ca. 400 fm., so that it was living pelagically in the intermediate layers.

Remarks. The “Thor” specimen is 60 mm. long. The carapace is greenish, lighter or darker
chiefly according to the colour of the tissues underneath. The dorsal aspect of the first three ab-
dominal segments is gray-green, the lateral surfaces much lighter. The carapace is furnished with a
high, sharp keel along the whole length of the median line; the front part of this keel and the
rostrum together with 10 dorsal spines, the rostrum which is somewhat bent upwards with 1 spine, at
the middle of the lower margin; the rostrum is more strongly bent upwards that Bate’s fig. 5 shows. The
lateral keel of the carapace begins a little behind the orbital margin, continues right to the posterior
margin and is very obvious. The first and second abdominal segments have no dorsal keel, the four
following have a sharp dorsal ridge along their whole length and on the 4" to the 6 the ridge runs
out into a fairly small spine. The telson has 3 small spines on the sharp distal section of each of
the two ridges; the truncated end has 5 spines, of which the lateral pair are long, the three others

78 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA.

fairly short. — There is no doubt that the specimen belongs to A. brevirostris; there was no reason

for Bate to consider the one of his two specimens as a variety.

74. Pasiphaé tarda Kr.

! 1845. Pasiphaé tarda Kroyer, Naturhist. Tidsskr. Ny R., 1.B, p. 434.
1846. — — Kroyer, Voy. en Scand., Crust, Pl. I, A. B.a—o.

! 1868. — norvegica M. Sars, Nyt Mag. for Naturv. B. 15, p.282, Pl. I-—V, Fig.65—86; P1.V, Fig.81,87—9o.

Occurrence. The “Ingolf’ has taken this species at 5 stations.

Davis Straits: St. 28: 65° 14'N.L., 55°42'W.L., 420 fm., temp. 3°5°; fragments of 3 spec.

West of Iceland: St. 97: 65° 28 N. L., 27° 39'W. L., 450 fm., temp. 5°5°; I spec.

South-West of Iceland: St. 81: 61° 44'N.L., 27°00’ W.L., 485 fm., temp. 61°; I spec.

North of East Iceland: - 126: 67°19 — 15°52' — 293 — — -+0'5°; I spec.

South of Jan Mayen: - 116: 70°05) — 8°26'5 — 371 — ~— +0493 4 —

Kroyer founded the species on two specimens from the southernmost part of West Greenland.
In 1904 it was taken by the “Thor” at no fewer than 9 localities, namely, at 3 places west of Iceland
from 65° to ca. 65'/,°N.L., 27° 10' to 28° 10'W.L,., young-fish trawl, 740, 763 and 1240 meters wire out;
north of east Iceland at 67°19'N.L., 17°55’W.L., young-fish trawl, 800 meters wire out; at 3 places
south of Iceland, young-fish trawl, 100, 800 and 1800 meters wire out; lastly, twice south-west of the
Feeroes, young-fish trawl, 820 and 900 meters wire out; a number of specimens were taken south-west of
the Feeroes, at 61° 7'N. L., 9° 33' W. L., 425—460 fm., by the “Michael Sars”. Ortmann mentions one
specimen taken in the vertical net, o—600 meters, not far from the “Ingolf” station 81.

Distribution. In the North Sea one specimen has been taken off northern Jutland on the
surface (Meinert); in the Skager Rak it is fairly common pelagically in deeper layers (“Thor”); it
occurs along the south and west coasts of Norway from Christiania Fjord “at any rate to Lofoten”
(G. O. Sars), it has later been taken even at Malangen, 69° 33' N. L. (Nordgaard). It has also been
taken in the Norwegian Sea far to the west of Norway at 3 stations with very great depths and
bottom-temperatures from - 11° to + 13° (G. O. Sars), lastly in the vertical net at 3 places from 73°
to 73'/.°N.L., 2° to 2° 50'W. L. (Ohlin). S. I. Smith has seen specimens from places off the east coast
of America, Massachusetts, where it goes no further south than Cape Cod. Lo Bianco states that he
has seen specimens from a number of localities in the Mediterranean off the west coast of Italy, but
some of his determinations of Crustacea are not trustworthy.

The species is pelagic as supposed by Sars; it lives often, perhaps as a rule, in depths from
150 to 300 fm. but can also swim much nearer the surface and apparently goes still deeper down
sometimes. I think however that it always keeps to water-layers with temperature above 0°; this
agrees with the “Ingolf” stations 28, 97 and 81, with almost all the “Thor” localities and a number of
the others. In the Norwegian Sea it goes in my opinion with the warm surface-current towards the
north and north-west, but does not go down into the lower layers with temperatures below o°.

Remarks. The largest of the specimens taken by the “Ingolf’, from St. 116, is 96 mm. long;
a female with eggs came from 61° 7’ N. L., 9° 33’ W. L. (Bergen Museum) and measured 143 mm. from
tip of rostrum to end of telson.

CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. 79

75. Parapasiphaé sulcatifrons S. I. Smith.

1884. Parapasiphaé sulcatifrons S. I. Smith, Rep. Comm. Fish and Fisher. for 1882, p. 384, Pl. V, fig. 4;
Pl. VI, figs. 1—7.

Occurrence. The “Ingolf? has once taken this beautiful form.

West of Iceland: St. 91: 64° 44'N.L,, 31°00’ W. L., 1236 fm., temp. 3°1°; I spec.

The locality lies midway between Greenland and the west coast of Iceland.

In 1904, the species was twice taken by the “Thor”, namely,

South of Iceland: 61°34'N.L,, 19°05’ W.L,., 2160 m., young-fish trawl, 1800 m. wire out; 9 spec.

— - — 61°30’ — 17°08 — mm. — — 1800 m. a I5 —

Distribution. The species was previously known only from the east coast of America from
35° 12'N.L. to 41°53'N.L.; the depths varied from 515 to 2949 fm. It is extremely probable however
that this form is never a bottom-animal, but that the larger specimens live pelagically in deep water,
the smaller often in less depths; the specimens taken by the “Thor” were not in greater depths than
at most 400 fm., that is, nearer the surface than the bottom.

Remarks. The “Ingolf” specimen is 75 mm. long; the largest of the other specimens is only
45 mm. and the other 23 smaller to quite small; some of them are really only larve with rudimentary

abdominal limbs.

76. Hymenodora glacialis Buchh.

1874. Pasiphaé glacialis Buchholz, Zweite Deutsche Nordpolarfahrt, B. II, p. 279, Taf. I, Fig. 2.
! 1885. Hymenodora glacialis G. O. Sars, Norske Nordhavs-Exped., Crust. I, p. 35, Pl. IV.
Occurrence. It has been taken by the “Ingolf’ at 16 stations.
North of East Iceland: St. 125: 68° 08’ N. L., 16° 02’ W. L., 729 fm., temp. + 08°; I spec.

South of Jan Mayen: - 113: 69°31' — 7°06' — 1309 — — +10°; 6 —
— - _ - 117: 69°13, — 8°23’ — 1003 — — +10°; 12 —
— - _ - 118: 88°27' — 8°20 — 1060 — — +10°; 2 —
—- - _ - 112: 67°57’) — 6°44" — 1267 — — +11°; 8 —
North-East of Iceland: - 119: 67°53' — 10°19' — i010 — — + 10°; 6 —
— - = - 120: 67°29) — 11°32’ — 885 — — +10°3 9 —
- o - rrr: 67°14" — 8°48 — 860 — ~— +099; 3 —
— - = - 110; 66°44" — 11°23) — 781 — — +089; 1 —

East of Iceland: St. 101: 66° 23'N. L., 12° 05’ W. L., 537 fm., temp. + 07°; I spec.

— - — - 102: 66° 23' — 10°26' — 750 — — +099; 9 —-

— - _ - 103: 66°23) — 852) — 579 — — +069; 3 —

— - — - 104: 66°23) — 7°25 — 957 — —-— YI; 11 —

=i — - 105: 65°34" — 7°31 — 762 — — +089; 11 —

North of the Feeroes: St. 139: 63° 36’ N. L., 7° 30' W. L., 702 fm., temp. + 06°; 1 spec.
sad ae - # 140) 63° 29) one OT GF ee gee es Ot 7 He

This species has never been taken at West Greenland. On the other hand, I have seen a

specimen from the south of Iceland: 62° 11'N. L., 19° 36’ W. L., roro—1145 fm., temp. (in toro fm.) 2°75°

80 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA.

(“Thor”). Norman gives it from the Feroe Channel: 60°3'N.L,, 5°51’ W.L., 540 fm. temp. + 1°4°
It was taken three times by the 2* Amdrup Expedition: several half-digested specimens in the
stomach of Procellaria glacialis from 69° 51'N. L., 11° 18’ W. L., thus between Iceland and Jan Mayen;
also in the stomach of the same species of bird from 741/,° N. L., 9?/,° W. L., thus far to the north of
Jan Mayen and just as far from East Greenland; and at 74° 12'N.L,, 12° W. L. one specimen “in ice
hemmed in between ice-blocks”. The species was founded on a specimen taken at the surface of the
sea at ca. 74°N.L. “in betrachtlicher Entfernung von der Grenze des Packeises”; it has also been
taken at 72°42’N.L. between Greenland and Jan Mayen, 1064 fm. and off Kaiser Franz Joseph
Fjord (a little north of 73° N.L.), 133 fm. (Ohlin).

Distribution. The species was taken by the Norwegian North-Atlantic Expedition at 14
stations, all belonging to the cold area of the Norwegian Sea; the most southerly of these stations
was at 63°5'N.L,., the most northerly west of Spitzbergen at 79° 59’ N. L., the depths varied from 452
to 1861 fm. A specimen was also taken in the stomach of a bottom-fish, Lycodes frigidus Coll, at a
station west of Spitzbergen in 1333 fm. depth and another in the stomach of another deep-water fish,
Raa hyperborea Coll. It is noted by Ohlin and Birula from several stations in the same area, at
three of these it was taken in the vertical net in depths from o—2000, o—2700 and o—3000 meters.
On the east coast of America it has been taken four times between 37°12'N.L. and 42° 48'N.L,,
depths from 826 to 2949 im. (Smith, M. Rathbun). It is also given from the Bering Sea south of the
Pribiloff Islands, 1401 fm., and from a place east of Prince of Wales Island, Alaska, 1569 fm. (M. Rath-
bun). According to Faxon and M. Rathbun it has been taken three times in the Gulf of California,
857, 905 and 1208 fm.; lastly, according to Faxon in the Gulf of Panama, 1832 fm., and off Ecuador,
1740 fm.

G. O. Sars 1. & writes concerning 1. glacialis: “According to its whole organisation this form
must seemingly be considered to lead a kind of half pelagic life, in other words, I have reason to
believe that it is not... very much bound to the bottom, but swims free up in the water. Yet the
rudimentary condition of the eyes indicate with certainty that its habitat is chiefly in the deeper
water-layers, which also is fully confirmed by the observations made on our expedition”. According
to all available information the species must be pelagic and its central region of distribution the cold
area of the Norwegian Sea; as it was twice taken in the stomach of bottom fish from great depths
it can thus go down to over 1300 fm.; as it was twice taken in the stomach of birds and once on
the surface it is obviously sometimes up in the surface-layers between o and 1o fm. But its geographical
distribution is so remarkable that I am quite unable to give any reasonable explanation of it. Miss
M. Rathbun, who is known often to set up a number of species very near to one another, has informed
me that she has seen specimens from Ecuador, Gulf of California, Bering Sea, Alaska and Feeroe
Channel and considers them all of the same species, so that an error in determination is scarcely probable.

Remarks. I have endeavoured in vain to find some difference between my large material
from the Norwegian Sea and the specimen taken south of Iceland, which might countenance the
view that the last-mentioned belonged to another species. — My largest specimen (from “Ingolf”
St. 103) is only 68 mm. long; Sars gives 83 mm. as the greatest length, but perhaps he measured his
specimens from the tip of the antennal squama instead of from the tip of the rostrum.

CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. 8r

77. Gennadas elegans S. I. Smith.

! 1882. Amalopeneus elegans S. I. Smith, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Vol. X, No. 1, p. 87, Pl. XIV, figs. 8—14,
Pl. XV, figs. r—15.
1903. — — Calman, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist, Ser. 7, Vol. XI, p. 416.
1906. Gennadas elegans Bouvier, Bull. Musée Océan. Monaco, No. 80.
Occurrence. The “Ingolf’ has brought home this species from 8 stations.
Davis Straits: St. 25: 63° 30’ N. L., 54° 25’ W. L., 582 fm., temp. 3°3°; 2 spec.
West of Iceland: St. 12: 64° 38'N. L., 32° 37'W. L., 1040 fm., temp. 03°; 2 spec.
— - — - 11: 64°34’ — 31°12’ — 1300 — — 16°51 —
South-West of Iceland: St. 83: 62° 25’ N.L., 28° 30’ W. L., 912 fm., temp. 3°5°; I spec.
South of Iceland: St. 67: 61° 30' N. L., 22° 30' W. L., 975 fm., temp. 3:0°; 1 spec.

soho ae ae - 69: 62°40’ — 22°17) — 589 — — 39°31 —
Cee. tee - 40: 62°00 — 21°36) — 8&5 — — 33°31 —
East of Iceland: - 105: 65°34. — 7°3r' — 762 — — o8; 1 —

In Malac. Groenl. it is mentioned that a specimen was taken in a fish at Sukkertoppen, a
colony in West Greenland at 65° 25'N.L. In 1903 and 1904 it was taken five times by the “Thor”.
Four of these stations are in the deep water south of Iceland, from 62° 47'N.L. to 61° 30'N. L., 19° 36’
W.L. to 15°03'W.1.; at three of these stations at least it was taken pelagically in the young-fish
trawl with 1800 to 1950 meters wire out; the fifth station lies “West of Iceland: 65° 00’ N. L., 28° 10’
W. L., young-fish trawl, 1000 meters wire out (depth of sea 1240 meters)”. Concerning St. 105 see under
distribution.

Distribution. This species has been taken off the east coast of North America at localities
lying between 41°13’N.L. and 31° 41’N.L.; the depths were from 372 to 2369 fm. (Smith), One
specimen was taken at 52°18’ N. L., 15°53’ W. L. with the pelagic net sunk to 1410 fm. (Calman). Ort-
mann states that it was taken in the Sargasso Sea with a closing net from 690—800 fm., and also
south of Cape Verde Islands in a vertical haul from o—213 fm. but whether his specimens really be-
longed to G. elegans or at least some of them to any of the species later established by Bouvier it is
impossible to say. Bouvier says on the distribution: Atlantique, Méditerranée.

This species is not a bottom-form but lives pelagically, as a rule certainly in the deeper layers,
sometimes in higher layers. Bate has already expressed the same opinion regarding the genera
Gennadas and Benthesicymus. It is probably distributed throughout the deeper parts of the Atlantic,
but it is lacking in the sea between Norway and Greenland—Iceland--the Feroes. As mentioned
above a specimen has indeed been taken in that sea at St. 105, and though this is in all probability
correct, it does not show in my opinion that the species lives in the cold area; the specimen must
have been carried there by the Gulf Stream.

Remarks. The genus Gennadas greatly needs revision, and it is to be hoped that Prof.
Bouvier will examine the “Challenger” specimens and more fresh material from the Indian Ocean and
the Pacific. Ortmann and especially Calman have remarked on the lack of agreement and the diffi-

culties in connection with the descriptions of the gills in Smith, Bate and Alcock. It may be added
The Ingolf-Expedition. III. 2. II

82 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA.

that I have examined the gills in many of my specimens and found them agreeing with the formula

given by Smith (lc, p. 86).

78, Sergestes arcticus Kroyer.

1856. Sergestes arcticus Kroyer, Overs. Kgl. Danske Vid. Selsk. Forh. i 1855, p. 27.

! 18509. — — Kroyer, Kgl. Danske Vid. Selsk. Skrifter, 5. R., Naturv. og mathem. Afd., B. 4,
1859, p. 240; Tab. III, Fig. 7a—g, Tab. V, Fig. 16.
1875. -— Meyeri Metzger, Jahresber. Comm. zur wiss. Untersuch. der Deutschen Meere in Kiel fiir
die Jahre 1872, 1873, p. 302, Tab. VI, Fig. 7.
1882. a= arcticus S. I. Smith, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Vol. X, No. 1, p. 96, Pl. XVI, fig. 4.
1886. _ — §.I. Smith, Rep. Comm. Fish and Fisher. f. 1885, p. 696, Pl. XX, figs. 1, 2.
1888. — magnificus Chun, Bibliotheca Zool., B. 1, p. 33, Taf. IV, Fig. 4 & 5.
! 1897. — arcticus H. J. Hansen, Proc. Zool. Soc. London f. 1896, p. 949, 954—56.
1903. _— — H. J. Hansen, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. f. 1903, p. 60, Pl. XII, figs. 1a—tre.

Occurrence. The “Ingolf” has taken this species four times.

West of Iceland: St. 12: 64° 38’ N. L., 32° 37’ W. L., 1040 fm., temp. 03°; 2 spec.

ee Ot Og? 18 87° 00 ERS GS ee) ae ene ne

South- — - 67: 61°30 — 22°30' — 975 — — 30°31 —

North of the Feroes: St. 140: 63° 29' N. L., 6° 57’ W. L., 780 fm., temp. + 0'9°; 1 spec.

Kroyer’s original specimen was taken at West Greenland at “60° odd N.L,.”, from which it
may be concluded that it was taken in the Davis Straits. In 1903 and especially in 1904 the “Thor” has
frequently taken this species, at 15 stations in all, in at least almost all cases with the young-fish
trawl fat above the bottom. A short account of these catches may be given here. To the west of
Iceland it was taken at 65° 20'N.L,., 27° 12'/,) W.L., young-fish trawl, 870 meters wire out, and at
65° 00’ N. L., 28° 10' W. L., to00 meters wire out. South of Iceland it was taken a number of times at
places between 22° 23’W.L. and 17°08’ W.L,., the latitude varying between 63°15’ and 61'/,°; the
length of wire out was in two cases only 100 meters, in other cases 750—800 and 1800 meters. Two
of the “Thor’s” stations lie north of the Feroes (length of wire out, 1200 and 1500 meters), two of
them were south-west of these islands (wire out in the one case, 820 meters). .

Distribution. The species is noted from two places in the Irminger Sea at 60° N. L,, to the
south-west and west of West Iceland, likewise from two places west of the Orkney Isles, being taken
all four times in a vertical net (Ortmann). On the west coast of Norway it goes north at least as far
as Trondhjem Fjord (G. O. Sars). Further, it is common offjthe east coast of America between 41°35) N. L.
and 33° 42'N.L,. in depths from 139 to 2516 fm. It is known from the western half of the Mediter-
ranean; in the Atlantic it goes south to Montevideo and to 38°5'S.B. 12° E.L. (Hansen), lastly 3 of
the specimens taken by the “Challenger” south of Australia, at 47° 25'S. L., 130° 22'E.L., 2150 fm.,
belong to this species (Hansen).

At a number of the “Thor’s” stations, namely, where 800 meters wire at least were used and
where consequently the young-fish trawl was in a depth of at least 150—200 fm., specimens were

taken which were adult or of considerable size; the largest was taken where 1500 to 1800 meters wire

CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. 83

were used, whereas those taken with 100 meters wire out are but small and far from mature. The
structure of S. arcticus, the good state of preservation of the specimens taken by the “Ingolf’ and
the observations mentioned of the “Thor” show clearly that the species is not a bottom-form, but
lives pelagically; large to very large specimens are however never taken near the surface, and the
largest are not met with, at least as a rule, above a depth of about 250 fm. and they descend probably
a good deal lower. — The specimen taken by the “Ingolf” at St. 140 has certainly been carried by the
Gulf Stream into the Norwegian Sea and has been taken in the warmer layers, as the species un-
doubtedly does not live at the great depths with temperatures below o° in the cold area.

Remarks. In my two papers on Sergestes mentioned above, I have dealt with the characteristics
of this species, its distribution, the list of synonyms and likewise some of its larval stages, of which
one has been described as Sergestes Rinkit Kr. The largest “Ingolf’ specimen came from St. 9 and

measures 55 mim.

79. Sergestes robustus S. I. Smith.

! 1882. Sergestes robustus S. I. Smith, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Vol. X, No.1, p.g7, Pl. XVI, figs. 5—8 b.
1886. — - S. I. Smith, Rep. Comm. Fish & Fisher. for 1885, p. 697, Pl. XX, fig. 6.
1903. —_ -— H. J. Hansen, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. Ser. 7, Vol. XI, p. 480, figs. 6 & 7.
_ - inermis H. J. Hansen, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 7, Vol. XI, p. 479, figs. 1—5 (barely
‘ half-grown specimen).

Occurrence. The “Ingolf’ has not taken this species, but I have seen specimens from the
following place.

South-West of the Feeroes: 61° 08’ N. L., 9° 46'W. L., 450 fm., 3 specimens taken by the “Michael
Sars” ('4/s 1902) and belonging to the Bergen Museum.

Distribution. It has been taken at 59°49’ N.L., 9°46'W. L. by the “Thor”, at 52°4"/,' N. L., 12°27’ W.L.
(Hansen), in the Mediterranean (Hansen) and at a number of places off the east coast of North America
between 41'/;° and 34° 28'N.L,., in depths from 372 to 2574 fm. In the “Summary of the Deep-Sea
Zoological Work of the Royal Indian Marine Survey Ship “Investigator” from 1884 to 1897”, 1899,
p- 30, Alcock writes concerning this species: “Off coasts of South-India and Ceylon 200—go02 fathoms
(common); but it is somewhat remarkable that he does not include it in his “Descriptive Catalogue
of the Indian Deep-Sea Crust. Dec., Mac. and Anomura, rgo1”.

Remarks. The largest specimen from the locality mentioned was 60 mm. long when scarcely
fully extended. The specimens agree very well with a specimen determined by Smith received from
the U.S. Nat. Museum. The specimen from the “Thor” is 90 mm. long.

It appears from the list of synonyms, that I now consider the S. zzermzs founded by me in
1903 on a single not quite half-grown specimen as a young stage of S. vodustus shortly after the
larval period. I have come to this result from a study of a considerable material from the Monaco
Museum, from E. Holt, and from the “Travailleur” and “Talisman”. The reasons for my considering
in 1903 the differences between an adult specimen of S. vodustus and the specimen described as
S. inermis to be specific differences, arose in the first place from the complete lack of transitional

stages, and in the second from the fact that our Museum possesses some plump specimens, some of
$a

84 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA.

which are in the M/astigopus-stages, others a little more advanced in development, and these I had
taken to be the developmental stages of .S. vobustus, but according to my later observations these
must belong to a species which is not known at any rate from the Atlantic.

In 1896 I founded S. mediterraneus on several specimens, in the largest of which the eyes
were not yet black, while the others were MJastigopus-forms. In 1903 I included S. mediterraneus as
a synonym under .S. déssimilis Bate. It appears now that .S. dissimilis is the Mastigopus-stage of
S. vobustus, so that intermediate stages have been described as S. dzcertus H. J. H. and as “the sub-
adult stage” of S. mediterraneus H. J. H.

II. Order: Euphausiacea.’

Within the region, the fauna of which is dealt with here, only 10 species in all have been
taken of this Order?. As nearly all have been so well described and figured that they can be recognised
with certainty, my notes are made relatively fairly short, the more so as I intend in the near future
to publish a monograph of the whole Order based on an extremely large material. Analytical figures

etc. will be much more suited to such a monograph and of more use there than if they were given here.
Y

1. Thysanopoda acutifrons Holt & Tatt.

1905. Thysanopoda pectinata H. J. Hansen, Bull. Mus. Océan., Monaco, No. 30, p. 16, Fig. 12 (nec

T. pectinata Ortmann).

1905. _ acutifrons Holt & Tattersall, Rep. Sea and Inland Fisheries of Ireland, 1902—1903,
Part II, App. No. IV, p. 102 and 134 (immature specimens).
1905. a — H. J. Hansen, Bull. Mus. Océan. Monaco, No. 42, p. 22.
! 1906. -- _ Holt & Tattersall, Fisheries, Ireland, Sc. Invest. 1904, V, p. 8, Pl. I.

Occurrence. The “Ingolf” took this large species in the trawl at 4 stations:
West of Iceland: St. 12: 64° 38’ N. L., 32° 37' W. L., 1040 fm.; 1 spec.

— - — - 9: 64°18’ — 27°00° — 295 —;1 —
South-West of Iceland: St. 17: 62° 49’ N. L., 26° 55’ W. L., 745 fm.; 2 spec.
— -_ = - 83: 62°25) — |. 28°30' — 912 —3;2 —

1 I see no reason for following Stebbing and call this order Thysanopodacea because the oldest of the genera has
the corresponding name. If an author (in casu J. Boas) has set up a group as order — or family — given it a name and
for that purpose used one of the genera of the group as basis, this name chosen by the author of the order or family has
priority and should be maintained — unless the name of the genus in question must be dropped. Just as it is necessary
(so far as it is possible within reasonable limits) to maintain the oldest names for species and genera, we must also go upon
the same principle in retaining the oldest name for a family or order irrespective of how it was formed; in this way we have
more stability than on any other method of procedure. It is another matter, that in forming a family it would be best to
use immediately the oldest generic name as family name.

2 Ortmann in his work on the Schizopoda of the Plankton-Expedition has stated that 7hysanopoda microphthalma
G. O. S. is present from the Irminger Sea (at 60° N. L.). According to the form and equipment of the antenne as shown in
the author's figure his determination is incorrect, and I think he has had small specimens of 7. acutifrons Holt & Tatt. which
is not rare in these waters,

CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. 85

It was also taken by the “Thor” in 1903 and 1904 at the following stations:
West of Iceland: 65° 20' N. L., 27° 12'/,' W. L., Young-fish trawl with 810 m. wire out (actual depth 720 m,).

— - — 65°00’ — 28° 10! —, _ — — 1000m. —- (— — 1240m.).
South of Iceland: 62° 10’ N. L., 19° 36' W. L., (depth 1900—2150 m.).
— - — 61°34’ — 19°05) — , — — — 1800m. — (actual depth 2160 m.).
—- - _ 61°30 — 17°08 — , — — — 1800m.
South-West of the Feeroes: 61° 15’N. L., 9° 35’ W. L.; (depth 900 m.).

Distribution. The species was founded in 1905 on specimens taken off the west coast of
Ireland. It is mentioned above (footnote p. 84) that Zhysanopoda microphthalma Ortm. (nec G. O. Sars)
from the Irminger Sea at 60° N. L. is probably the young of this species. It was taken by the “Thor”
in 1905 at three places: far to the south-west of the Feroes, west of the Hebrides and south-west of
Ireland, each time in the young-fish trawl with respectively 1200, 1500 and 1000 meters wire out. The
Prince of Monaco has taken several specimens at two stations to the west of France, the most southerly
being at 46'/,°N.L.; the apparatus was sunk to 1490 and 3000 meters. It was never taken on any
of the numerous occasions, when the vertical net was used from 100 fm. to the surface or the young-
fish trawl in similar small depths within the area mentioned under occurrence and distribution. To
judge from the “Thor’s” results it is clearly not rare in intermediate layers in depths from about 200
down to 400 or 450 fm.

Remarks. In the synonymy list it will be seen, that (in April 1905) I first gave a preliminary
description of this species under an erroneous determination, but that this error was corrected later
(in July), and at the latter place I then gave a detailed description of adult and half-grown specimens,
and also indicated the differences between it and the nearly related 7. distinguenda H.J.H. An
elaborate description with fine figures was published in 1906 by Holt & Tattersall. The largest speci-

men comes from St. 83 “Ingolf’? and measures 43 mm.

2. Meganyctiphanes norvegica M. Sars.

1857. Thysanopoda norvegica M. Sars, Forh. Skand. Naturf. syvende Mode i Christiania 1856, p. 169.
1886. Nyctiphanes -- Koelbel, Die oesterr. Polarst. Jan Mayen, p. 48, Taf. III, Fig. 7—10.
!1g05. Meganyctiphanes norvegica Holt & Tattersall, Rep. Sea and Inland Fisheries of Ireland, 1902— 1903,
Part II, No. IV, p. 105 and 135, Pl. XVI.
Occurrence. The “Ingolf” took this species at numerous stations, most times in the trawl.

West of Iceland: St. 12: 64° 38’ N.L., 32° 37’ W. L.; 1 spec.

— - — - g: 64°18! — 27°00 — 3 —
North of East Iceland: St. 126: 67° 19’ N. L., 15° 52’W. L.; 1 spec.
South of Jan Mayen: - 116: 70°05) — 8°265 — Ir —
pene ui _ - 112: 67°57, — 6°44 — 2 —
— _ - rr: 67°14 — 8°48 — I —
North-East of Iceland: - 120: 67°290' — 11°32) — 3 —

East of Iceland: St. tor: 66° 23’ N. L., 12° 05’ W. L.; 5 spec.

86 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA.

East of Iceland: St. 104: 66° 23' N. L., 7° 25’ W. L.; 1 spec.
Sp Ras AVEO TORT SA He 27" BEd Be
— - — - 106: 65°34 — 854’ — IT —

North-West of the Feeroes: St. 3: 63° 35’ N. L., 10° 24’ W. L.; 1 spec.

North of the Feeroes: St. 140: 63° 29' N. L., 6° 57’ W. L.; 1 spec.

= — - 138: 63°26 — 7°56° — 4 —
— - -— - 141: 63°22' — 6°58 — 3 —

This species has never been taken in Baffin Bay, Davis Straits or waters south of Cape Fare-
well, nor to the north-west or north of Iceland except at the St. 126 mentioned: north of East Ice-
land. To the west, south-west and south of Iceland it was taken a number of times by the “Thor”,
which also found it in Rode Fjord on the east coast of Iceland; it has been taken by several in-
vestigators over the ridge between the Feeroes and Iceland, and it is also common round the Feeroes.
It was taken by Ryder’s expedition near Jan Mayen, from which it is also noted by Koelbel. Ohlin
mentions it from two places at East Greenland, namely, 72° 42’ N. L., 14° 49’ W. L. and from a place a
little further north off Kaiser Franz Joseph Fjord; Buchholz mentions it from Cape Wynn in 74° 30'N. L,,
19° W. L.

Distribution. From the Feeroes this species extends southwards along the British Isles
(several observers), it also occurs in the Atlantic off France (Norman, Hansen, Holt & Tattersall), off
Portugal (Norman), near the Gorringe Bank oft Gibraltar (Hansen) and in the western part of the
Mediterranean at least to Messina (Lo Bianco, Hansen). It was next taken in the Kattegat (Intern.
Explor.), Skager Rak (Metzger, Meinert), at Bohuslan (Goés), along the whole coast of Norway from
Christiania Fjord to Vadso in East Finmark (G. O. Sars), in the White Sea (Jarzynsky), in the Barents
Sea (Breitfuss), at 75° N. L., 12° E. L. (Goés), lastly in the North Polar Sea by the “Fram” at ca. 81° N. L,,
124°E.L. On the east coast of North America it has been found in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, at
Nova Scotia, in Massachusetts Bay and as far to the south as ca. 4o°N.L. Richters gives it with a
query from the Bering Sea, but this determination is certainly extremely doubtful. Holt & Tattersall
in 1905 and 1906 contribute to our knowledge of the distribution of the species in bathymetric regard;
extremely important information on the same theme is given by S. L Smith (1879) and G. H. Fowler
(1905). I am not able to add to our knowledge in this regard, but may note, however, that the species
was twice taken (only 1 spec. each time) in the so-called cylinder-net, an apparatus often towed near
the surface by the “Ingolf? when steaming at its usual rate.

Remarks. I have arrived at the result that Holt & Tattersall’s genus Meganyctiphanes ought
to be accepted. The two authors pointed out an excellent generic difference in the female sex between
this new genus and Wyctiphanes G. O. Sars; I can add that in the male the clasping organs of the
first pair of pleopoda differ exceedingly from each other in the two genera.

3. Rhoda inermis Kroyer.

1846. Thysanopoda inermis Kroyer, Voy. en Scand., Crust, Pl. 7, figs. 2,a—t.
! 1882. Euphausia inermis G. O. Sars, Forh. Vid. Selsk. Christiania for 1882, Nr. 18, p.51, Tab. I, Fig. 15.

CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. 87

Occurrence. The “Ingolf? has taken this species at 10 localities.

West Greenland: Godthaab Fjord, a small ebb pool; 1 specimen.

West of Iceland: St. 9: 64°18'N.L., 27° 00' W. L., Trawl, 295 fm.; 1 spec.

North-East of Iceland: St. 121: 66° 59’ N.L., 13° 11'W. L., Vertical net, roo—o fm.; 3 spec.
East of Iceland: St. 103: 66° 23'N.L., 8° 52'W.L,., Vertical net, 1oo-—o fm.; 2 spec.

— = - - 105: 65°34’ — 7°31' — ‘Trawl, 762 fm.; 1 spec.
— - - - 58: 64°25’ — 12°09! — _ Plankton net, roo—o fm; 3 spec.
South-East of Iceland: St. 57: 63° 37'N. L., 13° 02' W. L., Trawl, 350 fm.; 1 spec.
— - —_ - 3: 63°35' — 10°24 — .— 272 —3;2 —
North of the Feeroes: St. 140: 63°29’ — 6°57) — — 7o—;1 —
— - _ - 141: 63°22) — 6°58 — — 679 —3;1I —

In Malac. Groenl. this species is mentioned from West Greenland as taken at “Egedesminde
and Ritenbenk” as also Godhavn; later it has been found at Jakobshavn (Traustedt); it thus goes
northwards here at least to 69° 13’ N. L., perhaps to 69° 44’N.L. A specimen is present from 59° N. L,,
51° W. L., south-west from Cape Farewell. It was taken by the “Thor” and other investigators a
number of times on the west, south and east of Iceland, and it appears likewise in the fjords, being
taken in Skjalfandi on the north coast, in Mid Fjord, Seydis Fjord, Rode Fjord and Beru Fjord on
the east coast. It was taken by the “Ingolf”, as noted above, somewhat to the north of the Feeroes,
but has hitherto not been found to the west, east or south of these islands. It was taken by the 2"4
Amdrup Expedition at Jan Mayen, from which it was already noted by Koelbel, also at ca. 731/.°N.L,,
4° W.L. and ca. 741/, N. L., 8/2 W.L,.; Ohlin gives it for several places along East Greenland between
ca. 71'/,° and 731/,°N. L., at the last-mentioned latitude in Kaiser Franz Joseph Fjord.

Distribution. The species has been taken at Shetland and twice at Scotland (Norman) going
southward to ca.55'/,N.L. Further, it has been taken at several places in the North Sea and twice
in the Channel’s western end off the Scilly Islands and still more to the south towards the French
coast (Gough). In the northern Kattegat it has been taken once (Meinert); it is extremely frequent “off the
northern shores of Norway” (G. O. Sars), has been taken in the Kara Sea (Hansen), round about Spitz-
bergen both west and east side (Ohlin, Zimmer), as also at Franz Joseph Land (Stebbing). On the
east coast of America it is known from the Gulf of St. Lawrence, Bay of Fundy and from there
southward to Vineyard Sound (ca. 41!/, N. L.) (S. I. Smith).

It is this species which according to G. O. Sars appears at Finmark in such masses, that it
forms the chief food of the blue whale and sometimes the food of the green cod. It was twice taken
by the “Thor” in the young-fish trawl with respectively 15 and 4o meters line out; it was taken 3
times by the “Ingolf” in the vertical net from roo to o fm. It appears from these 5 catches and from
the literature, that the species often lives in the upper water-layers, but it is impossible at present to

say whether it lives as a rule or always in the open sea at a distance of less than 100 fm. from the surface.

4. Rhoda Raschii M. Sars.

1864. Thysanopoda Raschii M. Sars, Forh. i Vid. Selsk. Christiania for 1863, p. 83.
! 1882. Euphausia Raschii G. O. Sars, Forh. i Vid. Selsk. Christiania for 1882, No. 18, p. 51.

88 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA.

Occurrence. The “Ingolf’ has only twice taken this species.

Davis Straits: St. 29: 65° 34’ N. L., 54° 31’ W. L., Trawl, 68 fm.; 2 spec.

— -- - 28: 65° 144 —. 55°42’ — _ Vertical net, roo—o fm.; 1 spec.

On the west coast of Greenland it is known from Karajok Fjord, ca. 70° 20'N. L. (Vanhéffen) .
and in Malac. Groenl. I have mentioned various localities in the region from ca. 70° to 64?/;'N.L. It
was taken by the “Thor” a number of times at Iceland, namely, from the north-west coast in Patrik
Fjord, from the north coast in @fjord and Skjalfandi, from the east coast in Rode Fjord; it is present
also from Seydis Fjord on the same coast, taken with the previous species by Hallas; Ostenfeld has
it from a spot south-west of Iceland. In the East Greenland waters it has only once been taken, at
ca. 74° 20'N. L., 15° W. L. (Buchholz).

Distribution. This species is further known from localities along both sides of Scotland
(Norman). It was taken by the “Thor” several miles west of St. Kilda and twice in the Skagerak
due south of Norway at 57°52'N.L. It was founded on specimens from the Christiania Fjord, and
Sars states that he has taken it “now and then” on the west coast of Norway, but does not give the
northern limits.

We know at present no more of the distribution of this species, which is probably much greater.
We may believe that the gaps are partly due to its having been sometimes confused with or not

separated from the previous species.

5. Thysanoéssa longicaudata Kroyer.

1846. Thysanopoda longicaudata Kroyer, Voy. en Scand., Crust. Pl. 8, figs. 1, a—f.
1882. Thysanoéssa tenera G. O. Sars, Forh. Vid. Selsk., Christiania, p. 53, No. 18, Tab. I, Fig. 1g—20.
! 1905. —_ longicaudata Holt & Tattersall, Rep. Sea and Inland fisheries of Ireland, 1902—1903,
Part II, App. no. II, p. 107 & 138, Pl. XV.
Occurrence, The “Ingolf’ has taken this species at numerous places:
Davis Straits: St. 28: 65° 14'N. L., 55° 42’ W. L., Vertical net, 10o—o fm.; 5 spec.
_ _ - 37: 60°17) — 54°05’ — Surface; 4 spec.

South-West of Greenland: St. 22: 58° 10’ N. L., 48° 25’ W.L., Vertical net, 200—o fm.; 14 spec.
West of Iceland: St. 91: 64° 44'N. L., 31° 00' W. L., Plankton net, roo—o fm.; 1 spec.
South-West of Iceland: St. 78: 60° 37’ N. L., 27° 52' W. L., Plankton net, 10oo—o fm.; 1 spec.

— - = - 39: 62°00' — 22°38) — _ 100o—O —; I —
- - = - 68: 62°06! — 22°30’ — Vertical net, 1oo—o —; 12 —
South of Iceland: St. 63: 62° 4o' N. L., 19° 05’ W.L., Vertical net, 1oo—o fm.; 11 spec.
—- - _ - 54: 63°08’ — 15°40 — — 100-0 —;1I0 —
South-East of Iceland: St. 57: 63° 17'N. L,, 13° 02'W. L., Vertical net, roo—o fm.; 15 spec.
— - - - 47: 61° 32) — 13°40 — -- I0oo—O —3; 2 ~
South of Jan Mayen: St.117: 69°13 — 8°23) — _ 10oo—O —; I —
North-East of Iceland: - 120: 67°29’ — 11°32" — _ 100-0 —; 9 —

— - = - 121: 66°59 — 13°11) — _ I00O—O —; 5 —

CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. 89

East of Iceland: St. 101: 66° 23' N. L., 12°05 W.L., Vertical net, 1oo—o fm.; 1 spec.
— - _ - 103: 66°23) — 8°52) — — 100—O —; 13 —
— - — - 58: 64°25’ — 12°09! — Planktonnet,r0oo—o —; 1 —

North of the Feeroes: St. 138: 63° 26’ N. L., 7° 56’ W. L., Trawl, 471 fm.; 1 spec.

West of the Feeroes: 63° 26'N.L., 10°47’ W. i. Surface; 2 spec.

The species is recorded from Karajok Fjord, ca. 70° 20'N. L., on the west coast of Greenland
(Vanh6ffen), from Davis Straits at 62° 06'N. L., 55° 56’ W. L. (Norman) and from the waters south-west
of Greenland at 59° N. L. 51° W. L. (Hansen). It has many times been taken by various expeditions,
especially by the “Thor” in 1904, in the waters round Iceland as also to the west and south of the
Feeroes. It was taken at Jan Mayen by the 2"? Amdrup Expedition and at 73'/,.°N. L., 4° W. L.; finally
by the Ryder Expedition at East Greenland at 70° 22'N. L.

Distribution. The species is known from the Feroe Channel (Norman), Scotland (Norman),
northern part of North Sea and west coast of Ireland (Holt & Tattersall). It is even noted from the
Skager Rak (Intern. Explor.). G. O. Sars gives it from the west coast of Norway without indicating
the southern limit, from Varanger Fjord and from 4 stations between Norway and Jan Mayen. It is
also noted from Bear Island, from North-East Spitzbergen and north of Spitzbergen at 81° 20'N. L.
(Zimmer); it was taken by the “Fram” much further to the north of Spitzbergen at 84—841/.°N. L,;
further, north-east of Franz Joseph Land at ca. 84'/.°N.L., 72° E.L,, lastly at ca. 80° N.L,, 124° EK. L.
(G. O. Sars). It was taken on the German Plankton-Expedition not only in the direct line from the
north point of Scotland to Cape Farewell, but also several times on the line from 60°N.L,, 42° W. L.
to near the southernmost corner of Newfoundland (Ortmann).

It was taken three times by the Plankton-Expedition in the cylinder net, thus near the sur-
face, by the “Ingolf” twice near the surface and 15 times in depths between 1oo and o fm. Asa
result of these numerous catches we are justified in concluding that the species is found as a rule in
the upper water layers, either near the surface or at any rate not deeper than 100 fm. under this.

According to Holt & Tattersall the specimens from the west coast of Ireland differ in various
small details from the Norwegian specimens, but the differences are so small that the authors do not
even set up the Irish form — which they think resembles greatly the Faroe specimens — as a variety.
Their observations with regard to the bathymetric occurrence of the Irish specimens do not agree,

however, with the conclusions I have considered myself justified in drawing above.

6. Thysanoéssa neglecta Kroyer.

1846. Thysanopoda neglecta Kroyer, Voy. en Scand., Crust. Pl. 7, figs. 3 a—d.
! 1882. Thysanoéssa borealis G. O. Sars, Forh. Vid. Selsk. Christiania for 1882, p. 52, No. 18, Tab. I, Fig. 16—18.
Occurrence, This species was not taken by the “Ingolf’, but the Copenhagen Museum
possesses some specimens from 4 places lying within our area.
South-West Iceland: Skagi, 20 fm., “Thor” 1903; 1 spec.
—- — : West of Geirfugleskjzr, Young-fish trawl, with 100 m. wire out, “Thor” 1904;

; great quantity of specimens.
The Ingolf-Expedition. III. 2. ~

go CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA.

South-West Iceland: 63° 46’ N. L., 22° 56' W. L., 80 fm., “Thor” 1904; some spec.

East Iceland: Mid Fjord, 40'/,—50 fm., “Diana”; I spec.

It is noted from West Greenland, Karajok Fjord in ca. 70° 20’ N. L. (VanhGffen), but the specimen
I have mentioned in Malac. Groenl. as coming from 59°N.L., 51° W.L. has proved on renewed
examination to be a young Rhoda inermis, in which the eyes were to a certain degree divided into
two portions.

Distribution. The species is also known from the Feroe Channel, Shetland, northern part
of the North Sea and East Scotland (several observers), Skager Rak (Internat. Explor.), also from the
west coast of Ireland (Holt & Tattersall), but Caullery’s statement that it occurs in the Bay of Biscay
is probably due to an erroneous determination. It is further known from the Norwegian west coast
and Varanger Fjord (G. O. Sars), from Horn Sound at Spitzbergen (Zimmer) and finally has been
found on the north-east coast of North America at Eastport, Maine (Norman). — Norman and Ort-
mann bring in as synonymous 7: dongipfes Brandt from the Sea of Ochotsk and Zimmer follows them
hesitatingly. But judging from Brandt’s observation that spines are present on the upper posterior
margin of some of the abdominal segments this reference is quite incorrect; through the kindness of
Dr. A. Birula I have been able to examine a couple of Brandt’s (extremely mutilated) type-specimens,
which show, as stated by him, well-developed dorsal processes.

Remarks. A renewed examination of the very old and badly preserved specimens investigated
by Kroyer has shown, that most of these in which the eyes are preserved belong to this species (which
was, however, first well described by Sars under the name 7: doreals), whilst some specimens, to
judge from the eyes, belong to Rhoda imermis. Kroyer’s figure is poor, and he has never given a
description, but as most of the specimens seen by him belong to 7: dorealis I still keep Kroyer’s
name for the species. If Kroyer’s name has to be scored out, the species according to Norman’s

synonymy list must be called 7: aberdonensis Sim.

7. Nematoscelis megalops G. O. Sars.

1883. Nematoscelis megalops G. O. Sars, Forh. Vid. Selsk. Christiania for 1883, no. 7, p. 27.
! 1885. _ ts G. O. Sars, Challenger Rep., Zoology, Vol. XIII, p. 127, Pl. XXIII, figs. 5—ro,
Pl. XXIV.
1905. -- ~ H. J. Hansen, Bull. Mus. Océan. Monaco, No. 30, p. 27.
Occurrence. The “Ingolf” did not find this species but it has been taken by the “Thor” in
1904 at 4 localities:
South-West Iceland: West of Geirfugleskjzr, Young-fish trawl with 100 m. wire out; I spec.

West of the Feeroes: 61°40’N.L., 14°11' W.L,, — — — 800 m. — I —
South-West of the Fzeroes: 61°21'N.L., 10°59'W.L., — —- — 8m — 7 — (42,3¢).
— - _ :61°1s’ — 9°35) — — — — 9g0o m. _ 6 — (5%10).

Distribution, This oceanic species is known from the North Sea (Intern. Explor.), from the
east coasts of Scotland and North England (Norman), Irish Sea and west of Ireland (Holt & Tatter-
sall); in 1905 the “Thor” found it several times to the west and north-west of the Hebrides. It has a

CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. gi

wide distribution in the Atlantic and western Mediterranean (several observers and Copenhagen Mu-
seum). The Plankton-Expedition has taken it in the Irminger Sea at 60°N.L. and east of New-
foundland; it was also taken off Nova Scotia, off France, at the Azores as also between Buenos
Ayres, Tristan d’Acunha and Cape of Good Hope, whilst it is still unrecorded from the part of the
Atlantic lying between ca. 28°N.L. and 37°S.L. The Copenhagen Museum also has it from two
places in the southern part of the Indian Ocean: 40° 8'S. L., 52° E. L. and 40° 41'S. L., 85° 22’ E.L. On
the other hand I cannot accept Ortmann’s note of its occurrence in the eastern Pacific as correct until
further information is forthcoming.

The fact that the Copenhagen Museum has older material from no less than 12 widely separated
places shows that the species comes up to the surface at any rate sometimes in the night, as the
material has been collected for us by the captains of trading ships by means of a net towed after the
ship. — G. H. Fowler (1905) gives a detailed report on the bathymetric distribution of the species in
the Bay of Biscay; it was partly taken with an open vertical net, partly with a closing net and the
results are “that the centre of distribution lay about 50 and 75 fathoms”, that the species was also
taken in 12 per cent. of the hauls near the surface and in the closing net as deep down as 750—500 fm.
and in several intervening depths up to a haul in r50—50 fm.

Remarks. Males are much more rare than females. Sars has only seen females and neither
Ortmann nor Holt & Tattersall say anything of males, which indicates that they have not taken
specimens of this sex. As I have shown in the paper mentioned in the synonymy list, males differ
in the most distinct manner from the females by lacking the very long and thin rostrum present in
the latter. These males were taken by the “Thor”, and neither in the older material of the Museum

nor amongst over 20 specimens taken in 1904 by the Prince of Monaco are there any males.

8. Nematobrachion boopis Calm.

! 1896. Nematodactylus boopis Calman, Trans. Roy. Irish. Acad., Vol. XXXI, p. 17, figs. 19g—28.
1905. Nematobrachion -— Calman, Rep. Sea and Inland Fisheries of Ireland, 1902—1903, Part IJ,
App. 4, p. 153, Pl. XXVI.
Occurrence. The “Ingolf” did not take this beautiful form, but it was found by the “Thor”
at the following 6 stations.
West of Iceland: 65° oo' N. L., 28° 10’ W. L., Young-fish trawl with 1000 m. wire out; 5 spec. (depth 1240 m.).
South- — 61°34’ — 19°05) — — — — 1800m. — 2— ( — 2160m.).
— - a 62° 490° — 18°46 — aa — — 100m. —- I-
West of the Feroes: 61° 49' N. L., 14° 11’ W. L., Young-fish trawl with 800 m. wire out; 3 spec.
South-West of the Feeroes: 61° 15 N. L., 9° 35’ W. L., Young-fish trawl with goo m. wire out; 2 spec.
_— - — 61°08’ — 9° 28 — — — — 820 m. - I —
Distribution. In 1905 the “Thor” took this species 3 times west and north-west of the
Hebrides, further, south-west of Ireland and west of North France: 6 times in all and only with
the young-fish trawl, but the length of line out varied from 300 to 1500 meters. It was known earlier
from the waters west and south-west of Ireland (Calman, Holt & Tattersall), also from a place west

of France and from a number of stations within the triangular area: Gorringe Bank, the Azores and
12*

92 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA.

the Canary Isles (Hansen). Ortmann enumerates it from the waters near Hawaii, but to judge from
a preliminary examination of material from the Pacific I am inclined to think that the animals from
this ocean must be referred to a hitherto unnamed species. As it is not present in the older though
very large material in the Copenhagen Museum, which was all taken practically near the surface in
the Atlantic etc, I believe we may conclude that it as a rule does not approach the surface, but

according to the “Thor’s” catches it must sometimes occur in depths between ca. 75 and 25 fm.

g. Stylocheiron maximum n. sp.

Description. While studying a rich material of “Stylocheiron abbreviatum G. O. Sars” from
the Atlantic, the Indian Ocean and the Pacific, I discovered that it comprised two allied but very
distinct species, one of which was S. chelifer Chun, while the other was either S. abdreviatum G. O.
Sars or a species hitherto undescribed. S. abéveviatum has been established on “Challenger” specimens
much less than half-grown; by the aid of Sars’ figures and a couple of sketches kindly drawn by
Dr. Calman for me from Sars’ type I arrived at the opinion that S. abdreviatum is synonymous with
S. chelifer; consequently it became necessary to give the new species a name, and S. maximum was
chosen as appropriate. The discovery was made after the plates to this paper were finished; I will
therefore only point out the two most conspicuous differences between S. maximum n. sp. and .S. abdre-
viatum G. O. Sars (= S. chelifer Chun), postponing a more detailed account with figures to a subse-
quent occasion.

In adult and subadult specimens of .S. maximum the eyes have the upper section slightly or
at most a little smaller than the lower; besides, the fourth and fifth abdominal segments have no median
dorsal tooth. In adult and subadult specimens of S. abéreviatum the eyes have their upper section
much smaller than the lower, and the fourth and fifth abdominal segments each a conspicuous dorsal
median tooth from the hind margin. In half-grown or still somewhat smaller specimens of S. abére-
viatum the abdominal armature mentioned is feebly developed, and the upper section of the eyes is pro-
portionately still smaller than in larger specimens; in small specimens of S. maximum the eyes have
their upper section somewhat smaller as compared with the lower than in large specimens, but that
section is yet conspicuously larger than in the other species.

S. maximum is even larger than S. abbreviatum; the specimen secured by the “Thor” is an
adult male, measuring 23°5 mm. from the end of rostrum to the tip of telson.

Occurrence. The “Ingolf’ has not taken this fine species, but it was brought home by the
“Thor” in 1904.

West of the Feeroes: 61° 49’ N. L., 14° 11’ W. L., Young-fish trawl with 800 m. wire out; I spec.

Distribution. Here it may be briefly stated that I have seen specimens of S. maximum
both from the Atlantic and from the Indian Ocean. I am inclined to think that at least some of my

predecessors (for instance Ortmann) have mixed up S. maximum with the other species.

Io. Stylocheiron longicorne G. O. Sars.

1883. Stylocheiron longicorne G. O. Sars, Forh. Vid. Selsk. Christiania for 1883, no. 7, p. 32.
! 1885. — — G. O, Sars, Challenger Rep., Zool. Vol. XIII. p. 144, Pl. XXVII, fig. 5.

CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. 93

Occurrence, The “Ingolf” has not taken this species but it was twice found by the “Thor”
in 1904.

South of Iceland: 63° 08’ N. L., 21° 30’ W. L., Young-fish trawl with 250 m. wire out; I spec.

South-West of the Feeroes: 61° 15'N.L,, 9° 35’ W. L., Young-fish trawl with rooo m. wire out; 2 spec.

Distribution. The species was twice taken to the west of the Hebrides by the “Thor”; it is
frequent to the west and south-west of Ireland and in the Bay of Biscay (Holt & Tattersall), at the
Azores and Canary Isles (Hansen), and in the Atlantic between 42° N. L. and 8°S. L. (Ortmann); it is
not rare in the western Mediterranean (several observers) and was founded on a specimen taken south
of the Cape of Good Hope. — As the species is quite lacking in the older material of the Copenhagen
Museum it must occur rarely near the surface, though it has been taken there (Ortmann, Holt &
Tattersall, etc.). Fowler (1905) gives a detailed account of its bathymetric occurrence in the Bay of
Biscay; reference for details may be made to his paper.

Remarks. In the Monaco Bulletin No. 30 I have brought in S. dongicorne as synonym to
S. Suhmit, which last I thought was founded on not fully developed specimens. Later investigation
of an immense material from various seas has shown me, that there are four nearly related species
with long antennular peduncles, and therefore I must restore the name .S. dongicorne, but an account

(with figures) of the four species is postponed to a paper in preparation.

Ill. Order: Mysidacea.

Within the region the fauna of which is treated here 35 species of this Order have hitherto
been found. But, whilst I have seen specimens from this region of all the species of Decapoda and
Euphausiacea (with exception of a single doubtful form), there are no fewer than 4 species of the
Mysidacea noted in the following pages which are mentioned exclusively on other authorities.

The limits of the region dealt with, sources of the material, synonymy etc. have been mentioned

in the introduction to the Malacostraca, to which reference may be made.

A. Suborder Lophogastrida.

1. Gnathophausia zoéa Will.-Suhm.
Pl, IV, figs. 3 a—3 e.
1875. Gnathophausia zoéa Willemoés-Suhm, Trans. Linn. Soc. Ser. 2, Vol. I, p. 32, Pl. IX, figs. 2—15.
! 1885. _ — G.O.Sars, Challenger Rep. Zool., Vol. XIII, p. 44, Pl. VI, figs. 6—10.

= — willemoesii G. O. Sars, Challenger Rep., Zool., Vol. XIII, p. 38, Pl. V, figs. 1—6.

Occurrence. The “Ingolf’ has taken this species 9 times.

Davis Straits: St. 25: 63° 30'N. L., 54° 25’ W. L., 582 fm.; 1 spec.

West of Iceland: St. 12: 64° 38’ N. L., 32° 37’ W. L., 1040 fm.; 1 spec.

— ee - It: 64°34 — 31°12’ — 1300 — I —

94. CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA.

West of Iceland: St. go: 64° 45’ N. L., 29° 06' W. L., 568 fm.; 1 spec.

South-West of Iceland: St.17: 62° 49’ N. L., 26° 55’ W. L., 745 fm.; 1 spec.

— : - 83: 62°25' — 28°30' — 912 —; 1 carapace.
= - -- - 18: 61°44" — 30°29’ — 1135 —; 1 spec.

South of Iceland: St. 41: 61° 39’ N. L., 17° 10° W. L., 1245 fm.; 1 spec.

West of the Feroes: St. 42: 61° 41’ N. L,, 10° 17'W. L., 625 fm.; 1 spec.

Further, it has been taken four times within our region by the “Thor”, three of the times in
the waters south of Iceland, whilst the fourth place was at 65° 00' N.L., 28° 10'W. L,, i.e. in the Irminger
Sea west of Iceland, yet a little more northerly than St. go “Ingolf’. It was taken all four times in
the young-fish trawl and the amount of wire out varied between 1000 to 1800 meters, so that the real
depth in which the specimens were taken varied from ca. 200 to at most 450 fm., whilst the depth of
water at the stations varies from ca. 750 to over 1000 fm.

Distribution. The “Thor” has taken the species to the west of the Hebrides and west of
Brittany (both times in the young-fish trawl and length of wire out respectively 1500 and 500 meters).
It is noted from several places in the northern temperate and tropical Atlantic (Sars, Caullery, Holt &
Tattersall, Hansen, Ortmann), from several places in the Indian Ocean (Alcock), south of Amboina,
in the Banda Sea (G. O. Sars’ locality for G. Willemoésit), lastly from some places in the Pacific Ocean
(G. O. Sars, Faxon, Ortmann).

To judge from the “Thor’s” catches the species does not live at the bottom but in intermediate
layers. A specimen taken with 500 meters wire out, thus in a depth of at most ca. 125 fm. is quite
small and this is also the case with a specimen taken with 1000 meters wire out, whilst among the
specimens taken with 1500 meters wire out there is one somewhat more than half-grown, and among
those taken with 1800 meters wire out there is a large specimen. It seems to be the same here as
with Sergestes arcticus and S. robustus, that small specimens are often at least found nearer the sur-
face than the larger and that the wholly developed specimens are always only met with in deeper layers.

Remarks. The largest specimen is a female with marsupium (from “Ingolf” Stat. 17) measuring
go mm. from tip of rostrum to end of telson, whilst a male (taken by the “Thor”) is 86 mm. long;
Sars’ largest specimen was only 70 mm. The spine at the distal extremity of the squama of the an-
tennz usually reaches a little beyond this, but in the large female scarcely to the extreme end of the
squama; the outer edge of the spine is smooth without crenulations, and I have not seen such an
equipment of small teeth as is shown by Sars’ fig.9. The rostrum and especially the posterior process
of the carapace are relatively longer in small than in large specimens, which last form a transition to
G. Willemoéstt G.O.S. as figured 1. c. Pl. V, figs. 1--2. I believe that Ortmann is right in cancelling
G, Willemoésti as founded on large specimens of G. zoéa; I have examined Sars’ specimens of his
G, Willemoéstt in the British Museum (Natural History) but notes on these specimens are postponed
to a future publication.

On Pl. IV I have represented (figs. 3b and 3c) the distal portion of both mandibles seen from
above and (fig.3.a) the same portion of the left mandible seen from below, also the left maxillula
(fig. 3d) and maxilla (fig. 3 e). The two last figures especially I believe to be of some interest, as they
show the segmental structure of these appendages and from which joints the various lobes arise,

CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. 95

whilst the figures given by G. O. Sars and Coutiére are either defective or incorrect. The description

to the plate furnishes sufficient explanation for the understanding of these figures.

2. Eucopia unguiculata Will.-Suhm.

1875. Chalaraspis unguiculata Willemoés-Suhm, Trans. Linn. Soc., Ser. 2, Vol. I, p. 37—40, Pl. VIII.
1885. Eucopia australis G. O. Sars, Challenger Rep., Zool., Vol. XIII, p. 55, Pls. IX—X.
Only in part, whilst #. australis Dana is another species.

!1g05. — unguiculata H. J. Hansen, Bull. Mus. Océan. Monaco, No..42, p. 3.

Occurrence. The “Ingolf’ has taken this species at 8 localities:

Davis Straits: St. 36: 61° 50’ N. L., 56° 21’ W. L., 1435 fm; 1 spec.

South of Greenland: St. 21: 58° or’ N. L., 44° 45’ W. L., 1330 fm; 2"/, spec.

West of Iceland: St. 12: 64° 38’ N. L., 32° 37’ W. L., 1040 fm.; ca. 20 spec.

See TT: G40 4 — . Ba ta eo —; 7/2 Spec.
South-West of Iceland: St. 17: 62° 49’ N. L., 26° 55’ W. L., 745 fm.; 3 spec.
_ - _ - 83: 62°25° — 28°30 — 9g12 —3;5 —
South of Iceland: St. 40: 62° 00’ N. L., 21° 36’ W. L., 835 fm.; 3 spec.
—-— - = - 49: 62°07, — 15°07’ — 1120 —; 1/, spec.

The species has been taken by the “Thor” three times to the south of Iceland and once south-
west of the Feeroes; for two of these the apparatus used was the young-fish trawl with 1800 meters wire out.

Distribution. AsSars has mixed together 3 species (Z. australis Dana, Z. unguiculata Will.-Suhm,
and £. sculpticauda Faxon) in his description of Z. australis and as later authors have not described
the specimens examined by them I shall not follow the literature in speaking of the distribution but
base my statements on my own observations. In 1905 it was twice taken by the “Thor” west of the
Hebrides with 1500 meters wire out; I have seen numerous specimens from the western Mediterranean,
from the Atlantic round the Azores and Canary Islands, from various places in the Indian Archipelago
and from parts of the Pacific Ocean. To judge from the catches of the “Thor” and of G. H. Fowler
(1905) this species is always pelagic in intermediate layers; it never comes near the surface.

Remarks. In the paper cited above I have indicated the characteristics of this species which
distinguish it from the real &. australis Dana and from another large form as yet unnamed, and also
discussed the synonymy. —

Adult specimens are as a rule only ca. 27—30 mm. in length, but two specimens of quite
unusual size, viz. a female with marsupium 37 mm. long and a male 38 mm., occur amongst the
considerable material from the “Ingolf” St. 12.

3. Eucopia sculpticauda Faxon.

1893. Eucopia sculpticauda Faxon, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Vol. XXIV, p. 218.
11895. — — Faxon, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., Vol. XVIII, p. 219, Pl. K, figs. 2, 2d,
Pl. LIII, figs. r—1 d.
1905. — — H. J. Hansen, Bull. Mus. Océan. Monaco, no. 30, p. 7, fig. 4.

96 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA.

Occurrence. The “Ingolf” has only once taken this species.

South-West of Iceland: St. 83: 62° 25’ N. L., 28° 30’ W. L., 912 fm.; 1 spec.

Distribution. The “Thor” took a specimen west of the Hebrides: 57° 46'N.L., 9°55’ W. L.,
young-fish trawl with 1500 meters wire out, thus at a depth of at most 350 to 4oo fm. The species
was next known according to the literature from the triangular area between Gibraltar, the Azores
and the Canary Islands (Hansen), from the Indian Ocean (Alcock), the Fiji Islands (Ortmann), lastly
the Galapagos Islands in the tropical Pacific, the Gulf of Panama and off Central America (Faxon). —

It has thus an extensive distribution and must be referred to the mesoplankton like the previous species.

B. Suborder Mysida.
4. Hansenomysis Fylle H. J. H.

Pl. IV, figs. 4a—4k.
1887. Arctomysis Fylle H. J. Hansen, Vid. Medd. Naturh. Foren. Kjobenhavn, for 1887, p. 210, Tab. VII,

Fig. 5—5 1.
1893. Hansenomysis Fylle Stebbing, Intern. Scient. Series, Vol. 74, p. 268.

Occurrence. The “Ingolf” has twice taken this species.

Davis Straits: St. 35: 65° 16’ N. L., 55° 05’ W. L., 362 fm., temp. 36°; 2 spec.

ae et ay Ok BE oe SSP RO! * Se SON eee ee eee eee

Further, the “Fylla” has taken it in the Davis Straits, Admiral Wandel and the “Thor” near
the Feeroes; the localities are as follows:

Davis Straits: 65° 35’ N. L., 54° 50’W. L., 80 fm., stones with Balani; 1 spec. (my type spec.).

South-West of the Fzeroes: 61° 15’ N. L., 9° 35’ W. L., 450—500 fm.; 10 spec.

— - — 61° 23, — 5°04’ — 255 fm., temp. 0°; 1 spec.

Distribution. This form is only known as yet from the localities mentioned.

Characteristics of the Species. The genus and species were founded on a single, adult,
damaged female; as I now possess fairly good material, additional details to my previous description
may be given here.

In well-preserved specimens the carapace shows a certain and sometimes very considerable
solidity with characteristic, well-marked furrows as represented in fig. 4a. The central two-thirds of
the anterior margin seen from above (fig. 4c) is flatly convex, seen from the side considerably bent
upwards; each lateral portion forms a tolerably short wing, the anterior lateral margin of which is
somewhat oblique, considerably convex above and reaching further forward than the central part of
the carapace. Posteriorly the carapace is somewhat emarginate so that the hind upper part of the
fifth thoracic segment is uncovered; the sixth and seventh thoracic segments (fig. 4a; VI, VII) are
completely uncovered and firmly chitinised. The head projects very considerably forwards in front of
the carapace; seen from the side its upper profile is very concave, so that the front end projects

strongly forwards and upwards (fig. 4a); seen from above the front end is considerably convex (fig. 4 ¢).

CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. 97

The eyes (0) are seen along the hinder portion of the lateral margins of the projecting part of the
head. Each eye is a short plate, ca. 3 times as broad as long with the concave terminal margin
looking obliquely forwards and outwards, and its posterior corner especially is much produced out-
wards (fig. 4a); any trace of visual elements is quite lacking. — The peduncle of the antennule is a
little shorter and distally a trifle thicker in the males than in the females; in the female (fig. 4c) the
three joints decrease slightly in length from behind forwards whilst in the male (fig.4b) the two
distal joints are of equal length. In both sexes the outer flagellum seems but slightly longer than
the inner one (I have not seen adult specimens with both flagella quite unbroken), and both are fairly
short; in the female both flagella are almost of equal thickness, whilst in the male (fig.4b) the 13
proximal joints of the upper, outer flagellum form an extremely thickened portion the distal third
of which, however, tapers evenly towards the end. — The squama is between 5 and 6 times as
long as broad, tapering outwards with rounded apex, with sete along both margins and further 5 to
6 obvious strong spines distributed along the outer margin. — The telson (fig. 41) reaches very little
beyond the inner ramus of the uropods; its lateral margins are almost parallel for barely two-thirds
of the length and then the breadth narrows abruptly, each margin being divided into 4 sections of
about equal length by 3 small notches each of which has a thick and very long spine; the end which
is thus short is flatly rounded and provided with a pair of thick long spines separated by a shorter
spine. In front of the second of the very long lateral spines there is a short spine, between the
second and third long spines 4—6 smaller spines increasing gradually in length backwards, between
the third long lateral spine and the long terminal spine 6 shorter spines increasing gradually in
length backwards (fig. 4k)". — The pleopods in the female are as usual unbranched, but they increase
greatly in length from before backwards, so that the fourth pair is a little longer than the fifth seg-
ment, the fifth pair however but little longer than the sixth segment, which is not much shorter than
the two previous segments taken together. In the male all the pleopoda are of about equal length
(figs. 4d-—4h), but a little shorter than usual in forms of this suborder and they differ considerably in
several points from the usual type. The peduncle increases a little in length from before backwards;
the outer ramus is almost similar in all pairs, consisting of a long joint divided obliquely at a little
distance from its base and ca. 8 (on the fifth pair) short joints; this portion has two longitudinal rows
of fairly short but strong, non-plumose sete. The inner ramus consists on the first pair (fig. 4d) of
only a single oblong joint. On the second to the fourth pairs the inner ramus is well-developed and
increases a little in length backwards, being on the second pair (fig. 4) a little shorter, on the fourth
pair (fig. 4g) a little longer, than the outer ramus; in all three pairs the inner ramus consists of a
long, unjointed basal portion and a distal portion divided into 7 or 8 short joints with similar sete
as on the outer ramus, but the proximal unjointed portion increases in length from before backwards
and on the second pair is a little shorter, on the fourth pair somewhat longer, than the jointed distal
portion. On the fifth pair (fig. 4h) the unjointed portion is, however, a little longer than the whole
outer ramus and a jointed portion is lacking. Further, the setigerous equipment on the unjointed
portion of the inner ramus offers some interest, as almost all the sete are tolerably transparent and

t This description of the telson has been based on the males as the telson in all my adult females was greatly
mutilated. There is however scarcely any sexual difference in this organ.

The Ingo}f-Expedition. III. 2. 13

98 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA.

comparatively speaking not thin, and are divided into several joints; also the very long sete on the
outer margins of the first to the fourth pair and the apical and subapical setee on the fifth pair are
placed on protuberances as on a kind of basal support. The characteristic distribution of the setee and
the relative position of the setigerous groups on the inner branches can be seen from the figures.

The females with marsupium measure 16—17 mm., the males 13 mm. in length.

Family Petalophthalmide. — In 1887 I founded this species under the name Arctomysis Fylle
n. gen., n. sp. and wrote: “I believe that my new genus should be placed near the genus Petaloph-
thalmus Will.Suhm and that these two genera should form together a family by themselves within the
order of the Mysidz”. In 1893 Stebbing gave it the name Hansenomysis, as the generic name used
by me had been applied by Czerniavsky to a genus which was, however, quite unmaintainable (see
below p. 102). In 1895 Faxon described in detail two genera founded by him in 1893 and thus writes:
“Petalophthalmus, Scolophthalmus, Hansenomysts, and Ceratomysis, form a natural group of genera
characterized by the development of seven pairs of incubatory lamelle in the female (the anterior pair
sometimes rudimentary), the absence of an exopod from the maxillipeds, the outgrowth of a large,
porrect lobe from the inner margin of the merus of the gnathopods, and the imperfect development of
the carapace, which leaves the last two segments of the cephalo-thorax free”. Seven pairs of marsupial
lamelle are also found, as Faxon also remarks, in Boreomysis, but in no other genus of this suborder,
where only three or fewer pairs of lamellae are met with; on the other hand, the other characters
summed up by Faxon are exclusively peculiar to the genera named, which I therefore unite into one
family with the title as above". This family further differs from all other genera of the suborder by
the great difference existing between the terminal portion of the second to the fourth pair of thoracic
legs and that of the fifth to the seven pair, the last three pairs having the seventh joint and the
claw fused together to form a long claw, whilst the same parts in the second to the fourth pair are
very short and concealed in sete. — The genera of the family further show great agreement with
one another in several respects, such as, the carapace has well-marked furrows on it, the outer ramus
of the uropods has a very distinct articulation at a little distance from the tip, ete.

Of the four genera Petalophthalmus and Ceratomysis have a long, good-sized process from the
fourth articulation of the maxillipeds and this process is lacking in the other two genera. Pefaloph-
thalmus differs greatly also from the other three genera by the mandibular palp being very much
elongated and by the unusually reduced and characteristic pleopoda in the male. I mention this last
character as I am acquainted with the hitherto undescribed male of Ceratomysts, and Scolophthalmus
is so nearly related to Hansenomysis that the pleopods are probably almost the same in these two
genera. Further, the outer branch of the antennules in the male is not thickened in Petalophthalmus,

whereas it is greatly thickened in Ceratomysis and as in Hansenomysis and presumably in Scoloph-

t In the above-named paper (Fisheries, Ireland, Sci. Invest. 1904, V., [1906]) Holt & Tattersall established this family.
and their diagnosis comprises the major part of the features mentioned here by me. But when I received their paper this
portion of my manuscript was already translated; for that and other reasons I prefer to alter nothing in my own text, only
referring the reader to their paper. I will add, that the family must, of course, bear the name of the authors, as their paper
has been published years before mine, and that their diagnosis contains a correct character not pointed out by me, viz.
“Inner uropods without otocyst”.

CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. 99

thalmus. Scolophthalmus stands near to Hansenomyszs and seems essentially only to differ from this in
that the stalk of the antennules is considerably elongated and the carapace produced into a relatively

large rostrum.

5. Boreomysis scyphops G. O. Sars.

1879. Boreomysis scyphops G. O. Sars, Archiv f. Math. og Naturvid., B.IV, p. 429.
! 1885. — G. O. Sars, Norske Nordh.-Exp., Crust. I, p. 56, Pl. VI.
Occurrence. The “Ingolf” has taken this species at 13 stations.
South of Jan Mayen: St. 113: 69° 31’N. L., 7° 06’ W. L., 1309 fm., temp. + 10°; 17 spec.

— - _ - 117: 69° 13' — 8°23) — 1003 — — +10°; 33 —
— - — - 118: 68°27 — 8°20' — 1060 — — +10°; 6 —
North of East Iceland: St. 125: 68° 08’ — 16°02! — 729 — — +089; 1 —
North-East of Iceland: - 112: 67°57' — 6°44’ — 1267 — — +11°3 35 —
- - _ - I19: 67°53’ — 10°19) — 1010 — — +1093 5 —

— -_ = - 120: 67°29) — 11°32’ — 885 — — +109; 15 —

— - — - 111: 67°14 — _ 8° 48" — 80 —- — +099; 9 —

— - = - 110: 66°44" — 11°23) — 781 — — +089; 1 —
East of North Iceland: - 102: 66°23’ — 10°26 — 750 — — +099; I —
— - — - 104: 66°23) — 7°25' — 957 — — +11°; 60 —
— - — - 105: 65°34, — 7°3r) — 762 — — +089; 3 —
North of the Feroes: - 140: 63°290' — 6°57) — 78 — — +09°; 5 —

One specimen was taken by the “Thor” east of Iceland: 66° 19'N.L,, 10° 45’ W.L., 760 fm.
Ohlin notes it from a place between East Greenland and Jan Mayen: 72° 42’ N. L., 14° 49' W. L., 1053 fm. —
It is easily seen that all the localities lie in the cold area north of the Feroes to the east and north-
east of Iceland, also as far north as Jan Mayen and between this island and East Greenland; the
depth varied between ca. 760 to 1309 fm., the bottom-temperature between + 08° and + 11°.

Distribution. G. O. Sars founded the species on some specimens taken in the waters N. W.
of Finmark: 71° 59' N. L., 11° 14' E. L., rr10 fm., temp. + 1°3°. Ohlin gives it from two places considerably
further north, namely, 77° 52’ N. L., 3° 5’ W. L., 1455 fm., temp. + 14° and 78° 190! N. L, 8° 41' E. L., 1430 fm.,
temp. + 14°. In his work on the Schizopods of the “Challenger”, Sars refers a number of specimens
taken at 3 stations in the southern Ocean to this species; the stations lie between 46°16’ and 53°55)
S.L., the depth varied from 1600 to 1950 fm. and the bottom-temperature was over o°. Being no be-
liever in bipolarity I have always supposed that the last-named specimens belong to a different species;
besides B. seyphops is not known from any place between the Northern Ocean and the Antarctic Sea,
and the bottom-temperature is below zero at all arctic stations, above zero in the antarctic localities.
In June 1907 I went to London taking with me some specimens of my B. scyphops for comparison
with the antarctic specimens, and the result arrived at will be given presently.

Remarks. The largest of my numerous specimens, a female with marsupium, is 60mm. from
the tip of the rostrum to the end of the telson. Sars gives 70 mm., but does not state how the
measurement was taken; the largest “Challenger” specimens from the Antarctic Sea is given by him

13*

100 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA.

as 85 mm. measured from the end of the antennal squama to the tip of the telson — not a fortunately
chosen measurement. In the British Museum (Natural History) three antarctic specimens determined
by Sars are found; the specimen marked “type”, a female with the marsupium scarcely fully developed,
measures 54 mm. from the front end of the rostrum to the tip of the telson; the largest of the two
other specimens, a female with the marsupium only half developed, measures 58 mm.; the third speci-
men is 49 mm. These southern specimens belong to a species very closely allied to, but not identical
with, 2B. scyphops, because there is a constant and very pronounced difference in the shape of the
eye-cups between the two forms. In the antarctic form, for which I propose the name ZB. distinguenda
n. sp. the eye-cup (fig. 2a) is rather oblong, the proportion between height and length (the eye-stalk
omitted) being about as 17:25, and the protruding rim is broad, especially at the limit between the

Lb
Fig. 1. Boreomysis scyphops G. O. Sars, Fig. 2. Boreomysis distinguenda n. sp.
I a, right eye, <7; 1 b. right antennal 2a. right eye, < 7; 2b. right antennal
squama, slightly more than > 6. squama, >< 62/3,

upper and the posterior margin. In ZB. scyphops the eye-cup is relatively flatter and {higher (fig. 1 a)
the proportion between height and length being about as 21:26, the protruding rim is narrow, fre-
quently even narrower than shown in the figure, and the distal upper lobe at the front margin is
often rudimentary. A comparison between fig.1a and fig. 2a will convey a good idea of the difference
in outline and excavation of the eye-cups in the two species. Finally the antennal squama is slightly
narrower in proportion to length in B. scyphops than in B. distinguenda.

It may be added that I have a proportionately large material of Borcomysis from the Arctic
Seas, the Atlantic, the Indian Ocean and the Pacific; the material comprises nearly all hitherto
established and several undescribed species. Some species are closely allied, and a thorough study is

needed in order to avoid mistakes.

6. Boreomysis tridens G. O. Sars.

1870. Boreomysis tridens G. O. Sars, Christiania Vid. Selsk. Forhandl. for 1869, ‘p. 153.
! 1879. — —- Monogr. Norges Mysider, III, p.17, Tab. XIV.

CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. IOI

Occurrence. The “Ingolf’ has taken this species at 5 stations.

Davis Straits: St. 35: 65° 16’ N. L., 55° 05’ W. L., 362 fm., temp. 36°; 18 spec.

ag CoP AG ORS GAS Seo SP TO scetoh | Saas ee eh GBP TT! —
* SATE SBR OS" QO! sme A GANS: ne ORR Tae mes Begs Ge

West of Iceland: St. 97: 65° 28’ N. L., 27° 39' W. L., 450 fm., temp. 5°5°; I spec.

South-West of Iceland: St. 81: 61° 44’ N. L., 27° 00' W. L., 485 fm., temp. 61°; 4 spec.

Further, the “Thor” has taken it twice.

South-West of the Feroes: 61° 15’ N. L., 9° 35’ W. L., 450—500 fm.; 1 spec.

— - _ 61° 08' — 9° 28' — 434 fm.; 15 spec.

It appears that the depth was from 362 to 582 fm. and the bottom-temperature considerably
over 0°. The species seems to live near the bottom.

Distribution. Sars has taken the species at several stations in the West Fjord at Lofoten
in depths from 300—400 fm. According to Sars, Norman and Nordgaard it has been taken in several
Norwegian fjords from 632/,° to 69?/,° N. L.; the lowest depth was 200 fm. Finally it was three times
taken off the west coast of Ireland in 382, 454 and 500 fm. (Holt & Tattersall).

Remarks. Sars has only described the female. Amongst the considerable material in my
possession are several males; one of the largest (from “Ingolf’ St. 35) measures 31 mm. from tip of
rostrum to end of telson. The abdominal legs in the male are essentially as in the same sex of the

two following species.

7. Boreomysis nobilis G. O. Sars.

1879. Boreomysis nobilis G. O. Sars, Arch. Math. og Naturv., B. IV, p. 428.
! 1885. — — G.O. Sars, Norske Nordhavs-Exp., Crust. p. 54, Pl. V, figs. 22—28.
1gol. — — A. Ohlin, Bih. K. Sv. Vet-Akad. Handl, B. 27, Afd. IV, No. 8, p. 70, Fig. 3.
Occurrence. The “Ingolf’ took this species at the following 6 stations.
South of Jan Mayen: St. 116: 70°05’ N. L., 8° 26’ W. L., 371 fm., temp. + 04°; I spec.

East of North Iceland: - tor: 66°23 — 12°055 — 537 — — +07°93;1 —
—- - - 102: 66°23’ — 10°265 — 750 — — +09°931 —
North of the Feeroes: - 139: 63°36’ — 7°30! — 7o2 — — +0693; 1 —
— eS - 138: 63°26'5 — 7°56' — 471 — — -+06°; ca. 50 spec.
—- - = - I41: 63°22'.— 6°58 — 679 — — -+06°; I spec.

Further, it has been taken at the following localities, two of which are on Ohlin’s authority,
a third on Vanh6ffen’s.
Baffin Bay: 75° 26'N. L., 67° 27’ W. L., 260 fm.; 2 spec. (See Malac. Groenl.).
— —: Lille Karajok Fjord, ca. 70° 20’N. L., too fm. (test. Vanh6ffen).
— —: 69° 15'N.L., 52°55’ W.L., 265 fm.; 5 spec. (See Malac. Groenl.).
— —: Jakobshavn, Traustedt; many specimens.
North-West of Iceland: 65° 57’ N. L., 27° oo’ W. L.., 336 fm., temp.o°, Wandel; 1 spec.
North of Iceland: 67° 19’ N. L., 17° 55' W. L., 436 fm. Young-fish trawl with 800 met. wire out
“Thor” 1904; 2 spec.

102 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA.

East Greenland: Cape Brewster: 70° 09' N. L., 22° 02’ W. L., 250 fm., 2. Amdrup Exp.; 1 spec.
-- a Off Kaiser Franz Joseph Fjord, 132 fm.; several spec. (test. Ohlin).
— Entrance of — — 106—158 fm.; 3 spec. (test. Ohlin).

North of the Feeroes: 63° 10’ N. L., 7° 31' W. L., 532 fm., Young-fish trawl with 800 met. wire out,
“Thor” 1904; I spec.

South-East of the Fzeroes: 61° 23’ N. L., 4° 21’ W. L., 505 fm., temp. + 04°, Wandel; 1 spec.

We see that wherever the bottom-temperature was given, it was 0° or as a rule under 0°; the
probability is that the 4 localities in Baffin Bay had the same temperature and for all the others it
is certain that the bottom-temperature was negative. But the “Thor” has twice taken it in the young-
fish trawl at a depth scarcely over 200 fm., whilst the waters at both places were more than twice
this depth; whether these specimens were taken in water under or yet very near 0° cannot be deter-
mined. Future investigations must settle, however, whether the species belongs as a rule to the
mesoplankton or lives near the bottom.

Distribution. Outside the area specially dealt with here, only the full-grown male on which
Sars founded the species has hitherto been taken and came from 79° 59’ N.L., 5° 40’ E. L., 459 fm.,
temp. + 1°.

Remarks. The largest specimen, an adult male from “Ingolf’ Stat. 116, is 51 mm. from tip
of rostrum to end of telson; the female is somewhat smaller, one of my largest specimens (from
“Ingolf” Stat. 138) being only 42°5 mm. long; Ohlin gives the length of his largest female from East
Greenland as 49 mm.

8. Boreomysis arctica Kroyer.

1861. Mysis arctica Kroyer, Naturh. Tidsskr. 3. R., B. I, p. 34, Tab. I, Fig. 5a—f.
! 1879. Boreomysis arctica G. O. Sars, Monogr. Norg. Mysider, III, p. 10, Tab. XI—XIII.

Occurrence. The “Ingolf” has not taken this species, but it is present from other sources.
Kroyer founded it on a specimen from West Greenland, but the locality is unknown; it was taken
later on the same coast in Lille Karajok Fjord, ca. 70° 20’ N. L., 100 fm. by Dr. E. Vanhdffen. In 1904
the “Thor” took a number of specimens south-west of the Feeroes: 61°15! N. L., 9° 35’ W. L., 450—500 fm.

Distribution. The species is also known from Norway, where it was taken by G. O. Sars
in Christiania Fjord, Hardanger Fjord and at Lofoten; concerning its bathymetric occurrence he writes
that he had never met it “before at a depth of 200 fm. whereas in Hardanger Fjord it goes down
right to 400 fm.” Nordgaard notes it from West Finmark and says: “There can, however, hardly be
any room for doubt that it has planktonic habits, as it has several times been taken by townetting”.
It has also been taken in the Skager Rak (Internat. Explor.) and west of Ireland at depths of 181 to
382 fm. (Holt & Tattersall), at the east coast of America at ca. 40° N. L., 500 fm. (S. I. Smith), lastly in
the western Mediterranean near Capri (Lo Bianco).

Remarks. Czerniavsky is doubly incorrect in basing a new genus, Arcfomysis, on this species
of Kroyer and in considering it as different from Sars’ form. ‘The thoracic “tarsi” have in reality, as
Sars states, only 3 joints, but there are further more or less distinct traces of other two similar “false”

articulations, and it is these which Kroyer indicated as really existing articulations, The generic

CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. 103

character of Arcfomysis thus falls to the ground; the species of Kroyer and Sars are identical, which

has also been accepted by Sars himself and by several other observers.

9. Boreomysis microps G. O. Sars.

1883. Boreomysis microps G. O. Sars, Forh. Vid. Selsk. Christiania for 1883, No. 7, p. 35.
1885. — — G.O. Sars, Challenger Rep., Zool., Vol. XIII, p. 185, Pl. XX XIII, figs. 7—10.
! 1905. ~~ subpellucida H. J. Hansen, Bull. Mus. Océan. Monaco, No. 30, p. 8, figs. 5—8.
Occurrence. The “Ingolf” has not found this species but it was taken by the “Thor” in 1904

at the following localities.

West of Iceland: 65° 00' N. L., 28° 10’ W. L., 1240 m., Young-fish trawl, 1000 m. wire out; many spec.

— - — 65°20' — 27° 121/,'— 740m, _ — 810m. — 6 spec.

— - + 65°27' — 27°10'/,'— 763m, — — 800m. —- 2
South of — 61°34’ — 19°05) — 2160m., — — 1800m. —- FJ

— - — 61°30' — 17°08 — ee. — — 1800m. — many spec.

— - — 62°47) — 15°03' — I950m., - — 1000m. — __ I spec.

South-West of the Fzeroes: 61° 08’ N. L,, 9° 28’ W. L., 820 m., Young-fish trawl, at bottom; 1 spec.

Distribution. The species was founded on a specimen taken south of Nova Scotia: 62°8'N. L.,
63° 390 W. L., 1250 fm. The “Thor” has taken it 3 times in the waters west of the Hebrides with the
young-fish trawl, 1500 meters wire out. It was next taken to the west of Ireland in townets from
1150 to o fm. (Holt & Tattersall), also at several places south of the Azores in the vertical net sunk
to 1640—1770 fm., once to 820 fm. (Hansen). The species thus belongs to the mesoplankton and as a
rule is scarcely met with before ca. 200 fm. down, but how deep it penetrates is naturally unknown.

Remarks. In my paper cited, I founded a new species B. subpellucida, as the numerous
specimens I had differed considerably from Sars’ descriptions and figures in some characteristics. Thus
Sars has neither mentioned nor figured the very distinct process on the upper side of the eye-stalks
close behind the cornea, also the proximal part of the telson is considerably narrower in relation to
its length than in my specimens. Later Mr. Holt examined Sars’ type preserved in the British Museum
and writes (in 1906): “The fact is that in so far as the diagnosis of B. microps differs from that of 2B.
subpellucida, the former is erroneous”; consequently he withdraws &. swbpelluctda as a synonym to B.
microps. My own examination of Sars’ type in 1906 gave the same result.

A large female with marsupium (from 65° N. L.) measures 20 mm. from tip of rostrum to end
of telson; a male from 61'/, N. L. is 195 mm. long.

10. Longithorax fuscus n. sp.
Pl. V. figs. 1a—tro.
Description of the Genus. As the description of the genus is founded on a single somewhat

damaged female, in which the marsupium is not fully developed, this diagnosis is not quite complete’.

t I had established a new genus on the present form before Dr. G., Illig’s preliminary note on the “Valdivia” Mysi-
dacea was published. Consequently I accepted the generic name Longithorax proposed by him for an allied species, but I did
not alter anything in the descriptions of the genus or the species.

104 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA,

The genus is obviously different from all other hitherto known Mysidacea in having the last
thoracic segment (at least in the female) very elongated; dorsally it is not much shorter than the two
first abdominal segments taken together whilst ventrally it is even considerably longer than dorsally;
the seventh pair of thoracic legs are inserted at its front margin. The carapace is tolerably short,
deeply incised posteriorly, so that the central portion of the penultimate thoracic segment is uncovered;
its lateral wings reach a little beyond the front margin of the last segment. The left mandible (fig. 1 f)
has the pars incisiva well developed, its /acinza mobilis has a large and strong cusps incised at the
end, whilst behind this there is only a pair of weaker setee; the Jars modaris is slightly marked, small
and weakly developed; the whole margin from the base of the casfzs to the posterior end of the Jars
molaris is furnished with fine hairs. The lobe of the second joint of the maxille (fig. 1h) is rounded,
with no protuberance, that on the third joint is cleft, the last joint of the palp unusually long, and
the greater part of the under side of this joint and of the lobes are densely covered with hairs. The
second joint of the maxillipeds (fig.1i) is long with a small but distinct lobe, the third very short
with a similar lobe, the 4 following joints with inconsiderable difference in length but decreasing out-
wards in breadth, so that the two last are fairly narrow. The first thoracic leg (fig. 1k) has the
second joint in the form of a large plate as broad as long; the rest of the leg is slender, the sixth
joint somewhat shorter than the fifth, the claw well-developed. The other thoracic legs, which increase
somewhat in length from before backwards, are very slender (fig. 1m) except as regards the second
joint, which is a large and broad plate; the sixth joint is considerably longer than the fifth without
oblique articulation, but its shorter distal part is separated as a distinct joint by a well-developed,
vertical articulation; the seventh joint and the claw are well-developed. The exopodite on the thoracic
legs (fig. 11) has the subbasal joint large and unusually broad, plate-like (the exopod of the maxilli-
peds was broken off), Antennze and tail-fan almost as in Meterythrops.

It will be seen from these characteristics, that the genus must be placed in the Avrythrops-
group, showing in a number of characters considerable agreement with J/eferythrops, but there are
differences more or less in all the appendages described above in detail.

Description of the Species. As there is only the mentioned incompletely developed speci-
men to hand, only the carapace, eyes, antennal scale and caudal process will be described here, the
other characters can be learnt from the description of the genus and the figures.

The front end of the carapace, seen from above (fig.1c), is triangular, with median angle a
little over go°, but the very tip is produced in a very small process which is somewhat smaller than
the process on the eye-stalks. The eyes are yellowish and moderately small; seen from the side
(fig. 1 b) they look downwards a little and occupy the end of the eye-stalks in a flattened arch; seen
from above (fig.1c) they appear as a narrow band at the end of the stalk and are no broader than
this; above and close behind the eye at its centre the stalk has a protruding, distally rounded process
which projects forward over the eye. The squama (fig. 1d) is moderately small, three times as long
as broad; its smooth outer margin is but little more than twice as long as the breadth, whilst the
setigerous terminal margin is very oblique and the distal outer corner has a short tooth. The outer
ramus of the uropoda (fig. rn) is defective, but nevertheless much longer than the inner branch, and

to judge from the serrulation the margins have undoubtedly been covered with sete over along

CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. I05

almost their whole length; the sense organ in the inner ramus is moderately small, but distinct. The
telson has almost the same form as in Parerythrops abyssicola G.O.S.; it is moderately short, reaching
scarcely behind the centre of the inner ramus. The lateral margins are convex along the proximal
third of their length, distinctly concave and converging considerably backwards in their distal two-
thirds; the transverse terminal margin (fig. 10) is very short with 4 very long spines, the outer pair
of which is shorter and a little thinner than the inner (one spine of the inner pair is lost and the
other also for a smaller or greater part broken off); the distal part of the lateral margin has 5 small
spines. (The hindmost pair of marsupial lamellz are fairly small, evidently not fully developed; the
lamellz of the sixth pair of thoracic legs are very small, and there are none from the fifth pair). —
Length from rostrum to end of telson 17°5 mm.

The specimen preserved in formalin was of a dark greyish brown colour when received.

Locality. The specimen described was taken by the “Thor” on July 11 1904 at the fol-
lowing place:

South of Iceland: 61° 30' N. L., 17° 08’ W. L., Young-fish trawl with 1800 meters wire out.

Distribution. According to a kind letter from W. M. Tattersall a specimen measuring
25 mm. in length was captured near the middle of June 1906 at 49° 27'N. L., 13° 33'W.L. in the young-
fish trawl with 2800 m. of wire out; the depth of sea was 2600 m.

u. Erythrops serrata G. O. Sars.

1863. Nematopus serratus G. O. Sars, Nyt Mag. for Naturv., B. XII, p. 235.
! 1870. Erythrops serrata G. O. Sars, Mon. Norges Mysider, I, p. 27, Tab. II, Fig. 1—12.
1892. — — Norman, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. Ser. 6, Vol. X, p. 162, Pl. X, figs. rz.
Occurrence. This species was only taken by the “Thor”, which found it at the following places.
South of Iceland: 63° 46' N. L., 22° 56’ W. L., 70 fm.; large number of specimens.
— - — 63°15’ — 22°23' — 114—172 fm.; 8 spec.
— - — 63° 18) — 21°30 — 94 fm.; 15 spec.
Distribution. The “Thor” has taken it north-east of the Shetlands, 85 fm. and in the North
Sea east of Scotland, 47 fm. It is noted from Shetland, 40—60 fm. (Norman), Fair Island, 60—80 fm.
(Th. Scott), from several places on the east coast of Scotland (Norman, Th. Scott), from the Irish Sea
(Holt & Tattersall) and west coast of Ireland, 80—293 fm. (Norman, Holt & Tattersall). Further, it
has twice been taken in the Skager Rak at some distance from Jutland in 49 and 70 fm. (Metzger,
Meinert). In Norway it is distributed from Christiania Fjord to West Finmark, usually in depths from
80 to 200 fm., but in 30—4o fm. in the inner parts of Christiania Fjord.

12. Erythrops abyssorum G. O. Sars.

1869. Erythrops abyssorum G. O. Sars, Nyt Mag. for Naturv., B. XVI, p. 326.
! 1870. -- — G. O. Sars, Mon. Norges Mysider, I, p. 36, Tab. V, Fig. 1—12.
Occurrence, The “Ingolf’ has not taken this species and it has not been brought home by

any. Dane from the region in question here, so that it is only included from the literature.
The Ingolf-Expedition. III. 2. 14

106 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA.

It was taken at West Greenland in Karajok Fjord, ca. 70° 20'N.L., 100 fm. (Vanhéffen). At
East Greenland it has been taken at 72° 28’ N.L., 21° 48’ W.L., 95 fm. (Ohlin) and somewhat further
from the same coast at 72°25'N.L,., 17°56’ W.L., 158 fm. (Ohlin). Finally, it was taken near Jan
Mayen, 195 fm. (G. O. Sars).

Distribution. The species is known from Christiania Fjord and from a number of fjords
along the northern half of Norway from Lofoten to Varanger Fjord (Sars, Norman, Nordgaard); the
depths varied from ca. 106 to 300 fm. Lastly, it was taken in the Kara Sea at depths from 51 to
67 fm. (Hansen).

13. Erythrops erythrophthalma Goés.

1864. Mysis erythrophthalma Goés, Ofv. Kgl. Sv. Vet-Akad. Férh,, Arg. 20, p. 178.
! 1870. Erythrops Goésii G. O. Sars, Mon. Norges Mysider, I, p. 24, Tab. I.
1870. — — Norman, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist, Ser. 6, Vol. X, p. 160.

Occurrence. The “Ingolf’ has not taken this species. It is mentioned from Karajok Fjord,
ca. 70° 20'N. L. on the west coast of Greenland, 26 fm. (Vanh6ffen). At Jan Mayen 2 specimens were
taken by the 24 Amdrup Expedition in 50—6o fm.

Distribution. It has been taken on the east coast of Scotland in the Firth of Forth (Norman),
in the North Sea at least as far south as 55° 8’ N.L. (Ehrenbaum), in the Skager Rak (Metzger), at a
number of places along the whole coast of Norway from Christiania Fjord to Varanger Fjord (Lovén,
G. O. Sars, Norman), at Spitzbergen (Goés, Ohlin), the White Sea and Murman Sea (Jarzynsky), Ma-
totschkin Skar and Kara Sea (Stuxberg — it should be added, however, that I am not sure of the
correctness of the last two authors’ determinations). Lastly, it has also been taken in Cape Cod Bay
on the east coast of North America (S. I. Smith). It is found as a rule at depths from 30 to 125 fm.
Lo Bianco gives it as having been taken at some places in the Mediterranean in quite 500—600 fm.,

but I think the specimens have been wrongly determined.

14. Erythrops glacialis G. O. Sars.

1877. Erythrops glacialis G. O. Sars, Arch. Math. og Naturv., B. II, p. 342.
! 1885. — — G,O. Sars, Norske Nordhavs-Exp., Crust. I, p. 45, Pl. V, Fig. 1-4.
Occurrence. This species, which I have never seen, is taken from Ohlin, who notes it from
East Greenland, off Kaiser Franz Joseph Land, 132 fm.
Distribution. The species is further only known from two places west of the middle of

Norway in the cold area; the depths were 350 and 408 fm. (G. O. Sars).

15. Meterythrops robusta S. I. Smith.

1879. Meterythrops robusta S. I. Smith, Transact. Conn. Acad., Vol. V., p. 93, Pl. XII, figs. 1—2.
! — Parerythrops — G.O.Sars, Mon. Norges Mysider, III, p. 98, Tab. XXXIX.
Occurrence. The “Ingolf” has twice taken this species.

CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. 107

Davis Straits: St. 31: 66° 35’ N. L., 55° 54’ W. L., 88 fm., temp. 16°; 1 spec.
= _ - 29: 65°34, — 54°3r' — 68 — — O2%;1 —

Ohlin gives it from East Greenland: 74° 35’ N. L., 18° 15’ W. L., 79 fm.

Distribution. The species, which was founded on specimens from Massachusetts Bay and
Gulf of St. Lawrence in depths of 33 and 50—7o fm. has according to the literature an extensive
distribution. It has been taken on the west coast of Norway at ca. 67!/,N.L. and at several places
on its north coast (Bodo, Porsanger Fjord, Varanger Fjord) in 60—150 fm. (G. O. Sars). Further, it
was met with near the southern end of Spitzbergen in 146 fm., temp. + 11° (G. O. Sars); finally, in
the Kara Sea, 64 fm. (Hansen). The bottom-temperature everywhere has been either negative or very
low positive. — Holt and Tattersall’s determination of it from the west coast of Ireland rests, according

to information kindly sent by the authors, on a confusion of names with Parerythrops obesa G. O. Sars.

16. Meterythrops picta Holt & Tatt.

1905. Meterythrops picta, Holt & Tattersall, Rep. Sea and Inland Fisheries of Ireland, 1902—03, Pt. II,
App. no. IV, p. 116 & 143, Pl. XIX, figs. 5—7, Pl. XXV, figs. 8—9.
Occurrence. This species was only taken by the “Thor”, which found it at the 5 following
localities within our area.

West of Iceland: 65° 08’ N. L., 28° 10’ W. L., 1240 m., Young-fish trawl, 800 m. wire out; 1 spec.

— - _ 65°10! — 27° 12!/,.' — peter 01 — — 740 m. — I —
South- — 61°34’ — 19°05’ — 2160 m,, — — 1800 m. -- I —
—- — 61°30 — 17°08’ — ? m, — — 1800 m. —- 4-

South-West of the Fzeroes: 60°00! N. L,, 10°35’ W. L., 1015 m., Young-fish trawl, rooo m. wire out; I spec.

Distribution. The “Thor” has also taken this species twice west of the Hebrides in the
young-fish trawl with 1500 meters wire out. It was founded on a single specimen taken west of Ire-
land in a net sunk to the bottom, 382 fm. — All the 7 localities of the “Thor” show, that the species
belongs to the mesoplankton, the young-fish trawl fishing in 180 to 450 fm.

Remarks. This beautiful species is extremely easily recognised. An adult male measures

124 mm.

17. Parerythrops obesa G. O. Sars.

1864. Nematopus obesus G. O. Sars, Nyt Mag. for Naturv., B. XV, p. 258. :
! 1870. Parerythrops obesa G. O. Sars, Mon. Norges Mysider, I, p. 41, Tab. II.
Occurrence. The species has only once been taken by the “Thor” at the following locality.
South of Iceland: 63° 5' N. L., 20° 7’ W. L., 295 fm.; several specimens.
Distribution. The species occurs along the Norwegian coast from Christiania Fjord to
West Finmark, 50—300 fm. (G. O. Sars; Nordgaard). Further, it was taken west and south-west of
Ireland (Holt & Tattersall, who discuss its bathymetric occurrence in 1905). Lo Bianco gives it from
some places in the Mediterranean in depths of quite 500 to over 600 fm., but this determination until

further information is forthcoming must be regarded as uncertain.
14*

108 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA.

18. Parerythrops spectabilis G. O. Sars.

1877. Parerythrops spectabilis G. O. Sars, Arch. for Math. og Naturv., B. II, p. 343.
! 1885. a — G. O. Sars, Norske Nordhavs-Exp., Crust. I, p. 47, Pl. V, Fig. 5—12.

Occurrence. The “Ingolf” has once taken this species.

North-West of the Feeroes: St. 138: 63° 26'N. L., 7°56’ W. L., 471 fm., temp. + 06°; 1 spec.

It is given from West Greenland: Karajok Fjord, ca. 70° 20'N.L. (Vanhdéffen). It was taken
by the North-Atlantic Expedition south-west of Jan Mayen: 70° 41'N.L,., 10° 10’ W. L,., 263 fm. temp.
+ 03°. Ohlin gives it from East Greenland, north of Kaiser Franz Joseph Fjord, 132 fm.; and from
74° 52'N. L., 17° 16' W. L., 185 fm.

Distribution. The species is otherwise known only from a place in the cold area, namely,
off Norway at 63° 10'N.L,, 417 {m., temp. + 10° (G. O. Sars). It has thus been taken at only 6 localities

in all, probably all with negative bottom-temperature.

19. Amblyops abbreviata M. Sars.

1869. Pseudomma abbreviatum M. Sars, Forh. Vid. Selsk. Christiania f. 1868, p. 262 (without description).
1869. Amblyopsis abbreviata G. O. Sars, Nyt Mag. for Naturv., B. XVI, p. 328.
! 1872. Amblyops abbreviata G. O. Sars, Mon. Norges Mysider, II, p. 5, Tab. VI.
Occurrence. The “Ingolf” has taken this species once.
Davis Straits: St. 35: 65° 16’ N. L., 55°05’ W. L., 362 fm., temp. 3°6°; 3 spec.
According to the Malac. Groenl. it was taken by the “Fylla” in the Davis Straits: 65° 35’ N. L,,
54° 50’ W. L., 80 fm. It was found by the “Thor” south of Iceland; 63° 46' N. L., 22° 56’ W. L., 79 fm.; 2 spec.
Distribution. Otherwise it is known from Norway, where it has been taken at a number
of localities from Christiania Fjord to Vardo in depths from 1oo to 300 fm. (G.O. Sars). Besides it has
been taken three times west of Ireland, in depths from 337 to 454 fm. (Holt & Tattersall).

20. Amblyops n. sp. = A. Crozetii Ohlin not Sars.

Occurrence. According to Ohlin it was taken between East Greenland and Jan Mayen:
72° 42'N.L,, 14° 49' W. L., 1058 fm., 5 specimens.

Remarks. QOhlin (l.c, p.74) does not describe the 5 specimens mentioned, which he refers to the
A. Crozetit G.O.S. taken at 46° 16'N.L,. in the Southern Ocean; he says he is only able to find “very
slight differences in a few respects” between Sars’ description and figures of this southern species and
his own arctic specimens. As I believe, at any rate until further information is forthcoming, that the
form taken off East Greenland must be specifically distinct from A. Crozetit, I have preferred to give

the arctic form as a new species without however giving it any name.

21. Paramblyops rostrata Holt & Tatt.

1905. Paramblyops rostrata Holt & Tattersall, Rep. Sea and Inland Fisheries of Ireland, 1902—1903,
Pt. II, App. no. IV, p. 125 and 144, Pl. XXI.

CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. 109

Occurrence. Hitherto this species has only once been taken by the “Thor”.
South-West of the Feroes: 61° 15’ N. L., 9° 35’ W. L., 450—500 fm.; 4 spec.
Distribution. Hitherto only known from localities. west of Ireland where it was taken

several times in depths from 180 to 382 fm. (Holt & Tattersall).

22. Pseudomma roseum G. O. Sars.
PL V, fig. 2a—2b.

1870. Pseudomma roseum G. O. Sars, Forh. Vid. Selsk. Christiania £ Aar 1869, p. 154.
! 1870. _ — G.O. Sars, Mon. Norges Mysider, I, p. 54, Tab. IV.
Occurrence. The “Ingolf” has twice taken this species.
Davis Straits: St. 35: 65° 16’ N. L., 55° 05’ W. L., 362 fm., temp. 36°; I spec.
~ mee erage Ga 540 GRP BOY ea ge mm 874

It has also been obtained at other localities; at the first named it was taken by Admiral
Wandel, at the others by the “Thor”.

Davis Straits: 66° 49' N. L., 56° 28’ W. L., 235 fm., temp. 4°4°; I spec.

South of Iceland: 63° 05’ N. L., 20° 07' W. L., 300 fm.; 5 spec.

South-West of the Feroes: 61° 15’ N. L., 9° 35’ W. L., 450—500 fm.; 9 spec.

— - o 61°08’ — 9°28 — 434 fm.; 3 spec.

Distribution. As P frigidum n. sp. has to be separated as a distinct species from P. roseum,
the distribution offers some difficulties, as Sars has mixed the two species and it is not always possible
to determine with certainty to which of them the specimens from certain of the localities mentioned
in the literature have belonged. It is certainly this species, which Sars has had before him from
localities on southern and western Norway up to West Finmark, roo—450 fm. The specimens mentioned
by S. I. Smith as taken at New England, at ca. 40° N.L., 500 fm. and in the Gulf of Maine, 105 fm.,
probably belong to this species likewise, and it is not unlikely that his specimens taken in the Gulf
' of St. Lawrence in r10 and 210 fm. also belong here. Specimens given from distinctly arctic localities
all belong probably to P. /rigidum and are mentioned under that species. Holt & Tattersall’s state-
ment in 1905 of the occurrence of P. vosewm in localities west of Ireland has arisen from an error

which the authors corrected in their subsequent paper published in 1906.

23. Pseudomma frigidum un. sp.
Pl. V, fig. 3 a—3 b.
Description. Stands extremely near to P. voseum, but is much larger, the adult female of
the latter species being only ca. 15 mm. long whilst two females of P. frigidwm (from “Ingolf” St. 138)
measure 25:2 mm. from the anterior edge of the eye-plate to the end of the telson; the single male I
have is 23 mm. But the species may be even larget, as Ohlin gives 28 mm. for the female, 24 mm.
for the male. The eye-plate (fig. 3a) is almost as in P. roseum, but the serrulation is a little less

developed. The antennal squama (fig. 3b) offers a prominent characteristic: the smooth part of the

110 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA.

outer edge to the tip of the marginal spine is but little less than twice as long as the oblique
setigerous distal edge measured to the base of the marginal spine, whereas in P. vosewm the smooth
outer edge is only 3/, times longer than the setigerous distal edge. The telson almost as in P. roseum.,

Occurrence. The “Ingolf’ has once taken the species.

North-West of the Feeroes: St. 138: 63° 26’ N. L., 7° 56’ W. L., 471 fm., temp. + 06°; 8 specimens.
The Ryder expedition has also taken a single specimen, a male, south of Jan Mayen: 70° 32'N.L.,
8° 10. W.L., 470 fm. Ohlin gives P. roseum from 3 localities at East Greenland, namely, in Franz
Joseph Fjord, off the same fjord, and at 74° 30'N.L., 18° 4o'W.L., depths from 42—53 fm. and down
to 132 fm.; as the localities are distinctly arctic and his specimens, as mentioned above, agree with
P. frigidum in size, it is undoubtedly this species and not P. vosewm which he has had in his hands.

Distribution. G. O. Sars in the Norwegian North-Atlantic Expedition mentions his having
had unusually large specimens of P. rosewm from two localities in the cold area: the one of these at
63° 10'N. L. off Norway, depth 417 fm., temp. + 10°, the other is given as from “the tract of Ocean
south-west of Jan Mayen (Stat. 251)” — but some error must have crept in here as Stat. 251 lies off
Lofoten (depth 634 fm., temp. + 13°). The specimens from these two localities have certainly been
P. frigidum. Further, I am inclined to believe that Stuxberg’s determination, Matotschkin Shar,

60—70 fm., should also be relegated to this species.

24. Pseudomma affine G. O. Sars.

1870. Pseudomma affine G. O. Sars, Forh. Vid. Selsk., Christiania, Aar 1869, p. 156.

! 1872. — — G.O. Sars, Mon. Norges Mysider, II, p. 57, Tab. V, Fig. 13—22.

! 1906. — — Holt & Tattersall, Fisheries, Ireland, Sci. Invest., 1904, V. p. 27, Pl. III, figs. 1-6.
Occurrence. The species has only been taken by the “Thor”, at the following locality.
South-West of the Feeroes: 61° 08’ N. L.., 9° 28’ W. L., 434 fm.; many specimens.

Distribution. It has been taken in the north of western Norway up to Lofoten, 100—200 fim.
(G. O. Sars). Has further been trawled by the “Thor” in the North Sea at 58° 32'N.L., 4°18 E.L.,
148 fm., and several times west of Ireland in depths from 120 to 500 fm. (Holt & Tattersall). Lo Bianco
states that he has seen specimens taken at 3 places in depths of over 500 and 600 fm. in the Mediter-
ranean, but I greatly doubt the correctness of his determination.

Remarks. As shown by Sars, the eye-plate in the females is produced forwards in a cleft
process, by means of which they are easily known from P. voseum, but on the other hand the extent
of the marginal serrulation does not agree with Sars’ description, as in my specimens the posterior
part of the lateral margin is smooth, so that the serrulated part is not much longer than in P. roseum,
whereas according to Sars the serrulation in P. affine reaches to behind the lateral corner. The telson
in my specimens shows an intermediate stage between Sars’ figures of P. roseum and P. affine, its
posterior margin being less broad than in the latter and with 3, at most 4, pairs of spines. Never-
theless I consider that my specimens, especially on account of the form of the eye-plate at the centre
of its anterior margin, must be referred to P. affine G. O. 5S.

CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. III

25. Pseudomma truncatum S. I. Smith.

1879. Pseudomma truncatum S$. I. Smith, Trans. Conn. Acad. Vol. V, p. 99, Pl. XI, figs. 3, 4.
! 1870. - — G. O. Sars, Mon. Norges Mysider, III, p. 102, Pl. XL.
Occurrence. Was once taken by the “Ingolf”.
North of Iceland: St. 128: 66° 50'N. L., 20° 02' W. L., 194 fm., temp. 06°; 1 spec.
It is also noted from Karajok Fjord, West Greenland, at 70° 20'N.L., 102 fm. (Vanh6ffen).
Distribution. The species was founded on specimens taken in the Gulf of St. Lawrence in
depths from 45 to 70 fm.; Sars gives it from Varanger Fjord, 150 fm. from a point south of Spitz-
bergen, 267 fm., temp. + 11° and from another west of Spitzbergen, 125 fm., temp. 19°. It is further
known from the Kara Sea, 51 fm. (Hansen), and is noted from Behring Sea (Richters), but though the

last-named locality is not improbable, the correctness ought to be confirmed.

26. Pseudomma Théeli Ohlin.

1go1. Pseudomma Théeli A. Ohlin, Bih. Kgl. Sv. Vet-Akad. Handl. B. 27, Afd. IV, no. 8, p. 78, Fig. 5.
Occurrence. This species is as yet only known from the two type-specimens taken at “East

Greenland, Franz Joseph Fjord, entrance of Musk-ox Fjord, depth 220 m.” (116 fm.).

27. Pseudomma parvum VanhoOffen.
PL. V, fig. 4a—4h.

1897. Pseudomma parvum E. Vanhoffen, Drygalski’s Grénland-Expedition, p. 199.
! 1907. — — Zool. Jahrb. Abth. fiir Systematik, B. XXV, p. 508, Taf. 20, Fig. 1—3.
Description. This description! is founded on 2 specimens, a fine, egg-carrying female and
a somewhat mutilated male, both most kindly placed at my disposal by the founder of the species.
Anterior margin of eye-plate taken as a whole (fig. 4a) is somewhat strongly convex, but in
the centre there is a fairly slight inbending, angular at its base though a median narrow cleft is
absent; further, the margin is somewhat concave for a considerable distance about half way between
the median line and the lateral corner, whilst its lateral portion is very convex. The upper surface
and anterior margin of the eye-plate under a magnification of quite 100 times show a number of
small, conical protuberances and a quantity of fine hairs of the same length, further a somewhat
larger tubercle directed forwards and upwards near the anterior margin a little distance from the
median line. The front margin of the carapace under the lateral corner of the eye-plate is regularly
and moderately strongly serrulated for a part of its length. — The antennal squama (fig. 4 b) is almost
as in P. Théeli, a little over five times as long as broad; almost two-thirds of the terminal margin is
somewhat convex whilst the remaining third is the base for the process at the outer margin, which
is specially large, both broad and thick at the root and extending far out over the distal edge; the
setee along the inner margin are extremely long, the longest indeed being but little shorter than the

t My description and drawings had been made a long time before Dr. Vanhéffen published his more detailed account
of this species.

I12 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA.

squama. The last joint of the mandibular palp (fig. 4c) is comparatively much broader and somewhat
shorter than in P. roseum, and distinctly triangular. In the maxillipeds (fig.4d) the 5‘ to 7 joints
especially are somewhat broader than in P. rosewm, the 5 besides obviously shorter than in this
species. The 2™4 joint of the first pair of legs has on its underside distally a distinct, thick, rounded
protuberance and proximally a smaller one; the whole leg (fig. 4) is somewhat thicker and shorter
than in P. roseum, the 5 and 6 joints especially being shorter; the proximal part of the exopod is
very broad. In the female the 4" and 5 pair of abdominal appendages (fig. 4f) especially are
obviously longer than in P. roseum, the 4" pair being a little longer than the 5" segment, the 5‘ pair
even a little longer than the long 6 segment. The inner branch of the uropods (fig. 4g) reaches
quite as far backwards as the outer branch, whereas in P. vosewm it is considerably shorter than the
latter. The telson (fig. 4h) is somewhat longer and narrower than in P. rvosewm; its end in my single
specimen with the tail-fan well preserved is broad and somewhat flatly rounded with 3 pairs of long
spines of equal length, whilst ciliated setae could not be detected; on each lateral margin are 5 to 6
spines. — Length of an ovigerous female 13 mm.

Remarks. This species is widely separated by the structural characters mentioned from all
the foregoing except P. 7héeli to which it stands near especially in the form of the squama, the last
joint of the mandibular palps and the comparatively plump maxillipeds and first pair of legs. But
P. Théeli according to Ohlin is 20 mm. long, thus much larger, its eye-plate shows quite a different
form and its telson is somewhat longer in relation to its breadth.

Occurrence. West Greenland: Karajok Fjord, ca. 70° 20’ N. L., 100 fm., Vanhdffen.

28. Mysidopsis didelphys Norm.

1863. Mysidopsis didelphys Norman, Trans. Tyneside Natur. Field Club, Vol. V, p. 270, Pl. XII, figs. g—11
(teste Norman).
! 1872. Mysidopsis didelphys G. O. Sars, Mon. Norges Mysider, II, p. 20, Tab. VII.
Occurrence. Only twice taken by the “Thor”.
South of Iceland: 63° 46'N. L., 22° 56’ W. L., 80 fm.; ca. 15 spec.
—- - — 63°18’ — 21°30' — 94 —; 2 spec.

Distribution. It is known from the Shetlands, both coasts of Scotland and north-east Eng-
land, 40—70 fm. (Norman, Th. Scott), west of Ireland in depths from a little over 50 to 199 fm. (Holt
& Tattersall), also Skager Rak N. E. from the north point of Jutland, 110 fm. (Meinert) and Norway
from Christiania Fjord to Lofoten, 30—150 fm. (G. O. Sars).

29. Pseudomysis abyssi G. O. Sars.
PL V, fig. 5a—5 d.
1879. Pseudomysis abyssi G. O. Sars, Arch. Math. og Naturv., IV, p. 430.

! 1885. — — G.O. Sars, Norske Nordhavs-Exp., Crust. I, p. 50, Pl. V, Fig. 13—21, Pl. XX,
Fig. 18—20.

CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. 113

Occurrence. Taken three times by the “Ingolf”.
South of Jan Mayen: St. 113: 69° 31'N.L,, 7° 06' W. L., 1309 fm., temp. + 10°; 3 spec.
wa Ge a ». 3272 69% 43) = — RR ag 00g I OC T0!S

North-East of Iceland: - rio: 66° 44' — 11°33’) — FOE ae 6 ei OBST

Distribution. Sars had 2 specimens, both taken between North Cape and Jan Mayen, the
one at 72° N. L,, in 1110 fm., temp. + 1°3°, the other in the stomach of Rhodichthys regina from 72° 36' N. L,,
1280 fm., temp. + 1°4°. Ohlin had a fragment from 78° 19’ N. L., 8° 41' E. L., 1428 fm., temp. + 14°. The
species thus dwells in considerable depths with low to very low temperatures, always negative, in the
Northern Ocean between Iceland, East Greenland, Spitzbergen and Norway.

'Remarks. A small addition to Sars’ (and Ohlin’s supplementary) description may be given
here. My best specimens are from St. 117; the one of these is a female with marsupium measuring
ca. 45 mm. from the tip of the rostrum to the end of the telson, whilst a male is 42 mm. long. The
eye-stalks differ a little in form; the most distal part is sometimes more developed than Sars gives it,
in form like a conical process pointing forwards (fig. 5a). — The female has 3 pairs of marsupial
lamellee, the first pair small. — The pleopods of the male resemble in most features those in AZyszdezs
insignis G. O.S.; on the first pair (fig. 5b) the outer branch is but little longer than that of the
fourth pair, whilst the inner branch (fig. 5c) is very short (yet by comparison considerably larger
than in JZ. imsignis), oblong-eggshaped, distally broadly rounded, with the usual basal side-process on
the outer margin. The II"*—IV" pairs are almost the same both in form and length of rami; in the
IV" (fig. 5d) the exopod is but little longer than the endopod, but the penultimate joint half as long
again as the antepenultimate, and there are no thick terminal setee with hairs covering the one side

as in WZ. insignis.

30. Mysideis insignis G. O. Sars.

1864. Mysis insignis G. O. Sars, Nyt Mag. for Naturv., B. XIII, p. 245.
! 1879. Mysideis insignis G. O. Sars, Mon. Norges Mysider, III, p. 2, Tab. IX—X.

Occurrence. Only once taken by the “Thor”. ;

South of Iceland: 63° 15'N. L., 22° 23’ W. L., 114—172 fm.; ca. Io spec.

Distribution. The species has been taken in Christiania Fjord and along the west coast of
Norway at least to Malangen, ca. 69?/,°N. L., in 50 to 300 fm. (G. O. Sars, Nordgaard). It was next
taken west and south-west of Ireland in depths from a little over 50 to 372 fm. (Norman, Holt &
Tattersall).

gi. Stilomysis grandis G. O. Sars.

1864. Mysis grandis A. Goés, Ofv. Kgl. Sv. Vet. Akad. Férh., Arg. 20, 1863, p. 176.
! 1879. Mysideis grandis G. O. Sars, Mon. Norges Mysider, III, p. 106, Tab. XLI—XULII.
Occurrence. Once taken by the “Ingolf”.
Baffin Bay: St. 33: 67° 57'N. L., 55° 30’ W. L., 35 fm., temp. 08°; 4 spec.
In Malac. Groenl. it is noted from an adjacent place in Baffin Bay: 67° 4'N.L., 54° 28’ W. L.,

32 fm., 2 specimens; later, some specimens were taken at Jakobshavn, 69° 13'N.L., by Traustedt.
The Ingolf-Expedition. IIL 2. 15

II4 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA.

According to Ohlin it has twice been taken at East Greenland, namely, in Franz Joseph Fjord in
55 fm. and at 74° 35'N.L., 18° 15’ W. L., 79 fm.

Distribution. It is known from West and East Finmark, 30—100 fm. (G. O. Sars). At Spitz-
bergen it has been taken not a few times (Goés, Ohlin, Zimmer) up to 80°N.L,.; in a single case the
depth was only 5—16 fm. Lastly it was found at 70° 51'N.L., 53° E.L., 29 fm. (Stebbing). Richters

gives it from the Bering Sea, 70 fm., but this determination, in itself not improbable, needs confirmation.

32. Mysis (Praunus) inermis Rathke.

1843. Mysis inermis Rathke, Nova Acta Acad. Cees. Leop.-Car., Tab. XX, p. 20.
1861. — cornuta Kroyer, Nat. Tidsskr., 3. Rekke, B. I, p. 26, Tab. I, Fig. 3 a—g.
!1879. — inermis G. O. Sars, Mon. Norges Mysider, III, p. 54, Tab. XXVII.

Occurrence. The “Ingolf” has not taken this species. But to judge from the material in the
Copenhagen Museum it must be common at the Feroes, as it has been taken a number of times at
various localities: Thorshavn, Kvalbo, Kolle Fjord, Tveraa, Sandvaag, Trangisvaag. The depths were
quite small, greatest 9'/, fm.

Distribution. The species occurs at Shetland, on both coasts of Scotland, north-east Eng-
land, Plymouth and Guernsey (Norman); further, in the Zuidersee (Metzger), south-east of Yarmouth
(Metzger) and at Heligoland (several observers). It is found at Denmark (Meinert), west coast of Sweden
(Goés) and deep in the Baltic (Lindstrom), further it has been taken at Bohuslan (Goés) and is common
along the whole coast of Norway (G. O. Sars). Lastly, it has been taken in the White Sea and in
the Murman Sea (Czerniavsky and Jarzynsky), a single specimen is noted from Spitzbergen (Kroyer)

It is distinctly a shallow water species, usually in depths from 2 out to 10 fathoms.

33. Mysis (Schistomysis) ornata G. O. Sars.
1864. Mysis ornata G. O. Sars, Nyt Mag. for Naturv., B. XIII, p. 264.
11879. — —. G.O. Sars, Mon. Norges Mysider, III, p. 62, Tab. XXIX.

Occurrence. The species was taken 6 times by the “Thor” off the south coast of Iceland
between 22°56’ and 16° 32’ W.L,. in depths from ca. 25 to 80 fathoms.

Distribution. The species is known at Shetland and from several places along the east
coast of Great Britain (Norman, Metzger), at Liverpool (Walker), south-west coast of Ireland (Norman),
Channel (Internat. Explor.), Holland (Hoek), mouth of the Seine (de Kerville, teste Norman) and
Concarneau on the south-west coast of Brittany (Bonnier). It has been taken at two places in the
Baltic about the Danish Islands as also round the Kattegat in depths from 4 to 17!/, fm. (Meinert),
further repeatedly in the Skager Rak and various parts of the North Sea (several observers). At
Norway it goes from Christiania Fjord to Lofoten in depths from 15—20 fm. down to at least 50 fm.
(G. O. Sars).

34. Mysis oculata O. Fabr.

1780 (?). Cancer oculatus O. Fabricius, Fauna Groenl., p. 245.
1781 (?). — — O. Fabricius, Kgl. D. Vid. Selsk. Skrifter, Ny Samling, I, p. 565, Fig. 2, A and B.

CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. 115

1846. Mysis oculata H. Kroyer, Voy. en Scand., Crust. Pl. VIII, figs. 2, a—r and figs. 3, a—f.
1861. — — H. Kroyer, Nat. Tidsskr., 3. Reekke, B. I, p. 13,
11879. — — G.O. Sars, Mon. Norges Mysider, III, p. 69, Tab. XXXI.

Occurrence. The “Ingolf’ has not taken this species.

It is given from 79° 38'N.L. at Grinnell Land (Miers). According to Ortmann (rgor), Ohlin
(1895) and myself in Malac. Groenl. the species is common through Smith Sound, on both sides of
Baffin Bay and along the east coast of Davis Straits; the numerous depths noted all lie between
2—3 im. to 30—40 fm., but it is doubtful as yet whether depths a little greater are correct, as the
specimens, which certainly at times live pelagically, might be taken in the apparatus on hauling in.
At East Greenland it is likewise common; it was repeatedly taken at Tasiusak and a little north of
this to 66° 15’ N. L.. (1** Amdrup Exped.), further in enormous numbers in the eel-seine in 7—o fm. at
70° 50’ N. L., 22°31’ W.1L,, and two specimens at Sabine Islands: 741/,° N. L., 182/,° W. L. (2°? Amdrup
Exped.); Buchholz had already noted it from the last-named locality and from Cape Philip Brooke
(74° 56’'N. L., 17° 36’ W.L,.); Ohlin gives it from 4 East Greenland localities, lying respectively in
Scoresby Sound and north of Kaiser Franz Joseph Fjord. It was also taken by the 2°¢ Amdrup Ex-
pedition at Jan Mayen, where it had been observed previously in quite enormous quantities (G. O.
Sars). Further, according to material in the Copenhagen Museum, it has often been taken at Iceland,
both on its west coast (Reykjavik and Faxe Fjord), north coast (Onundar Fjord, Ofjord) and east
coast (Seydis Fjord and Rede Fjord), but has not been met with on its south coast and seems to be
absent at the Feeroes.

Distribution. The species is arctic. It is known from West Finmark (Sp. Schneider), East
Finmark (G. O. Sars), Murman Sea, Sea of Kara and Siberian Arctic Ocean to the east as far as
85° E. L. (Stuxberg); further, it is common round Spitzbergen (several observers). According to Packard
it is “abundant along the whole coast” of Labrador, but Stimpson’s statement of its occurrence on
the north-east coast of the States is extremely doubtful according to Smith. Lastly, it is given from
the Bering Sea (Richters). It is usually found in 2 to 20 fm. and there are several notes of its
occurrence in 30—7o0 fm., but these last I think are not so reliable, as I believe it possible as already
mentioned that the specimens on the occasions were taken in the apparatus on hauling in. — The
variety JZ relicta found in brackish and fresh water is omitted here.

Remarks. The largest female (from East Greenland at 70° 50'N.L.) is 2977 mm. long from
front end of rostrum to tip of telson; a large male is 264 mm. long. Ohlin reports that his largest

specimen from Smith Sound was 33 mm. long.

35. Mysis mixta Lilljeb.

1853. Mysis mixta W. Lilljeborg, Ofv. Kgl. Sv. Vet. Akad. Férhandl. 9. Arg. 1852, p. 6.
1861. -- latitans Kroyer, Nat. Tidsskr., 3. Reekke, B. I, p. 30, Tab. I, Fig. 4a—b.
11879. — mixta G. O. Sars, Mon. Norges Mysider, III, p. 76, Tab. XX XIII.
Occurrence. The “Ingolf’ has not taken this species.
At West Greenland it has sometimes been taken, thus in Disco Bay, at Godhavn, Jakobshavn,

15*

116 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA.

Christianshaab and Holsteensborg, that is from ca. 69'/;N.L. to 66°56'N.L., and the depths varied
from 5 to 15 fm. At East Greenland it was twice taken by the 2"4 Amdrup Expedition, namely, along
with the previous species in the eel-seine in 7—o fm. at 70° 30'N.L., 22°31’ W. L., and at 72° 28'N.L,,
25° 23' W. L., 3—14 fm.; Ohlin mentions some specimens from the same coast north of Kaiser Franz
Joseph Fjord at similar depths. According to material in our Museum it has been taken very
frequently at Iceland, namely, on the west coast (Skagi, Reykjavik at the latter locality according to
G. O. Sars), north-west coast (Patrik Fjord and @nundar Fjord), north coast (Skdlfandi) and east coast
(Seydis Fjord, Rode Fjord and Beru Fjord); the depths were usually from 10 to 35 fm., sometimes
possibly less, whilst 74 -fm. is once noted. On the other hand, it is not known from the south coast
of Iceland nor from the Feeroes.

Distribution. The species has often been taken on the east coast of North America from
Fundy Bay to Massachusetts Bay, 20 to 90 fm. (Smith). In Europe its distribution is characteristic:
it is given from the Baltic, penetrating right up into the Gulfs of Bothnia and Finland (Internat.
Explor.), has been several times taken near the Danish Islands (Meinert), has been found at Kullen
on the west coast of Sweden (Lilljeborg), in the inner parts of Christiania Fjord and in Trondhjem
Fjord, is also common from Lofoten northwards along the coast and at East Finmark (G. O. Sars).
Lastly, it is given from the White Sea and Murman Sea (Czerniavsky and Jarzynsky). At Denmark
it has been taken in 6 fm., whilst Sars gives 20—100 fm. for its occurrence at Norway.

Remarks. The largest specimens are, as was to be expected, from East Greenland. The
largest specimen, a female with half-developed marsupium, measures 31:2 mm. from tip of rostrum to
end of telson; the males are not nearly so large and one of the largest from the same locality (70° 50 N. L.)
is only 226 mm. long.

ADDITIONS AND CORRECTIONS.

Inachus leptochirus Teach is to be added to the list of Decapoda from the region defined for investigation, as
A. Appelléf states (Die Dekapoden Crustaceen, 1906, p. 187) that the “Michael Sars” took this species “auf dem Feeré-Plateau
(Tiefe 125 Met.)’; he adds that he is unable to decide whether some very small specimens of the genus /nachus from the
same locality belong to Z dorynchus Leach.

In the lists of synonymy the following dates of publication are to be corrected. In the lists on p. 16, p. 17 and p. 25
Bell, Brit. Crust. is given as published in 1844 instead of 1853. In the lists belonging to Galacantha rostrata (p. 35) and Muni-
dopsis curvirostra (p. 36) Smith’s paper is stated as published in 1884 instead of 1882; in the list belonging to Mumnidopsis
similis (p. 38) 1887 is given instead of 1886,

CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. 117

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Plate I.
Fig. 1. Geryon affinis A. Milne-Edwards & Bouvier.

Carapace of the male; natural size.
Carapace of the ovigerous female; natural size.

Fig. 2. Cymonomus Normani Lankester.

Body of the female from the “Ingolf’; = scarcely 5.

Outline of the front part of the carapace with the eye-stalks of the “Ingolf” specimen; >< ?5/,.
Outline of the front part of the carapace with the eye-stalks of a female from the “Thor”; x 25/,.
Outline of the front part of the carapace with the eye-stalks of a male from the “Thor”; x 25/,.

. Left maxilliped of the “Ingolf” specimen, from below; x ”2/;.

Right first leg of the same specimen; x 72/;.
Right fourth leg of the same specimen; x 7?/;.
Right fifth leg of the same specimen; >< */,.
Distal part of right fifth leg; >< 25.

Fig. 3. Paralomis spectabilis n. sp.

Large male, from Stat. 96; natural size.

. Front right part with the peduncle of the antenna of the large male shown in fig. 3a, from

above; >< scarcely 3.
Left and right antennal squamze of the small male (from stat. 92), both from above and a
little obliquely from the outer side; >< "/,.

. Left and right antennal squamz of a large female (from stat. 96), both vertically from above;

> a little more than 5/,.

Plate II.

Fig. 1. Paralomis spectabilis n. sp. (continued).

Abdomen of the male from Stat. 96; > 1/o.
Abdomen of the female from Stat. 96; natural size.

Fig. 2. Paralomis Bouvieri n. sp.

The female; natural size.

Front end of cephalothorax and eyes of the male; x 5.

Front right angle of cephalothorax with the proximal part of the antenna of the female,
from above; x 5.

Front right angle of cephalothorax with the proximal part of the antenna of the male, from
above; > 5.

Front left angle of cephalothorax with the proximal part of the antenna of the male, from
above; & 5.

Abdomen of the male; x 5/2.

Abdomen of the female; > 3/,.

118

CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA,

Fig. 3 a.

Fig. 4a.

Fig. 3. Munida bamffica Pennant.
Thoracic sternum with the basal joint of the appendages of the right side of a male from
61° 9' N. L., 7° 34’ W. L., 180 fm.; x 3.

Fig. 4. Munida tenuimana G. O. Sars.

Thoracic sternum with the basal joint of the appendages of the right side of a large male
from the “Ingolf” Stat. 9; < 3.

Plate II.

Fig. 1. Munida tenuimana G. O. Sars (continued).

Body of a large male from the “Ingolf” Stat. 9; x 2.

Fig. 2. Munidopsis curvirostra Whiteaves (on the plate curvirostris).

. Largest male from the “Ingolf’ Stat. 9; > 2.

Cephalothorax of the same male, from the right side; x nearly 2.
Cephalothorax of a female from the “Ingolf? Stat. 35; > 9/s.
Cephalothorax of another female from the same Station; >< 9/..
Cephalothorax of a male from the “Ingolf? Stat. 28; >< 9/..

Fig. 3. Munidopsis Antonii A. Milne-Edw. & Bouv.
Male; >< 3/2.

Cephalothorax of the same specimen from the side; x 3/,.

Fig. 4. Munidopsis similis S. I. Smith.

. Ovigerous female; natural size.
. Cephalothorax of the same female, from the right side; natural size.

Fig.5. Spongicoloides profundus n. gen., n. sp.

. Front part of an ovigerous female, from the left side; x "™/,.
. Rostrum of the same specimen; >< II.

Rostrum of another ovigerous female; >< 11.

. Rostrum of a scarcely full-grown specimen; x 11.
. Left antennula (the flagella mutilated), from below; > 19/,.

Left antenna (most of the flagellum omitted), from below; >< 19/,.

. Left mandible, from below; x 15.
. Distal half of the same mandible, from above; >< 22.

Left maxillula, from below; > 15.

Left maxilla, from below; x15. 7. basal joint; 2. second very short joint produced laterally
into the very long, distally cleft lobe, /?; 3. third joint bearing the exopod and produced
laterally into the very long distally cleft lobe, 23.

Plate IV.
Fig. 1. Spongicoloides profundus n. gen., nu. sp. (continued).

. Left first maxilliped, from below; x "9/, 22. lobe from second joint; 73. lobe from the third joint;

ex. exopod; ef. epipod; 47. rudimentary branchia (arthrobranchia).
Left second maxilliped, from below; x '9/,. ef. epipod; arbr. atthrobranchia; podr. podobranchia.
Left third maxilliped, from below; x 19/, ef. epipod; arér. arthrobranchia; A/ér. pleurobranchia.
Right first trunk-leg, from in front; > 14/;.

CRUSTACEA: MALACOSTRACA. 119

tb.

Ec,

Same leg; x Io.
Right third trunk-leg, from in front; > 4/3.

. Fifth left trunk-leg, from in front; x ™/;.

Distal part of fifth leg; > 20.

Pleurobranchia of third trunk-leg; > 21.

Second left pleopod, from in front; > 5.

Telson and left uropod, from above; x 5. (All marginal setz are plumose, but it could not be
shown in the figure).

Fig. 2. Acanthephyra Batei Faxon (on the plate the synonym A. brevirostris Bate).

. Front half of the animal; » 3/,.

Fig. 3. Gnathophausia Zoéa Will.-Suhm.

. Terminal part of the left mandible, from below, = 18. c¢. cutting edge; /m. lacinia mobilis;

m. pars molaris.

Same part. from above; x18. ¢@ lacinia mobilis.

Terminal part of the right mandible; from above; x 18.

Left maxillula, from below; x '5/,. 7. first joint, from which the long lobe, /', proceeds; 2. second
joint; 3. third joint produced into a long lobe; 4. fourth joint; 5. fifth joint. The uniformly
greyish portions are membranous.

Left maxilla, from below; x '5/, 7. first joint, without any lobe; 2. second joint, from which
the very long lobe, /?, proceeds; 3. third joint, produced into the long, distally cleft lobe,
73, and bearing the exopod, ex.; 4. fourth, and 5. fifth joint, both without any lobe. The
uniformly greyish areas are membranous skin.

Fig. 4. Hansenomysis Fylle H. J. H.

Cephalothorax with the basal parts of the antennula and the antenna of an adult female,
from the left side; x 7°/;, VZ. and V/ZZ. sixth and seventh entirely free thoracic segments.
o. ocular plate.

Front part of cephalothorax with antennule and antennz of an adult male, from above; x 8.

Front part of the carapace with the basal parts of the right antennula and antenna of the
female shown in fig.4a; x 8 o. ocular plate.

First right pleopod in the male, from behind; x 109.

. Second right pleopod in the male, from behind; > ro.

Third right pleopod in the male, from behind; > 19.
Fourth right pleopod in the male, from behind; x 109.

. Fifth right pleopod in the male, from behind; x 19.

Posterior part of abdomen in the male, from above; >< II.
Terminal part of the telson shown in fig. 4i, from above; > 29.

Plate V.
Fig. 1. Longithorax fuscus n. sp.
Female with the marsupium half developed; >< scarcely 5. Most of the legs broken off.
Head of the same specimen, from the left side; >< 8 Of the antennula only the two proximal
peduncular joints present.
Same head, from above; x 8.
Right antennal squama, from above; >< 23.

120 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA.

Fig. re. Left mandible, from below; x 23.

— If. Distal part of left mandible, from below; x 75.

— 1g. Left maxillula, from below; x 44.

— th. Left maxilla, from below; x 44.

— ti. Left maxilliped, from below; x 23.

— 1k. Left first thoracic leg, from below; x 23. The exopod broken off.

— 11 Exopod of fourth thoracic leg; x 12.

— 1m. Right sixth thoracic leg, from below; < 23. The exopod broken off.

— «In. Telson and uropods, from above; < 11. Distal part of both exopods broken off.
— 10. Distal part of the telson, from above; x 22. Some of the terminal and marginal spines broken

or broken off.
Fig. 2. Pseudomma roseum G. O. Sars.

Fig.2a. Right antennal squama of an adult female from the “Ingolf” Stat. 27, from above; x scarcely rr.
— 2b. Right antennal squama of an adult male taken by the “Thor”, from above; x scarcely Ir.
Fig. 3. Pseudomma frigidum un. sp.

Fig.3a. Ocular plate of a female with marsupium; > 11.

— 3b. Right antennal squama of an adult female from the “Ingolf” Stat. 138, from above; >< scarcely 11.
Fig. 4. Pseudomma parvum Vanhoffen.

Fig.4a. Ocular plate of an ovigerous female, from above; x 35.

. Antennal squama of a male; x 26.

Left mandible of the adult female, from below; > 28.

. Left maxilliped of the same female, from below; x 28.

Left first thoracic leg of the same female, from below; > 28.
Major part of the abdomen of the ovigerous female, seen from the left side especially in
order to show the length of the pleopoda; x 12.

. Telson and right uropod of the adult female, from above; > 21.
. Telson of the same female; >< 35.

Fig. 5. Pseudomysis abyssi G. O. Sars.

. Left eye-stalk of a male, from above; x Io.
. Right first pleopod of a male, from behind; x "/,.

Inner ramus and basal part of the pleopod shown in fig. 5 b; >< 12.

. Right fourth pleopod of the same male, from behind; x '/,.

Among the figures, figs.1 a and 1b on Pl. I, and fig.2a on Pl. IV have been drawn by

Mr. E. Bang; fig.3a on PII, figs.1a, rb, 2a, 2f, 2g, 3a and 4a on PLII, figs.1a, 3a, 3b, 4a and
4b on Pl. IIT have been drawn by Mr. Th. Bloch, but all have been corrected and frequently con-
siderably altered by the author. All the remaining figures on the Plates have been drawn by the author.

LJ. Hansen: Crustacea Matacostraca LZ, Fl. I

Lhe ligell Eupedition Ml. 2.

2. Cymonomus Norman Lank.

Edw. & Bouv.

1. Geryor attincs A. Milne’

Paratomis spectabilis ww. sv.

3.

Lhe lngolt Kupediteon Il, 2.

LAS. Hanser: Crustacea Malacostraca 1 PlI

NG A

"aA

Hi
/

SS

\

2. Paratomis spectabilis nw. pr.

2. P fGouviert nw. mp. 3. Munida barmftica Penn.

4 M tenuimane 408.

LN Miller se.

The Ingolf Bupedition Ul. 2. HT Hansen’: Crustacea Malacostraca I. Pl. ll.

Se

Ll Munida tenuimana 6.08. 2. Munidopsis curvirostris Whit. 3M. Antonit M-Fdo. « Bowe.

4. M.simitis Smith. 3. Spongtcolotdes proviundus n. gen. re sp.

4S. Hansen: Crustacea Malacostraca T. Pt. WW.

L. Spongicoloides profundus m gen.n.sp. 2. Acanthenhyra brevirostris Sn. Bate 3. Gnathophausia Zoéa W-S.

A 4. Hansenomysis hylle HTH.

The Ingolt Kupedition IL. 2. . MS Hanser: Crustacea Malacostraca I Pi. V-

=|
eo
s
2
rh
|
th
t
i
i

Hii)
!

4. Longttherax fuscus n.sp. 2. Pseudomma roseum G4.0S8S. 3. P. frigétdum mn. sp.
eae sia aes 4 2 parvum Vanh. 5 Pseudomysis abysst C08.

LW Melier se.

Beit INGOLP-EXPEDITION

1895—1896.

THE LOCALITIES, DEPTHS, AND BOTTOMTEMPERATURES OF THE STATIONS.

Depth Depth Depth
sition | rat [Eone | [Pccam| sem | nae x, rong. wl, fame | GM TaN (Lone Wc
fathoms fathoms | fathoms
I 62° 30° 8° 21’ 132 7°2 24 63° 06° | 56° 00’ 1199 2°4 45 61° 32° 9° 43° 643 4°17
2 63° 04" 9° 22’ 262 5°3 25 63° 30 | 54°25 582 aoe 46 642 \39' |) Ter eh: 720 2°40
3 63° 35° | 10° 24" 272 0°5 63° 51’ | 53°03 136 47 61° 32’ | 13° 40° 950 3°23
4 64° 07’ erga" 237 2°5 26 63° 57° | 52°41’ 34 0°6 48 61° 32’ 15° 11’ 1150 3°27
5 64° 40’ | 12° 09! 155 64° 37° | 54° 24° 109 49 62°07’ | 15°07’ | 1120 2°91
6 63° 43° | 14°34 go 7°0 27 64° 54° | 55° 10’ 393 3°8 50 62° 43° | 15°07’ | 1020 3°13
7 642:23") 157 ar 600 4°5 28 65° 14 | 55° 42’ 420 305 51 64° 15° | TAS oe 68 9°22
8 63° 56’ | 24°40 136 6°o0 29 65° 34° | 54°31’ 68 0°2 52 639.57": |} aa 420 7°87
9 64° 18’ | 27° 00° 295 5°8 30 66° 50° | 54° 28° 22 1°05 53 64075 15° 07’ 795 3°08
10 64° 24’ 28° 50° 788 3°5 31 66° 35° | 55°54 88 1% 54 63° 08’ 15° 40° 691 3°9
II 64° 34° | 31°12’ | 1300 1°6 32 66° 35° | 56° 38" 318 3°9 55 63° 33° | 15°02 316 5°9
12 64° 38’ | 32°37’ | 1040 0°3, 33 67° 577 | 55°30 35 | 088 56 64° 00’ | 15° 09 68 7°57
13 64° 47 | 34°33 622 3°0 34 65°27 | 54°17 55 57 632 -37' |: tah eae | “i350 3°4
14 64° 45° | 35° 05° 176 4°4 35 65° 16° | 55°05 362 3°6 58 64° 25° | 12°09 211 0°8
15 66° 18’ | 25°59’ 330. | —0°75 36 61° 50° | 56°21’ 1435 1°5 59 65° 00° | 11° 16 310 | —o°r
16 65° 43 | 26° 58’ 250 6°r 37 60° 17° | 54°05" 1715 1°4 60 65°09) | 12°27’ 124 0°9
17 62° 49° | 26° 55’ 745 3°4 38 59° 12" | 51°05 | 1870 Bas 61 65° 03° | 13° 06 55 0°4
18 61° 44’ | 30° 29 1135 3°0 39 62° 00° | 22° 38’ 865 2°9 62 63° 18 | 19° 12" 72 7°92
19 60° 29’ | 34° 14° 1566 2°4 40 62° 00° | 21° 36 845 eae} 63 62° 40’ 19° 05° 800 4°o
20 58° 20° | 40° 48’ 1695 1°5 41 61° 39 17° 10° 1245 2°o 64 62° 06’ 19° 00" 1041 as
21 58° or’ | 44°45 1330 2°4 42 61° AF | AOE, 625 0°4 65 61° 33° | 19° 00° 1089 3°0
22 58° 10° | 48° 25° 1845 1°4 43 61° 42 SOR Es, 645 0°05 66 6° 33"5 |° 207-45. 1128 3°3
23 | 60°43' | 56°00! Punkion Se 44 | 61°42’ | 9°36 | 545 | 4°8 67 | 61°30° | 22°30 | 975 | 3°

Depth Depth Depth
OND re is cease ee oe one, | Ae [tone grey [enn | Ht: [Long w. Dai me :
‘ fathoms fathoms fathoms
68 62° 06’ | 22° 30° 843 3°4 92 64° 44° | 32°52’ 976 1°4 118 68° 27’ 8° 20° 1060 | —1°o
69 62° 40° =| 22°17’ 589 3°9 93 64° 24’ | 35° 14 767 : : 1°46 IIg 67° 53° | 10° 19 Iolo | —1°o
70 63° 09’ =| 22°05’ 134 7°0 94 64° 56’ | 36° 19’ 204 4°r 120 67529 =| r1° 32’ 885 | —1°o
71 63° 46’ | 22°03’ 46 65° 31 | 30°45 213 121 66° 59° | 13°11’ 529 | —0°7
72 | 63°12 | 23° 04 197 6°7 95 65° 14° | 30° 39° 752 227 122 | 66°42’ | 14° 44’ 115 1°8
73 62° 58’ | 23° 28’ 486 5°5 96 65° 24’ | 29° 00° 735 12 123 66° 52° | 15° 40’ 145 2°o
74 62°17 | 24°36 695 4°2 97 65° 28’ | 27° 39° 450 5°5 124 67° 40’ | 15° 40 495 | —0°6
61° 57° | 25° 35° 761 98 65° 38’ | 26° 27’ 138 5°9 125 68° 08’ 16° 02’ 729 —o°8
61° 28’ | 25° 06’ 829 99 66° 13° | 25°53 187 6°r 126 1g | 15° Sa 293 | —0°5
75 61°28: || 26° 25° 780 4°3 100 66° 23’ | 14°02’ 59 0°4 127 66° 33° | 20°05’ 44 5°6
76 60° 50° | 26° 50° 806 4°1 IOI O67: 22°} 12°05 537 | —0°7 128 66° 50’ | 20° 02’ 194. 0°6
77 60° Io’ | 26° 59' 951 3°6 102 66° 23° | 10° 26 750 | —0o°9 129 CO a5 St -23° 47° 117 6°5
78 60° 37’ | 27° 52’ 799 4°5 103, 66° 23° 8° 52’ 579 | —0°%6 130 63°00’ | 20° 40’ 338 6°55
79 | 60°52” | 28° 58’ 653 4°4 104 | 66°23° | 7°25’ O87 | Eek 131 | 63° 00° | 19° 09 698 4°7
80 61° 02’ | 29° 32’ 935 4°o am, 65° 34’ We ar 762 | —o°8 132 63° 00° | 17° 04’ 747 4°6
81 61° 44’ =| 27° 00° 485 6°r 106 65° 34 8° 54 447 | —0%6 133 63° 14’ | 11° 24’ aie 2
82 61° 55’ 27° 28' 824 4°1 65° 29° 8° 40° 466 134 62° 34’ 10°-26' 299 4°r
83 62° 25’ | 28° 30° gI2 3°5 107 65° 33° | 10° 28’ 492 | —0°3 135 62° 48’ 9° 48" 270 0°4
62° 36’ | 26° or’ 472 108 65° 30° | 12°00 97 a 136 63° or’ g° rr’ 256 4°8
62° 36 | 25° 30° 401 109 65°29’ | 13° 25 38 1°5 137 63° 14 8° 31’ 297 | —0°6
84 62°58" ||. 25° aa" 633 4°8 IIo 66° 44’ | 11° 33 781 | —o°8 138 63° 26’ 7° 56 471 | —0°6
85 63%ar". | 25° ax’ 170 III 67° 14° 8° 48" 860 | —o°g 139 63° 36° 7° 30° jo2 | —0%
86 65° 03'6 | 23° 47'6 76 112 67° 57’ 6° 44° 1267 | —1°1 140 63° 29° 6° 57’ 780 | —0°9
87 65° 02’; | 23° 56'2 110 113 69° 31’ 7° 06 1309 | —1°o 141 63° 22’ 6° 58" 679 | —0%6
88. | 64° 58° | 24° 25° 76 6°9 114 | 70°36’ | 7°29! 773 | —1°0 142 | 63°07’ | 7°05 587 | —0°6
89 64° 45° | 27° 20° 310 8°4 115 70° 50° 8° 29 86 O° 143 62° 58° 7° 09° 388 | —0%4
go 64° 45° | 29° 06’ 568 4°4 116 70° 05" 8° 26’ 371 | —0%4 144 62° 49’ «dae © 276 1°6
gI 64° 44° 31° 00 1236 ahh 117 69° 13° 8° 23' 1003 | —1°o

nee

cere
Prone

tight
apts

Ss
Batt tate ae
as

igh

BOE
RELES
euEiG